LinceCAD 0.9.8-rc4 — User's Guide and Reference

User's Guide

Welcome to LinceCAD

LinceCAD is a 2D technical drawing program that works directly with DWG and DXF files, the AutoCAD formats. It opens drawings as they arrive, edits them with the commands and aliases AutoCAD and progeCAD users already know, and saves them back to DWG or DXF, in whatever version the recipient needs.

Who it is for

What it includes

How the help is organized

The help viewer opened with F1 in the LINE command

Each command page starts with its name, its English global name, its aliases and where it is on the ribbon and in the menus. Prompts are shown exactly as they appear on the command line, for example:

Specify first point:

Where to start

  1. Install LinceCAD.
  2. First drawing: draw, save and open again.
  3. The tutorials, in order: floor plan, dimensioning, blocks, plotting to PDF and georeferenced drawings.

If you already know AutoCAD, have a look at The interface, the alias table and What's new.

See also

The interface · File formats · Keyboard and shortcuts

Installing LinceCAD

LinceCAD is installed on Windows with a setup program and on Linux with a compressed package. In both cases it is installed for the current user, without administrator rights.

Requirements

Windows

The setup program is in Spanish for now; the steps below give the meaning of each option.

  1. Run LinceCAD-<version>-setup.exe.
  2. Choose whether to install for your user only (recommended, no administrator needed) or for all users of the computer. For your user, the program goes to %LOCALAPPDATA%\Programs\lince; for all users, to the program files folder.
  3. Tick the optional tasks you want: - Create a desktop shortcut. - Add LinceCAD to "Open with" for .dwg and .dxf files: the program appears in the Explorer Open with menu when you right-click a DWG or DXF file. It does not change the default program: if AutoCAD opens those files on double-click, it still does.
  4. Click Install. When it finishes you can start LinceCAD from the last page of the wizard or from the Start menu.

The bibliotecas folder is installed next to the program, with the 2D symbols used by the Blocks palette and DesignCenter (see Inserting blocks).

Updating

Run the setup program of the new version: it replaces the previous one in the same folder and keeps your preferences.

Uninstalling

Open Settings > Apps > Installed apps, find LinceCAD and click Uninstall. The program, its shortcuts and, if you chose it, the "Open with" entry are removed. User preferences (%APPDATA%\lince) are left in place in case you install it again; delete them by hand if you do not want them.

Microsoft Store

If you installed LinceCAD from Microsoft Store, the Store updates it and uninstalls it (Settings > Apps). Windows keeps the user data of that installation in its own folder, %LOCALAPPDATA%\Packages\<LinceCAD package>\LocalCache\Roaming\lince, apart from %APPDATA%\lince: the license, trial and preferences are separate from those of a normal installation, and they are deleted when you uninstall it. The program shows that folder and opens it with the "Open folder" buttons.

Linux

The package is lince-<version>-linux-x86_64.tar.gz. It can be used without installing:

tar xzf lince-<version>-linux-x86_64.tar.gz
cd lince-<version>-linux-x86_64
./lince

To install it for your user, with a launcher in the applications menu, run from that folder:

install -Dm755 lince ~/.local/bin/lince
install -Dm644 lince.desktop ~/.local/share/applications/lince.desktop
install -Dm644 lince.png ~/.local/share/icons/hicolor/256x256/apps/lince.png
mkdir -p ~/.local/share/lince && cp -r bibliotecas ayuda ~/.local/share/lince/

The last line copies the symbol library and this help to ~/.local/share/lince, where the program looks for them when they are not next to the executable. To uninstall, delete those files and the ~/.config/lince folder (preferences).

Language

On first start, LinceCAD uses the system language if it has it (Spanish or English) and Spanish otherwise. To change it, open OPTIONS, Interface tab, and choose the Language; the change applies at once. The number format (decimal comma or point) is chosen on the same tab.

On the command line you always type as in AutoCAD, whatever the language: decimal point and a comma between coordinates (10.5,20). Global command names (_LINE, _CIRCLE...) work in any language.

Languages can be added without reinstalling: a <code>.ftl catalog in the idiomas folder next to the executable or in the user configuration folder is enough.

See also

First drawing · Options · OPTIONS

First drawing

In this tutorial you create a drawing, draw a rectangle with lines and a circle, save it as DWG, close it and open it again. It takes about five minutes.

1. A new drawing

On start, LinceCAD shows an empty drawing. To start another one at any time, enter NEW, click New on the Quick Access toolbar or press Ctrl+N. Each open drawing has its own tab above the drawing area.

New drawings are metric: one drawing unit is one millimetre. Coordinates are typed on the command line, at the bottom, where Command: appears.

2. Drawing some lines

  1. Enter LINE (or L) and press Enter.
Specify first point:
  1. Type 0,0 and press Enter: this is the coordinate origin.
Specify next point or [Undo]:
  1. Type 100,0 and Enter: the first segment is drawn, 100 mm to the right.
  2. Type @0,60 and Enter. The @ means a relative coordinate: 60 mm up from the last point.
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]:
  1. Type @-100,0 and Enter: 100 mm to the left.
  2. Type C (Close) and Enter: the line goes back to the first point and the command ends.

If you get a point wrong, type U (Undo) without leaving the command. After the command has finished, Ctrl+Z undoes the whole command.

3. Drawing a circle

  1. Enter CIRCLE (or C) and Enter.
Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]:
  1. Type 50,30 and Enter: the centre of the rectangle.
Specify radius of circle or [Diameter]:
  1. Type 20 and Enter.

To see the whole drawing on screen, double-click the mouse wheel or type Z, Enter, E (Extents) and Enter. The wheel zooms in and out; pressed and dragged, it pans the view.

4. Saving as DWG

  1. Enter SAVEAS or press Ctrl+Shift+S.
  2. In the dialog box, choose the folder, type the name primero and click Save.

The status bar confirms the file and the version. SAVEAS typed on the command line saves in the DWG 2018 format, the one used by AutoCAD 2018 to 2027. For another version, open the LinceCAD menu (top left), hover over Save As and choose from the list: DWG 2018, 2013, 2010, 2007, 2004 or 2000, or DXF 2018 or 2000. Choose an older version when the recipient has an old program.

From then on, QSAVE (Ctrl+S) saves to the same file and in the same version, without asking.

5. Closing and opening again

  1. Enter CLOSE (or use Close in the LinceCAD menu). If there are unsaved changes, the program asks whether to save them.
  2. Enter OPEN or press Ctrl+O, find primero.dwg and click Open. You can also drag the file from Explorer onto the program window.

The drawing opens in its own tab, as it was saved. LinceCAD opens DWG files from release R14 up to the current one and DXF files from R12 on; large drawings are read in the background, with a progress bar.

Notes

See also

Coordinates and input · File formats · Floor plan with layers · LINE · CIRCLE · SAVEAS

Tutorial: floor plan with layers

In this tutorial you draw the plan of a simple 8 × 6 m dwelling: 25 cm outer walls, a 10 cm partition with a doorway, an entrance door and two windows, each on its own layer. The following tutorials dimension this plan, add furniture and plot it.

The drawing is in millimetres (the unit of new drawings). All coordinates are typed on the command line; press Enter after each value. A coordinate with @ is relative to the last point: @8000,0 is 8 m to the right.

1. Creating the layers

  1. Start a new drawing with NEW.
  2. Enter LAYER (or LA). The Layer Properties Manager opens.
  3. Click New Layer. A layer appears with its name ready to type: type Walls and Enter.
  4. Repeat step 3 for Doors, Windows, Furniture, Dims and Text.
  5. In the Color column of each layer, drop down the colour and choose the one in the table. On the Walls layer, also change the Lineweight to 0.50 mm: walls will plot thicker.
  6. Double-click the Status column of the Walls layer to make it current (the ✔ mark appears) and close the dialog.
LayerColourFor
Walls1 (red), lineweight 0.50walls, partitions and jambs
Doors3 (green)door leaves and swings
Windows4 (cyan)window frames
Furniture8 (grey)furniture (blocks tutorial)
Dims2 (yellow)dimensions (dimensioning tutorial)
Text7 (white)room names

The same, from the command line with -LAYER (useful in scripts): each line is one answer and the empty one at the end is the Enter that ends the command.

-LAYER
N
Walls,Doors,Windows,Furniture,Dims,Text
C
1
Walls
C
3
Doors
C
4
Windows
C
8
Furniture
C
2
Dims
LW
0.5
Walls
S
Walls

2. Outer walls with PLINE and OFFSET

  1. Enter PLINE (or PL).
Specify first point:
  1. Type 0,0.
Specify next point or [Arc/Halfwidth/Length/Undo/Width]:
  1. Type @8000,0, then @0,6000 and then @-8000,0.
  2. Type C (Close): the polyline closes. It is the outer face of the walls, a single object.
  3. Double-click the mouse wheel to see the whole drawing.
  4. Enter OFFSET (or O).
Specify offset distance or [Through/Erase/Layer] <…>:
  1. Type 250, the wall thickness.
Select object to offset or [Exit/Undo] <Exit>:
  1. Click the polyline.
Specify point on side to offset or [Exit/Multiple/Undo] <Exit>:
  1. Type 4000,3000 (a point inside the dwelling) or click inside. The inner face appears. Press Enter to finish.

3. The partition

  1. Enter LINE (or L), 5000,250, 5000,5750 and Enter: the line runs from wall to wall.
  2. Enter OFFSET, 100, click the line you have just drawn, type 6000,3000 and press Enter. The partition lies between x = 5000 and x = 5100: the living room on the left, the bedroom on the right.

4. Opening the gaps

Each opening is marked with two jambs (short lines across the wall) and then the wall is trimmed between them.

  1. Enter LINE, 1000,0, @0,250 and Enter: the first jamb of the entrance door.
  2. Enter COPY (or CO) to repeat it at the other openings.
Select objects:
  1. Click the jamb and press Enter.
Specify base point:
  1. Type 1000,0.
Specify second point or <exit>:
  1. Type, one after the other, 1900,0 (door), 2000,5750 and 3500,5750 (living room window), 5900,5750 and 7400,5750 (bedroom window). Press Enter to finish.
  2. For the partition doorway: LINE, 5000,1000, @100,0 and Enter; then COPY that line with base point 5000,1000 and second point 5000,1800.
  3. Enter TRIM (or TR).
Select object to trim or shift-select to extend or [cuTting edges/Crossing/mOde/Project/eRase]:
  1. In Quick mode (the AutoCAD 2027 default) you do not select edges: every object acts as a cutting edge.
  2. Click each piece of wall between two jambs: at the door, the outer and the inner line; at each window, both; at the partition, its two lines (zoom in with the wheel if they are close together). That is eight clicks. Press Enter to finish. If you trim the wrong piece, finish and press Ctrl+Z.

5. The entrance door

  1. Drop down the layer control on the ribbon and choose Doors: it becomes the current layer.
  2. Draw the open leaf: LINE, 1000,250, @0,900 and Enter.
  3. Draw the swing with an arc by its centre. Enter ARC (or A).
Specify start point of arc or [Center]:
  1. Type C (Center).
Specify center point of arc:
  1. Type 1000,250 (the hinge).
Specify start point of arc:
  1. Type 1900,250 (the other jamb).
Specify end point of arc:
  1. Type 1000,1150 (the end of the leaf). The arc is drawn counterclockwise, from the jamb to the leaf.

6. The windows

  1. Make the Windows layer current.
  2. Draw the two lines on the wall faces: LINE, 2000,5750, @1500,0, Enter; and LINE, 2000,6000, @1500,0, Enter.
  3. Draw the glass with RECTANG (or REC).
Specify first corner point or [Chamfer/Elevation/Fillet/Thickness/Width]:
  1. Type 2000,5850.
Specify other corner point or [Area/Dimensions/Rotation]:
  1. Type @1500,50.
  2. Copy the window to the bedroom: COPY, click the three pieces of the window, Enter, base point 2000,5750 and second point 5900,5750, Enter.

7. Saving

Enter SAVEAS and save the drawing as plano.dwg. The next tutorial starts from it.

Notes

See also

Layers · Coordinates and input · Editing · Dimensioning the plan · PLINE · OFFSET · TRIM · COPY

Tutorial: dimensioning the plan

In this tutorial you dimension the plan from the previous tutorial and label the rooms. You create a dimension style for plotting at 1:50, draw chains of dimensions with DIMLINEAR and DIMCONTINUE and write text with TEXT.

Open plano.dwg. As before, press Enter after each typed value.

1. A dimension style for 1:50

The drawing is in millimetres and will be plotted at 1:50. The Standard style has text and arrows of 2.5 units: at 1:50 they would come out 0.05 mm high. The overall scale of the style multiplies all those sizes.

  1. Enter DIMSTYLE (or D). The Dimension Style Manager opens.
  2. Click New.... Create New Dimension Style appears below.
  3. In New Style Name: type Plan50; in Start With: leave Standard. Click Continue.
  4. Modify Dimension Style opens. On the Fit tab, set Overall scale = 50.
  5. On the Primary Units tab, set Precision (decimal places) = 0: measurements will show in whole millimetres (8000).
  6. Click OK.
  7. In the manager, with Plan50 selected, click Set Current and close the dialog.

With a scale of 50, the 2.5 text is 125 mm high in the drawing and 2.5 mm on paper.

2. Dimension chain along the lower façade

  1. Make the Dims layer current in the layer control.
  2. Enter DIMLINEAR (or DLI).
Specify first extension line origin or <select object>:
  1. Type 0,0 (corner of the wall).
Specify second extension line origin:
  1. Type 1000,0 (first jamb of the door).
Specify dimension line location:
  1. Type 500,-600: the dimension line sits 60 cm below the wall. It measures 1000.
  2. Enter DIMCONTINUE (or DCO). It starts from the last dimension drawn.
Specify a second extension line origin or [Undo/Select] <Select>:
  1. Type 1900,0 and then 8000,0. Each point adds a dimension next to the previous one: 900 (the door) and 6100. Press Enter to finish.
  2. Add the overall dimension outside: DIMLINEAR, 0,0, 8000,0, 4000,-1200.

If a point in the chain goes wrong, type U (Undo) in DIMCONTINUE: it removes the last dimension without leaving the command.

3. Dimensions on the left side and the upper façade

  1. Left side: DIMLINEAR, 0,0, 0,6000, -1200,3000. As the location is to one side, the dimension is vertical: 6000.
  2. Upper façade, with the windows: DIMLINEAR, 0,6000, 2000,6000, 1000,6600.
  3. DIMCONTINUE, 3500,6000, 5900,6000, 7400,6000, 8000,6000 and Enter. The chain measures 2000, 1500, 2400, 1500 and 600.

4. Interior dimensions

  1. DIMLINEAR, 250,2000, 5000,2000, 2625,2000: the clear width of the living room, 4750. The dimension line runs inside the room.
  2. DIMCONTINUE, 5100,2000, 7750,2000 and Enter: the partition (100) and the bedroom (2650).

5. Room names

  1. Make the Text layer current.
  2. Enter TEXT (or DT).
Specify start point of text or [Justify/Style]:
  1. Type J (Justify).
Enter an option [Left/Center/Right/Align/Middle/Fit/TL/TC/TR/ML/MC/MR/BL/BC/BR]:
  1. Type MC: the text is centred on the point, horizontally and vertically.
  2. Specify the point: 2625,1500.
Specify height <…>:
  1. Type 200 (4 mm on paper at 1:50).
Specify rotation angle of text <…>:
  1. Press Enter to keep 0.
Enter text:
  1. Type LIVING ROOM and Enter. The command asks for another line below: press Enter on the empty line to finish.
  2. Repeat for the bedroom: TEXT, J, MC, 6425,1500, 200, Enter, BEDROOM, Enter, Enter.
  3. Add a title under the plan: TEXT, 0,-2200, height 250, Enter, GROUND FLOOR - 1:50, Enter, Enter.

6. Saving

Press Ctrl+S (QSAVE): the drawing is saved to plano.dwg, in the same version.

Notes

See also

Dimensions · Text · Inserting blocks · DIMSTYLE · DIMLINEAR · DIMCONTINUE · DIMSCALE

Tutorial: inserting blocks from the library

In this tutorial you furnish the plan from the previous tutorials with symbols from the library installed with LinceCAD: a door in the partition doorway, furniture and a socket with its attribute. You use the Blocks palette (INSERT) and ADCENTER.

Open plano.dwg.

The included library

The bibliotecas folder, next to the program, holds two drawings with 2D symbols in millimetres, on layer 0 (they take the layer they are inserted on). Block names are in Spanish:

Opened as drawings, each one shows its catalogue: every symbol with its name below.

1. The Blocks palette

  1. Enter INSERT (or I), or click Insert on the ribbon. The Blocks palette opens, with three tabs: Current Drawing (the blocks already in the drawing), Recent and Libraries.
  2. Click Libraries. The library folder appears with its two drawings and the thumbnails of their blocks. The Search box filters by name: type puerta to see only the doors.
  3. Below are the Insertion Options: the Insertion Point is specified on screen; the Scale is 1 and the Rotation 0. Leave them like that: the symbols are drawn at real size.

The palette can stay open while you draw.

2. The partition door

  1. Make the Doors layer current.
  2. In the palette, click PUERTA_80. The command line starts inserting and the block follows the cursor.
Specify insertion point or [Scale/Rotate]:
  1. The library door opens upwards; in the partition it has to open towards the living room. Type R (Rotate).
Specify rotation angle <0>:
  1. Type 90.
  2. It asks for the point again: type 5000,1000, the corner of the doorway on the living room face. The hinge is at the bottom and the leaf opens to the left, with its swing inside the living room.

The block is copied from the library file into the drawing the first time; from then on it also appears on the Current Drawing tab.

3. Living room furniture

  1. Make the Furniture layer current.
  2. Click MESA_4_SILLAS and type 2600,3300: the table is centred on that point, with its four chairs (a SILLA block inside another block).
  3. Click SOFA_3 and type 2800,4750: the base point is the lower left corner and the back rests against the wall.

To place the same block several times, tick Repeat Placement: after each insertion it asks for the point again, until you press Enter or Esc.

4. The bedroom with DesignCenter

DesignCenter browses other drawings (open ones or those in the library folders) and copies blocks, layers, styles and layouts from them.

  1. Enter ADCENTER (or ADC). DesignCenter opens.
  2. In the tree on the left, under the library folder, choose Arquitectura.dwg.
  3. Click Blocks in the list of categories: its thumbnails appear.
  4. Double-click CAMA_150 and type 5700,3500.
  5. Click ARMARIO_120, click Insert and type 6400,250: the wardrobe stands against the lower wall.

With the other categories (Layers, Text Styles, Dimension Styles...) the Add to Drawing button copies the chosen item into the drawing; if an entry with that name already exists, the drawing's own is kept.

5. A socket with an attribute

  1. In the Blocks palette, Libraries tab, search for enchufe and click ENCHUFE (from Electricidad.dwg).
  2. Type 5600,250: the socket sits on the inner face of the lower wall.
  3. The block has an attribute, and the program asks for its value with the block's own prompt, Circuito <C2>:. Type C3 and Enter (or press Enter to keep C2).

The value can be changed later by double-clicking the block (ATTEDIT) or with EATTEDIT.

6. Saving

Press Ctrl+S. The plan now has walls, doors and windows, dimensions, text and furniture: the next tutorial plots it to PDF.

Notes

See also

Blocks and attributes · Plotting to PDF · INSERT · ADCENTER · BEDIT

Tutorial: plotting to PDF

In this tutorial you plot the plan from the previous tutorials to a PDF file, at 1:50 on an A4 sheet, in black and white with the monochrome.ctb plot style table. Then you see how layouts, with their viewports, are plotted.

Open plano.dwg and check that the Model tab, below the drawing area, is active.

1. The Plot dialog

Enter PLOT (or PRINT) or press Ctrl+P. The Plot dialog opens. LinceCAD plots to vector PDF: lines, text (with its fonts) and hatches come out as on screen, at any magnification.

  1. Printer/plotter: leave DWG To PDF.pc3 (lince PDF). It is the same name AutoCAD uses, so the settings saved in the drawing work for it too.
  2. Paper size: choose ISO full bleed A4 (297.00 x 210.00 mm).
  3. Drawing orientation: select Landscape.

2. What to plot: a window

  1. In What to plot: choose Window and click Window <. The dialog hides and the command line asks for the corners.
Specify first corner:
  1. Type -1800,-2400 (bottom left, outside the dimensions and the title).
Specify opposite corner:
  1. Type 9200,7200. The Plot dialog comes back.

The other options are Extents (everything drawn), Display (what is on screen) and Limits.

3. The scale

  1. In Plot scale: clear Fit to paper.
  2. Choose 1:50 from the list. Below it you can read the equivalence: 1 mm of paper = 50 drawing units. As the drawing is in millimetres, 1 m of the plan measures 2 cm on paper.
  3. Tick Center the plot: the window is placed in the middle of the sheet.

The window measures 11 × 9.6 m: at 1:50 it takes 220 × 192 mm and fits on the landscape A4.

4. The plot style table

The plot style table (CTB) decides the colour, lineweight and screening each drawing colour is plotted with.

  1. In Plot style table (pen assignments): choose monochrome.ctb: everything comes out black, whatever its colour on screen. With grayscale.ctb colours become greys.
  2. In Plot options: leave Plot object lineweights ticked (walls, at 0.50 mm, come out thicker) and Plot with plot styles (without this box the table is not applied).

Your own tables (.ctb files, or .stb if the drawing uses named plot styles) are copied to the %APPDATA%\lince\estilos_trazado folder or to the drawing folder, and appear in the same list.

5. Preview and PDF

  1. Click Preview… to see the sheet as it will come out. Close the preview to return to the dialog.
  2. If you want the drawing to remember these settings for next time, tick Apply to Layout.
  3. Click OK, choose the folder and type the name plano.pdf. The command line confirms the file and its size.

The same dialog saves PNG or SVG instead of PDF: just type the name with that extension. The PNG resolution is chosen in PNG:.

6. Layouts and viewports

Besides Model, a drawing can have layouts (paper space): each tab is a sheet with its title block and one or more viewports that show the model at a scale. Drawings coming from AutoCAD usually have them ready.

  1. Click the layout tab. You see the sheet, its printable area and the viewports.
  2. Double-click inside a viewport to enter the model through it (the status bar button changes from PAPER to MODEL); double-clicking outside it, or PSPACE, goes back to paper.
  3. With a viewport active, the sun-with-viewport icon of the layer control freezes a layer in that viewport only; in the Layer Properties Manager it is the VP Freeze column. That way each viewport shows its own content.
  4. Whatever you draw with the layout active and outside the viewports goes on paper: a title block, a legend.
  5. To plot it, enter PLOT on that tab. What to plot: proposes Layout and a 1:1 scale: the sheet comes out at its size and each viewport keeps its own scale.

New layouts and viewports are created with LAYOUT and MVIEW; the viewport scale is set in the status bar. For a plan drawn from scratch you can also plot from Model as in steps 1 to 5.

Notes

See also

Layouts and plotting · Georeferenced drawings · PLOT · PAGESETUP · MSPACE

Tutorial: georeferenced drawings

In this tutorial you set up a drawing in real-world coordinates: you give the drawing a coordinate system, insert a georeferenced orthophoto and overlay the parcels of a SHP file, which LinceCAD converts to the drawing's system if it comes in another one.

You need two sets of files for the same area, like those published by official mapping agencies:

The example uses ETRS89 / UTM zone 30N (EPSG:25830), the official system in much of mainland Spain; use the one for your area. In UTM, one drawing unit is one metre.

1. The drawing's coordinate system

  1. Start a drawing with NEW.
  2. Enter GEOGRAPHICLOCATION (or GEO). The Geographic Location dialog opens and, at the same time, the command line asks:
Enter EPSG code of the coordinate system or [Remove/List] <…>:
  1. Type 25830 and Enter (or choose the system from the list in the dialog and click OK). The command line confirms the chosen system.

This is the target system: everything imported with its own system is converted to it. Type L (List) to see the available systems: ETRS89, WGS84 and ED50 in zones 28 to 31, REGCAN95, Web Mercator (3857) and geographic coordinates. The AutoCAD code, such as ETRS89.UTM-30N, is accepted too.

The drawing is assumed to be, or to be going to be, in coordinates of that system: GEOGRAPHICLOCATION does not move what is already drawn.

2. The orthophoto

  1. Create an Orthophoto layer and make it current, so that you can turn it off or lock it later.
  2. Enter GEOIMAGE.
Enter image file name to attach or [Browse] <Browse>:
  1. Press Enter (Browse) and choose ortofoto.tif.
  2. The image is placed at its coordinates, with its pixel size and rotation, read from the world file or the GeoTIFF tags. The command line says which georeferencing file it used and which system the image is in.
  3. Double-click the mouse wheel to see the whole image.

If the image states its coordinate system and it differs from the drawing's, it is reprojected on insertion. If it does not, it is inserted as it is: its coordinates must already be in the drawing's system.

3. The SHP parcels

  1. Create a Parcels layer, with a colour that stands out on the photo (for example 2, yellow), and make it current.
  2. Enter MAPIMPORT (or SHP2CAD). The Import SHP, KML or GeoJSON dialog opens.
  3. In File click Browse… and choose parcelas.shp. The dialog shows the Contents: how many features and how many fields it has.
  4. Layer from field: leave none so that everything goes to the current layer, or choose a field of the table (for example, the land use or type field): each feature goes to a layer named after the value of that field, created if it does not exist.
  5. Block for the points: only matters if the file has points. With (point object), each point is a POINT object; with a block of the drawing, each point is that block, and its attributes take the values of the fields with the same name.
  6. File coordinate system: the one stated in the .prj appears. If the file has no .prj, choose its system here; with (no reprojection) the coordinates are imported as they are.
  7. Drawing coordinate system shows EPSG:25830. Click OK.

The parcels are drawn as closed polylines (polygon holes too) over the orthophoto. If the SHP was in another system, for example zone 29 or geographic coordinates, it has already been converted. The table data of each feature is kept with it, as extended data.

The same can be done on the command line, for example in a script:

SHP, KML, KMZ or GeoJSON file:
Field for the layer (…) or [None] <None>:
Block name for the points <point object>:

4. Checking coordinates

  1. Enter GEOCOORD.
Specify point or [System] <EPSG:…>:
  1. Click a parcel corner: the command line shows its drawing coordinates and its WGS84 latitude and longitude. With S (System) you choose another target system, for example 4326 or 23030 (ED50).
  2. With the drawing georeferenced, clicking the coordinates on the status bar toggles them with the latitude and longitude of the cursor.

5. Saving and sharing

Notes

See also

Georeferencing · Raster images · GEOGRAPHICLOCATION · GEOIMAGE · MAPIMPORT · GEOCOORD

Appendix: command aliases

An alias is a short way of typing a command on the command line: L instead of LINE, C instead of CIRCLE. LinceCAD uses the usual AutoCAD aliases in each language, so muscle memory works just the same.

Your own aliases

Aliases can be changed and added with ALIASEDIT: they are saved in lince.pgp, in the configuration folder (%APPDATA%\lince; on Linux, ~/.config/lince), with the syntax of AutoCAD's acad.pgp (LL, *LINE). An AutoCAD acad.pgp can be imported as it is: its external commands are ignored.

Aliases changed in 1.0.0

So that the aliases are those of the AutoCAD 2027 acad.pgp (the English ones in English and the Spanish ones in Spanish), these have changed. If you prefer the old ones, add them with ALIASEDIT.

AliasBeforeNow
LOLayout (PRESENTACION)-LAYOUT (-PRESENTACION), as in AutoCAD
DXATTEXT (EXTRACCATR)— (DATAEXTRACTION in AutoCAD)
BVSBVSTATE (PARAMVISIBILIDAD)—

Also:

Built-in aliases

The table lists every command with its name, its global name and its aliases in the language of this page.

AliasCommandGlobal name
-ATE, ATTE-ATTEDIT_-ATTEDIT
-ATT-ATTDEF_-ATTDEF
-B-BLOCK_-BLOCK
-BE-BEDIT_-BEDIT
-CHCHANGE_CHANGE
-COL-COLOR_-COLOR
-I-INSERT_-INSERT
-IM-IMAGE_-IMAGE
-LA-LAYER_-LAYER
-LW-LWEIGHT_-LWEIGHT
-OS-OSNAP_-OSNAP
-PRINT-PLOT_-PLOT
-PU-PURGE_-PURGE
-REN-RENAME_-RENAME
-V-VIEW_-VIEW
-VP, VPVPOINT_VPOINT
-W-WBLOCK_-WBLOCK
-XB-XBIND_-XBIND
-XR-XREF_-XREF
3DO, ORBIT3DORBIT_3DORBIT
3DPRINT, 3DP, 3DPLOT, RAPIDPROTOTYPESTLOUT_STLOUT
3P3DPOLY_3DPOLY
AARC_ARC
AAAREA_AREA
ADC, DC, DCENTER, CONTENTADCENTER_ADCENTER
AIAAIACTIONS_AIACTIONS
ALALIGN_ALIGN
APAPPLOAD_APPLOAD
ARARRAY_ARRAY
ATE, DDATTEATTEDIT_ATTEDIT
ATIATTIPEDIT_ATTIPEDIT
ATT, DDATTDEFATTDEF_ATTDEF
B, ACADBLOCKDIALOG, BMAKE, BMODBLOCK_BLOCK
BCBCLOSE_BCLOSE
BEBEDIT_BEDIT
BO, BPOLYBOUNDARY_BOUNDARY
BRBREAK_BREAK
BSBSAVE_BSAVE
BTESTBTESTBLOCK_BTESTBLOCK
BVSBVSTATE_BVSTATE
CCIRCLE_CIRCLE
CADASTRECADASTREDOWNLOAD_CADASTREDOWNLOAD
CELLSTABLECELL_TABLECELL
CHACHAMFER_CHAMFER
CHKCHECKSTANDARDS_CHECKSTANDARDS
CLCENTERLINE_CENTERLINE
CLBCONTOURLABEL_CONTOURLABEL
CMCENTERMARK_CENTERMARK
CN, ISOLINESCONTOUR_CONTOUR
CO, CPCOPY_COPY
CODETABLESURVEYCODES_SURVEYCODES
COL, COLOUR, DDCOLORCOLOR_COLOR
CONVERTIRIMAGENCONVERTIMAGE_CONVERTIMAGE
CYLCYLINDER_CYLINDER
D, DST, DIMSTY, DDIMDIMSTYLE_DIMSTYLE
DAL, DIMALIDIMALIGNED_DIMALIGNED
DAN, DIMANGDIMANGULAR_DIMANGULAR
DARDIMARC_DIMARC
DBA, DIMBASEDIMBASELINE_DIMBASELINE
DBRDIMBREAK_DIMBREAK
DCEDIMCENTER_DIMCENTER
DCO, DIMCONTDIMCONTINUE_DIMCONTINUE
DDADIMDISASSOCIATE_DIMDISASSOCIATE
DDATTEXTATTEXT_ATTEXT
DDI, DIMDIADIMDIAMETER_DIMDIAMETER
DDINSERTCLASSICINSERT_CLASSICINSERT
DDPLOTSTAMPPLOTSTAMP_PLOTSTAMP
DDPTYPEPTYPE_PTYPE
DDVPDDVPOINT_DDVPOINT
DED, DIMEDDIMEDIT_DIMEDIT
DIDIST_DIST
DIMTEDDIMTEDIT_DIMTEDIT
DIVDIVIDE_DIVIDE
DJLDIMJOGLINE_DIMJOGLINE
DJO, JOGDIMJOGGED_DIMJOGGED
DLDATALINK_DATALINK
DLI, DIMLIN, DIMHORIZONTAL, DIMROTATED, DIMVERTICALDIMLINEAR_DIMLINEAR
DLUACTUALIZARDATOS_DATALINKUPDATE
DO, DOUGHNUTDONUT_DONUT
DOR, DIMORDDIMORDINATE_DIMORDINATE
DOV, DIMOVERDIMOVERRIDE_DIMOVERRIDE
DRDRAWORDER_DRAWORDER
DRA, DIMRADDIMRADIUS_DIMRADIUS
DREDIMREASSOCIATE_DIMREASSOCIATE
DRMDRAWINGRECOVERY_DRAWINGRECOVERY
DS, SE, DDRMODESDSETTINGS_DSETTINGS
DSPDIMSPACE_DIMSPACE
DT, DTEXTTEXT_TEXT
DWGCOMPARECOMPARE_COMPARE
DX, EXTRACDATDATAEXTRACTION_DATAEXTRACTION
DXFOUTSAVEAS_SAVEAS
E, DELETEERASE_ERASE
ED, DDEDIT, TEDITTEXTEDIT_TEXTEDIT
EDITARRAYARRAYEDIT_ARRAYEDIT
EDITTABLETABLEDIT_TABLEDIT
EDSEDITSURFACE_EDITSURFACE
ELELLIPSE_ELLIPSE
EXEXTEND_EXTEND
EXITQUIT_QUIT
EXPEXPORT_EXPORT
EXPORTTABLETABLEEXPORT_TABLEEXPORT
EXTEXTRUDE_EXTRUDE
FFILLET_FILLET
FIFILTER_FILTER
FINDPOINT, ZTPZOOMTOPOINT_ZOOMTOPOINT
FLDFIELD_FIELD
FNDFIND_FIND
FREEPOINTPOINTLIGHT_POINTLIGHT
FSHOTFLATSHOT_FLATSHOT
GGROUP_GROUP
GDGRADIENT_GRADIENT
GEO, NORTH, NORTHDIRGEOGRAPHICLOCATION_GEOGRAPHICLOCATION
H, BHHATCH_HATCH
HBHATCHTOBACK_HATCHTOBACK
HEHATCHEDIT_HATCHEDIT
I, INSERTURLINSERT_INSERT
IADIMAGEADJUST_IMAGEADJUST
IATIMAGEATTACH_IMAGEATTACH
ICLIMAGECLIP_IMAGECLIP
IEDIMAGEEDIT_IMAGEEDIT
IFIXIMAGEPERSP_IMAGEPERSP
IMPORTARMALLA, IMPIMPORT_IMPORT
IMPORTPDFPDFIMPORT_PDFIMPORT
ININTERSECT_INTERSECT
IOINSERTOBJ_INSERTOBJ
IPINIMAGEPAINT_IMAGEPAINT
IRECIMAGECROP_IMAGECROP
ISODISODRAFT_ISODRAFT
ISOLATEISOLATEOBJECTS_ISOLATEOBJECTS
JJOIN_JOIN
LLINE_LINE
LA, DDLMODESLAYER_LAYER
LABELSTYLEPOINTLABELSTYLE_POINTLABELSTYLE
LAS, LMANLAYERSTATE_LAYERSTATE
LEQLEADER_QLEADER
LEADLEADER_LEADER
LENLENGTHEN_LENGTHEN
LI, LS, SHOWMATLIST_LIST
LINEWORKPROCESSLINEWORK_PROCESSLINEWORK
LO-LAYOUT_-LAYOUT
LT, LTYPE, DDLTYPELINETYPE_LINETYPE
LW, LINEWEIGHTLWEIGHT_LWEIGHT
MMOVE_MOVE
MA, PAINTERMATCHPROP_MATCHPROP
MAT, RMATMATBROWSER_MATBROWSER
MEMEASURE_MEASURE
MEAMEASUREGEOM_MEASUREGEOM
MIMIRROR_MIRROR
MLMLINE_MLINE
MLAMLEADERALIGN_MLEADERALIGN
MLABELMOVEPOINTLABEL_MOVEPOINTLABEL
MLCMLEADERCOLLECT_MLEADERCOLLECT
MLDMLEADER_MLEADER
MLEMLEADEREDIT_MLEADEREDIT
MLSMLEADERSTYLE_MLEADERSTYLE
MOREMESHSMOOTHMORE_MESHSMOOTHMORE
MSMSPACE_MSPACE
MVMVIEW_MVIEW
OOFFSET_OFFSET
OBJSCOBJECTSCALE_OBJECTSCALE
OP, PREFERENCESOPTIONS_OPTIONS
OPENURL, DXFINOPEN_OPEN
OS, DDOSNAPOSNAP_OSNAP
PPAN_PAN
PAPASTESPEC_PASTESPEC
PARAMBPARAMETER_BPARAMETER
PATHARRAYARRAYPATH_ARRAYPATH
PDFAPDFATTACH_PDFATTACH
PEPEDIT_PEDIT
PLPLINE_PLINE
POPOINT_POINT
POFFHIDEPALETTES_HIDEPALETTES
POLPOLYGON_POLYGON
PONSHOWPALETTES_SHOWPALETTES
PR, CH, MO, PROPS, DDCHPROP, DDMODIFYPROPERTIES_PROPERTIES
PREPREVIEW_PREVIEW
PRINT, DWFOUTPLOT_PLOT
PROFILEPROFILEVIEW_PROFILEVIEW
PSPSPACE_PSPACE
PSOLIDPOLYSOLID_POLYSOLID
PUPURGE_PURGE
PVUPDATEPROFILEVIEWUPDATE_PROFILEVIEWUPDATE
PYRPYRAMID_PYRAMID
QCQUICKCALC_QUICKCALC
QDQDIM_QDIM
QPQUICKPROPERTIES_QUICKPROPERTIES
RREDRAW_REDRAW
RAREDRAWALL_REDRAWALL
REREGEN_REGEN
REAREGENALL_REGENALL
REC, RECTANGLERECTANG_RECTANG
RECOGNIZETEXT, OCROCRIMAGE_OCRIMAGE
REFINEMESHREFINE_MESHREFINE
REGREGION_REGION
RENRENAME_RENAME
RENUMPTRENUMBERPOINTS_RENUMBERPOINTS
REVREVOLVE_REVOLVE
ROROTATE_ROTATE
RRRENDER_RENDER
RSBRESETBLOCK_RESETBLOCK
SSTRETCH_STRETCH
SAVEURLQSAVE_QSAVE
SCSCALE_SCALE
SCRSCRIPT_SCRIPT
SETSETVAR_SETVAR
SHP2CADMAPIMPORT_MAPIMPORT
SLSLICE_SLICE
SLOPEMAPSURFACEANALYSIS_SURFACEANALYSIS
SMOOTHCONVTOMESH_CONVTOMESH
SNSNAP_SNAP
SOSOLID_SOLID
SPSPELL_SPELL
SPESPLINEDIT_SPLINEDIT
SPLSPLINE_SPLINE
SPOTZSPOTELEVATION_SPOTELEVATION
SSMSHEETSET_SHEETSET
ST, DDSTYLESTYLE_STYLE
STASTANDARDS_STANDARDS
STEPSTEPOUT_STEPOUT
SUSUBTRACT_SUBTRACT
T, MTMTEXT_MTEXT
TATEXTALIGN_TEXTALIGN
TBTABLE_TABLE
TIN, MDTSURFACE_SURFACE
TOLTOLERANCE_TOLERANCE
TORTORUS_TORUS
TPTOOLPALETTES_TOOLPALETTES
TRTRIM_TRIM
TSTABLESTYLE_TABLESTYLE
UC, DDUCS, DDUCSPUCSMAN_UCSMAN
UN, DDUNITSUNITS_UNITS
UNHIDE, UNISOLATEUNISOLATEOBJECTS_UNISOLATEOBJECTS
UNIUNION_UNION
UPDFIELDUPDATEFIELD_UPDATEFIELD
V, DDVIEWVIEW_VIEW
VIEWPORTSVPORTS_VPORTS
VOLUMES, CUTFILLSURFACEVOLUME_SURFACEVOLUME
VSVSCURRENT_VSCURRENT
W, ACADWBLOCKDIALOGWBLOCK_WBLOCK
WEWEDGE_WEDGE
WEBMAPMAPSERVICE_MAPSERVICE
XEXPLODE_EXPLODE
XAXATTACH_XATTACH
XBXBIND_XBIND
XCXCLIP_XCLIP
XLXLINE_XLINE
XRXREF_XREF
ZZOOM_ZOOM

See also

Keyboard and shortcuts · The interface · Welcome

General Help

The user interface

From top to bottom, the LinceCAD window has the ribbon (or the menus and toolbars of the Classic workspace), the drawing area, the layout tabs, the command line and the status bar. Palettes (Properties, layers, blocks...) open when you need them and can float over the drawing or be docked at its sides.

The LinceCAD window with the ribbon, drawing area, command line and status bar

Workspaces

A workspace is a named layout of the interface. Two are built in:

Each workspace also remembers the ribbon state, how the command line is placed and which palettes are open, on which side and how wide. The ⚙ gear on the status bar shows the current one and, when clicked, lists them all to switch with one click. WSSAVE saves the current layout with a name and WORKSPACE renames and deletes them. They are kept when the program closes.

Both built-in workspaces give access to the same commands. Commands that are not finished yet are dimmed; hovering over any button shows its description.

The ribbon

TabPanels
HomeDraw, Modify, Annotation, Layers, Block, Groups, Properties, Utilities and Clipboard
InsertBlock, Attributes, Reference, Content and Geolocation
AnnotateText, Dimensions, Leaders, Tables and Annotation Scaling
ViewNavigate, Isolate, Palettes, Coordinates and Interface
ManageDrawing, Applications and Customization
OutputPlot and Export

Every available command is in some panel. Each panel shows its large buttons and two columns of small ones; if it has more, the ▾ in its title expands the rest. While you edit a block, the Block Editor contextual tab appears (see Blocks).

When the window is narrow, the panels that do not fit collapse, from right to left, into a button with their icon, title and ▼ that drops the panel down below.

Minimizing the ribbon

The ▴/▾ button to the right of the tabs cycles through the ribbon states; right-click it to choose one directly:

The command line

The keyboard always goes to the command line, as in AutoCAD: just start typing.

Floating command line

The ⇱ button at its left undocks the command line: it becomes a window without a title bar that you can drag anywhere and widen by its edges. While it floats, the ◐ button sets its transparency (opacity from 10 to 100 %); it turns opaque when the mouse is over it. ⇲ docks it again below the drawing.

Palettes

PaletteHow to open it
PropertiesPROPERTIES, Ctrl+1 or double-click an object
Layer Properties ManagerLAYER or the button next to the layer control
BlocksINSERT
DesignCenterADCENTER
Tool palettesTOOLPALETTES
External references and imagesXREF

Each one has buttons in its header to place it:

Customizing

CUI changes the commands of any ribbon panel or Classic toolbar (add, remove and reorder) and assigns your own keyboard shortcuts. Your own aliases are edited with ALIASEDIT and saved in lince.pgp, with the syntax of AutoCAD's acad.pgp (one can be imported). Everything is saved in the configuration folder (%APPDATA%\lince; on Linux, ~/.config/lince), together with the workspaces.

The status bar

ItemWhat it does
CoordinatesCursor position. Click to add latitude and longitude when the drawing has a coordinate system
LayerCurrent layer
⚖ 1:1Annotation scale (CANNOSCALE); click to choose another one from the drawing's list
OSNAPObject snaps (F3); right-click to choose the modes
ORTHOOrtho mode (F8)
POLARPolar tracking (F10); right-click for the increment angle
OTRACKObject snap tracking (F11)
SNAPSnap the cursor to the grid (F9)
ISOIsometric drafting, with the current plane (F5 switches planes)
DYNDynamic input (F12)
ISOLATEIsolate or hide objects; on while there are hidden objects
TRANSPShow or hide the transparency of objects and layers (TRANSPARENCYDISPLAY)
⚙Current workspace; its menu switches it, saves it and opens the customization

Next come the program messages and, at the far right, what was drawn in the last redraw and how long it took.

Drawing tabs and layout tabs

With two or more drawings open, their tabs appear above the drawing area; Ctrl+Tab and Ctrl+Shift+Tab switch to the next and previous one. Below the drawing are the Model tab and one tab per layout (see Layouts and plotting).

Shortcut menu and double-click

Right-clicking in the drawing area opens a menu that depends on what you are doing:

Double-clicking an object opens its editor: a text, TEXTEDIT; a hatch, HATCHEDIT; a block with attributes, ATTEDIT; a block without attributes, BEDIT; a table cell, TABLEDIT. For any other object it opens the Properties palette.

You can also open a drawing by dragging the file onto the window.

See also

Keyboard shortcuts · Command aliases · Options · OPTIONS

Coordinates and input

When a command asks for a point, you can specify it by clicking in the drawing, with an object snap, or by typing its coordinates on the command line. Coordinates are Cartesian, in drawing units, in the current User Coordinate System (UCS), which at first is the World Coordinate System (WCS).

Ways to type a point

FormExampleMeaning
Absolute100,50X = 100, Y = 50 from the origin
Relative@20,-1020 to the right and 10 down from the last point
Relative polar@50<3050 units from the last point, at 30°
Absolute polar80<4580 units from the origin, at 45°
Direct distance3535 units from the last point, in the direction of the cursor
World*100,50 or @*20,0In the WCS even if there is a UCS

Dynamic input (F12)

With DYN on (it is on at startup), the command prompt appears next to the cursor and, when a point is requested, two fields with live values:

What you type goes to the active field. Tab locks that value (the cursor is constrained to it and a padlock appears) and moves to the other field; Enter sends the point. Without Tab, what you type is read exactly as on the command line. F12 or the DYN button on the status bar turns it on and off.

Coordinates on the status bar

The left end of the status bar shows the cursor position (or that of the point it snaps to, if there is an object snap or grid snap). It uses the units and precision set with UNITS and the number format from OPTIONS: with a decimal comma, X and Y are separated by a semicolon (12,5; 30). If the drawing has a coordinate system (GEOGRAPHICLOCATION), clicking the coordinates adds latitude and longitude.

Drawing units

UNITS sets how lengths and angles are displayed (decimal, feet and inches, degrees-minutes-seconds, bearings...) and their precision. The variables LUNITS, LUPREC, AUNITS, AUPREC and INSUNITS store these settings in the drawing.

Querying coordinates and distances

User coordinate systems (UCS)

A UCS is an origin and axes of your own, moved or rotated with respect to the WCS: for example, aligned with a building that does not follow the axes of the plan. LinceCAD has UCSs in the plane, like AutoCAD in 2D:

For georeferenced drawings, see Geolocation.

See also

Object snaps and precision · LINE · UNITS · UCS · The user interface

Object snaps and precision

Clicking "close enough" is not enough to draw accurately: object snaps take the cursor to exact points on objects (endpoints, centers, intersections...), and Ortho, polar tracking and object snap tracking guide it along exact directions. All these aids work only while a command is asking for a point.

Object snaps (F3)

With OSNAP on, moving the cursor near a key point shows a yellow marker with its name, and the click snaps to that point. F3 or the status bar button turns snaps on and off; right-clicking the button opens the list of modes, with Select All and Clear All. At startup all modes are on except Nearest.

ModeTypePoint
EndpointENDEnd of lines, arcs, polyline segments
MidpointMIDMidpoint of a line, an arc or a segment
CenterCENCenter of circles, arcs and ellipses
NodeNODPoint objects
QuadrantQUAPoints at 0°, 90°, 180° and 270° of circles, arcs and ellipses
IntersectionINTCrossing of two objects
ExtensionEXTExtension of a line or arc beyond its endpoint
InsertionINSInsertion point of blocks, texts and attributes
PerpendicularPERFoot of the perpendicular from the last point
TangentTANTangent point from the last point
NearestNEAPoint on the object nearest to the cursor

Snap override: when the command asks for a point, type the abbreviation (END, MID, TAN...) and press Enter: only that mode applies to the next point, even if OSNAP is off. The Spanish abbreviations (FIN, MED, CER...) and the underscore forms (_end) are accepted too. Object snaps also work inside inserted blocks and dimensions.

Object snap tracking (F11)

With OTRACK and object snaps on, rest the cursor on an object snap for half a second: the point is acquired and marked with a green cross. Horizontal and vertical tracking paths come out of each acquired point; the cursor snaps to them and to their intersections with other paths or with polar paths. Up to 7 points can be acquired; resting on one again releases it. The Extension mode is acquired the same way, by resting on an endpoint.

Ortho (F8) and polar tracking (F10)

Ortho and polar tracking exclude each other: turning one on turns the other off. With either of them, typing just a distance places the point in the marked direction (see Coordinates and input).

Grid and snap (F9)

The model background shows a grid that adapts to the zoom: its spacing is a power of 10 with at least 25 pixels between lines. With SNAP (F9) the cursor jumps to the nodes of that grid. The grid cannot be configured or hidden yet (the GRID toggle and F7 are not available yet). With a rotated UCS, the grid, snap and Ortho follow its axes (see Coordinates and input).

Isometric drafting (F5, Ctrl+E)

To draw isometric views in 2D, turn on isometric drafting with ISODRAFT or the ISO button on the status bar. Ortho, the grid, snap and the crosshairs then follow the two axes of the current isometric plane:

PlaneAxes
Left90° and 150°
Top30° and 150°
Right30° and 90°

F5 or Ctrl+E switch to the next plane (so does ISOPLANE), and ELLIPSE offers the Isocircle option to draw circles in the plane. The mode is saved in the drawing (SNAPSTYL and SNAPISOPAIR).

Order of priority

When several aids are on, the point is decided as follows: first the object snap under the cursor, if any; otherwise tracking (polar or object snap tracking); otherwise grid snap and Ortho. Dynamic input can then lock the distance or the angle with Tab.

See also

OSNAP · ORTHO · POLAR · SNAP · ISODRAFT · Coordinates and input · Keyboard shortcuts

Selecting objects

Almost all editing commands work on a set of selected objects. You can select them before starting the command (pre-selection, or noun/verb selection) or when the command asks for them with the prompt:

Select objects:

Ways to select

ActionResult
Click an objectSelects it (5-pixel pick box). A block is selected by its lines and a text by the rectangle of its letters, as in AutoCAD
Drag from left to rightWindow: selects what lies entirely inside the rectangle
Drag from right to leftCrossing: selects what lies inside or crosses the rectangle
Shift + click or Shift + dragRemoves those objects from the selection
Ctrl+A or AI_SELALLSelects everything that can be selected
Enter, Space or right-click > EnterEnds the selection and the command goes on

"Select objects" options

While selecting for a command you can type AutoCAD's options (? lists them):

OptionResult
WindowTwo corners: what lies entirely inside
CrossingTwo corners: what lies inside or crosses the rectangle
BOXTwo corners: window if the second is to the right, crossing if to the left
AUtoA point: the object it touches or, if none, the first corner of a box. A typed point that touches nothing does the same without the option
FenceA polyline (Enter to end it): what crosses it
WPolygonA polygon (Enter to close it): what lies entirely inside
CPolygonA polygon: what lies inside or crosses it
ALLEverything that can be selected
LastThe last object created
PreviousWhat the last command selected
GroupAsks for a group name and selects its members
Remove / AddFrom then on, what you select is removed / added again
UndoUndoes the last selection
SIngleThe first selection that finds something ends the prompt
Multiple, SUbobject, ObjectAccepted; they change nothing (each selection is added at once)

If the command's prompt has its own options (for example GROUP: [Name/Description]), the command's win.

While selecting, the object under the cursor is highlighted so you can see what a click would select. Selected objects are drawn highlighted and, with no command running, show their grips (see Editing).

Pre-selection

With no command running, each click or window adds objects to the selection. If you then start an editing command (ERASE, MOVE, COPY...), the command uses that selection and does not ask again. To clear it:

With something selected, Delete erases it and right-clicking offers the most common editing commands.

What cannot be selected

Groups

A group (GROUP) is a named set of objects that are selected together. With the PICKSTYLE variable set to 1, selecting a member selects the whole group; Ctrl+Shift+A toggles this behavior. GROUPEDIT adds or removes members and UNGROUP dissolves the group.

Selecting by properties

Table cells

With no command running, a click inside a table selects the cell; Shift+click or dragging from one cell to another selects a range (see Tables).

Notes

See also

Editing · Layers · AI_SELALL · QSELECT · GROUP

Editing: grips, undo, clipboard and properties

Objects are changed with the editing commands (MOVE, COPY, ROTATE, TRIM...) or directly with the mouse, through their grips. This page covers what all of them have in common.

Grips

When you select objects with no command running, their grips appear: blue squares at the points that define each object (endpoints and midpoints of segments, center and quadrants of circles and arcs, insertion point of blocks and texts...). The one under the cursor turns red.

  1. Click a grip: it becomes the hot grip (red) and STRETCH mode starts.
Specify stretch point or [Base point/Copy/eXit]:
  1. Move the cursor and click where the point must go (object snaps and typed coordinates work). You can also drag the grip and drop it in place.
  2. Enter or Space cycles to the next mode, in this order:
ModeWhat it does
** STRETCH **Moves the point; if several objects share it, all of them are stretched
** MOVE **Moves the selected objects
** ROTATE **Rotates the objects around the grip (or the base point); a number is the angle
** SCALE **Scales the objects from the grip; a number is the factor
** MIRROR **Mirrors them about the line from the grip to the point you specify

Every mode has three options:

Dimensions, tables (column widths, row heights) and dynamic blocks have their own grips; those of dynamic blocks are drawn in cyan.

Undo and redo

Clipboard

CommandKeyWhat it does
COPYCLIPCtrl+CCopies the selection
CUTCLIPCtrl+XCopies the selection and erases it
COPYBASECtrl+Shift+CCopies with the base point you specify
PASTECLIPCtrl+VPastes; the objects follow the cursor until you click
PASTEBLOCKCtrl+Shift+VPastes the copied objects as a block
PASTEORIG—Pastes at the original coordinates

You can copy from one drawing and paste into another open drawing. The clipboard keys only act when the command line is empty and no command is running; if another text box has the keyboard focus, they copy and paste text as usual.

Properties

The PROPERTIES palette (Ctrl+1, or double-click an object) shows and changes the properties of the selection:

MATCHPROP copies the properties of one object to others.

Other editing aids

See also

Selecting objects · Layers and properties · Object snaps

Layers and object properties

Layers organize a drawing like stacked transparent sheets: every object is on a layer and, unless the object says otherwise, the layer sets its color, linetype, lineweight and transparency. Turning a layer off, freezing it or locking it affects all its objects at once.

The layer control

The layer control is on the ribbon (Home tab, Layers panel) and on the Layers toolbar of the Classic workspace: the drop-down list with the current layer and, for each layer, the state icons:

IconStateEffect
Light bulbOn or offObjects on a layer that is off are neither shown nor plotted
Sun or snowflakeThawed or frozenLike off, and also left out of calculations; the current layer cannot be frozen
Sun with viewportFrozen in the current viewportOnly in a layout viewport
PadlockUnlocked or lockedObjects are visible but cannot be selected or modified
Color swatchLayer colorClick to change it

Choosing a layer in the drop-down list makes it current: new objects are created on it. The current layer is also shown on the status bar.

The Layer Properties Manager

LAYER opens the Layer Properties Manager, a palette with one row per layer and AutoCAD's columns: status, name, on, freeze, VP freeze, lock, color, linetype, lineweight, transparency, plot, new VP freeze and description. Click a column title to sort, select several layers at once, and search by name with wildcards (*, ?).

Layer commands

CommandWhat it does
LAYMCURMakes an object's layer current
LAYMCHMoves objects to another object's layer
LAYERPUndoes the last change to layer settings
LAYISO / LAYUNISOLeaves only the layers of the selection visible, and undoes it
LAYOFF / LAYONTurns off an object's layer / turns all layers on
LAYFRZ / LAYTHWFreezes an object's layer / thaws all layers
LAYLCK / LAYULKLocks or unlocks an object's layer
LAYMRGMoves the objects of some layers to another one and deletes the former
LAYDELDeletes layers together with all their objects
-LAYERAll of the above from the command line (for scripts)

Color, linetype, lineweight and transparency

Each object has four properties that can take a specific value or one of these two:

Objects on layer 0 inside a block are drawn with the layer of the inserted block.

PropertyCommandValues
ColorCOLORByLayer, ByBlock, the 255 index colors (ACI) or an RGB true color
LinetypeLINETYPEContinuous and the loaded linetypes; more can be loaded from .lin files
LineweightLWEIGHTByLayer, ByBlock or a lineweight in millimeters
TransparencyPROPERTIESByLayer, ByBlock or 0 (opaque) to 90 %

The global linetype scale is LTSCALE; the one for new objects is CELTSCALE. The current values are in CLAYER, CECOLOR and CELTYPE. Lineweights are always shown on screen (the LWDISPLAY toggle is not available yet), and when plotting they depend on the plot style table.

To change the properties of objects already drawn, use the PROPERTIES palette or MATCHPROP.

Transparency

Transparency lets what is underneath an object show through: at 50 %, the object is half visible over the background and over whatever is behind it. Object transparency is changed in the Properties palette; layer transparency, in the Transparency column of the layer manager or with the TRansparency option of -LAYER. New objects take CETRANSPARENCY, which starts as ByLayer.

See also

Editing and properties · Blocks · Layouts and plotting · PURGE

Text, styles and fonts

LinceCAD has AutoCAD's two kinds of text: single-line text (TEXT), created with TEXT, and multiline text or paragraph text (MTEXT), created with MTEXT. Both use a text style, which sets the font and its shape, and both are drawn with the real SHX or TrueType fonts, on screen and when plotting.

Single-line text

TEXT asks for the start point, the height and the rotation, and then the contents. Each line you type is a separate text object and the next one is placed below it; Enter on an empty line ends the command.

Specify start point of text or [Justify/Style]:

Multiline text

MTEXT asks for the two corners of the paragraph box; the width of the box decides where lines wrap. Before the second corner you can change the height, justification, style, rotation and width:

Specify opposite corner or [Height/Justify/Line spacing/Rotation/Style/Width/Columns]:

Then the Text Editor opens, with style, height, justification, width and color, and bold, italic and underline buttons that apply to the selected text. Each line in the editor is a paragraph. AutoCAD's MTEXT formatting codes are honored (font change, height, color, underline, stacked fractions...).

Editing text

Double-click a text, or use TEXTEDIT, to change its contents: a single-line text on the command line itself and an MTEXT in its editor. The PROPERTIES palette also changes the height, style, justification and rotation.

Text styles

STYLE opens the text style manager: create, rename, delete and set current. Each style sets:

SettingEffect
FontAn SHX file (with an optional big font for Asian languages) or a TrueType font
Height0 to ask for it in each text, or a fixed height
Width factorNarrows (less than 1) or widens (more than 1) the characters
Oblique angleSlants the characters, between -85° and 85°
AnnotativeNew texts are written with the paper height and shown at the annotation scale

The current style is in TEXTSTYLE and the default height in TEXTSIZE. Annotative texts and annotation scales are explained in Dimensions and annotation scales.

Fields

A field is a piece of text that is computed automatically: the date, the file name, the drawing author or title, the user, or a property of an object (the length of a line, the area of a boundary, the layer...). FIELD creates a text with a field or puts it in an existing text.

Find, replace and check spelling

Fonts

LinceCAD does not ship AutoCAD's own fonts: it looks for them, in this order, in the drawing folder, in AutoCAD's font folders if AutoCAD is installed, and in the system fonts (on Linux, those of fontconfig). If a style's font is missing, it uses simplex.shx, txt.shx or Arial instead, the first one it finds, as AutoCAD does with FONTALT. For a drawing to look the same on another computer, copy its SHX fonts next to the DWG.

Notes

See also

TEXT · MTEXT · STYLE · Dimensions · Tables

Dimensions, leaders and annotation scales

A dimension measures the drawing and writes the measurement. In LinceCAD every dimension is an AutoCAD dimension object (DIMENSION) with its style: it is drawn from its definition points and regenerated when it is moved, copied or its style changes, so AutoCAD recognizes it and can edit it.

Dimension types

CommandMeasures
DIMLINEARHorizontal or vertical distance between two points
DIMALIGNEDTrue distance, parallel to the two points
DIMANGULARAngle between two lines or defined by a vertex and two points
DIMRADIUS / DIMDIAMETERRadius or diameter of a circle or an arc
DIMJOGGEDRadius of a large arc, with a jogged dimension line
DIMARCLength of an arc
DIMORDINATEX or Y coordinate of a point
DIMCONTINUEDimensions chained after the last one
DIMBASELINESeveral dimensions from the same origin
QDIMA series of dimensions of all the selected geometry

All of them ask for the points one by one, with a preview; object snaps (Endpoint, Center, Intersection...) are almost essential to dimension accurately. The dimension is created on the current layer; its lines, arrows and text go on layer 0 of the dimension's block with ByBlock properties, as in AutoCAD.

TOLERANCE creates geometric tolerance feature control frames (position, flatness, perpendicularity...); measurement tolerances (± and limits) are turned on in the dimension style.

Editing dimensions

Associative dimensions

With DIMASSOC set to 2 (the initial value), a dimension whose points lie on the geometry (endpoint, midpoint, center, quadrant, node or polyline vertex) is associated with it: when the line, arc or polyline is moved, stretched, scaled or edited with grips, the dimension moves and its measurement changes.

Dimension styles

DIMSTYLE opens the dimension style manager, with Set Current, New, Modify, Rename and Delete. When you modify a style, its settings are on AutoCAD's tabs: Lines, Symbols and Arrows, Text, Fit and Primary Units. Changes to a style apply to all the dimensions that use it.

A new drawing starts, as with AutoCAD's acadiso.dwt, with two styles: Standard (the inch one) and ISO-25, the current one (metric, arrows and text 2.5 high, with the same variables as in AutoCAD 2027). The decimal separator of the measurements is the style's: with a comma, as in Spanish AutoCAD, the dimension reads "56,57". The current style is in DIMSTYLE.

Multileaders

MLEADER draws a multileader: arrowhead, leader line, landing and a text or a block.

Annotation scales

For texts and dimensions to have the intended size on paper there are two ways:

The current annotation scale is chosen with the selector on the status bar (or with CANNOSCALE) among the scales of the drawing's list, which is edited with SCALELISTEDIT. What is created annotative:

An annotative object can support several scales and keeps one representation (position and size) for each. OBJECTSCALE adds scales to it or removes them and, with ANNOAUTOSCALE, the new scale is added automatically when the annotation scale changes. In a layout, each viewport shows the annotative objects at its own scale: the same text comes out the same size in a 1:50 viewport and in a 1:100 one.

Everything is saved as in AutoCAD: annotative objects of an AutoCAD drawing look the same in LinceCAD, and the other way round.

Notes

See also

Text and styles · Object snaps · Layouts · Tutorial: dimensioning a plan

Blocks, attributes and libraries

A block is a named set of objects that you define once and insert as many times as needed (a door, a socket, a symbol). Each insertion is a single object that can be moved, rotated or scaled; if you change the definition, all insertions change.

Creating and inserting

CommandWhat it does
BLOCKDefines a block with a name, a base point and some objects
INSERTOpens the Blocks palette to insert
-INSERTInserts by asking on the command line (also a DWG or DXF file)
WBLOCKSaves a block as a DWG or DXF drawing
PASTEBLOCKPastes the copied objects as a new block
EXPLODEExplodes an insertion into its objects

When you create a block you choose what to do with the original objects: retain them, convert them to an insertion of the block, or delete them. If the name already exists, you are asked whether to redefine it.

The Blocks palette shows thumbnails of the blocks in the current drawing, the recently used ones and those of the libraries. Click or drag a block to place it; scale and rotation are typed or picked with the mouse. Inserting a DWG or DXF file brings it in as a block with its layers, styles and nested blocks; definitions that already exist in the drawing are kept.

Tip: draw the contents of a block on layer 0 with ByBlock properties; that way each insertion takes the layer, color and linetype it is inserted with (see Layers).

Attributes

Attributes are variable texts inside a block (a reference, a circuit, a price).

Dynamic blocks

Dynamic blocks made with AutoCAD work in LinceCAD: their grips are drawn in cyan and change visibility, flip, lengths, point positions, rotation, arrays and lookup tables. The Properties palette shows their values in the Custom section. RESETBLOCK resets them to the values of the definition. LinceCAD cannot create new parameters or actions yet.

Block Editor

BEDIT (or double-click a block without attributes) opens a block definition as if it were a drawing: all commands, object snaps, grips and undo work. The Block Editor ribbon tab appears and, at the bottom, a bar with the block name.

The whole editor session is undone in one step. External references and anonymous blocks cannot be edited.

DesignCenter, palettes and libraries

Notes

See also

Layers and properties · External references · Tables · Tutorial: blocks

Hatches and fills

A hatch (HATCH) fills a closed boundary with a pattern of lines, a solid fill or a gradient: sections, materials, areas of a plan. LinceCAD draws the hatches of any DWG or DXF with their pattern and islands, and creates new hatches with HATCH and gradients with GRADIENT.

Creating a hatch

  1. Enter HATCH or click Hatch on the ribbon. The Hatch and Gradient dialog box opens.
  2. Choose the Pattern, the Scale and the Angle.
  3. Specify the boundary with Add: Pick points (click inside the area: LinceCAD finds the closed boundary around it and any islands inside) or with Add: Select objects (select the closed objects that form it). Both can be combined. If the boundary has small gaps, HPGAPTOL closes them.
  4. Click OK.

Islands (boundaries inside the boundary) are treated as in AutoCAD's Normal style: hatched and empty areas alternate inwards.

Patterns

PatternLook
SOLIDSolid fill in the hatch color
ANSI3145° hatching, the usual one for sections
ANSI32Pairs of lines at 45° (steel)
ANSI37Grid at 45°
LINEHorizontal lines
NETHorizontal and vertical grid
CROSSCrosses
DOTSDots
BRICKBrick
HONEYHexagonal honeycomb
HORMIGONConcrete

They are LinceCAD's own definitions with the usual names, so AutoCAD recognizes the hatch. Hatches that come with a drawing are always drawn with the pattern they store, even if it is not in this list.

The scale multiplies the pattern spacing; the angle rotates it (with ANSI31, 0° gives the 45° hatching).

The Origin option of HATCH chooses the point the pattern passes through: for example, so that a row of bricks starts at the corner of the wall.

Editing a hatch

Double-click the hatch, or use HATCHEDIT, to change its pattern, scale, angle, gradient or origin. On the command line, HATCHEDIT also disassociates it from its boundary or associates it with other objects, separates it into independent hatches (one per area) and recreates its boundary as polylines. The PROPERTIES palette also changes the layer, the color and the other general properties. A hatch is moved, copied, rotated and scaled like any other object, and TRIM removes the piece you pick between the cutting edges.

Associative hatches

The hatches LinceCAD creates are associative, as in AutoCAD: they keep the objects of their boundary and, if one of them is edited (with grips, MOVE, STRETCH, PEDIT...), the hatch is rebuilt to follow it. It stops being associative if the hatch is moved on its own, if a boundary object is erased or if it is trimmed. AutoCAD recognizes the associativity when it opens the drawing.

HATCHGENERATEBOUNDARY creates polylines with the boundary of a hatch that has lost it (without associating them).

Gradients

GRADIENT, or the Gradient tab of the HATCH dialog box, fills with a gradient of one color (towards black or white) or of two, in the nine AutoCAD types (linear, cylinder, spherical, hemispherical, curved and their inverted versions), centered or shifted and at any angle. They are saved as in AutoCAD, and the gradients that come in drawings are shown with their colors.

Related commands

Notes

See also

HATCH · HATCHEDIT · GRADIENT · Layers and properties · Layouts and plotting

Tables

A table is an object with rows and columns of cells holding text, numbers or formulas: bills of materials, area schedules, legends. LinceCAD creates and edits tables compatible with AutoCAD's (TABLE object), which look and plot the same in both programs.

Creating a table

TABLE opens the Insert Table dialog box:

Once placed, you start typing in the first cell: Tab and Shift+Tab move to the next and previous cell, and the arrow keys move between cells.

Selecting and editing cells

With no command running:

With cells selected, the Table Cell palette appears: insert and delete rows and columns, merge and unmerge cells, alignment, text height and color, fill color, and quick formulas (Sum, Average, Count). Each button is equivalent to TABLECELL and is undone separately. The PROPERTIES palette also shows Table and Cells sections.

Formulas

A cell that starts with = is a formula. References are column and row, as in a spreadsheet (A3, B2:B9).

FormulaResult
=Sum(B2:B9)Sum of the range
=Average(B2:B9)Average
=Count(B2:B9)Number of cells with a value
=Min(B2:B9), =Max(B2:B9)Minimum and maximum
=B2*C2+1Arithmetic with +, -, * and / between cells and numbers

Formulas are recalculated when a cell changes, and a formula can use the result of another. A decimal comma is accepted, as in Spanish AutoCAD. They are stored as AutoCAD stores them, so AutoCAD keeps calculating them.

Grips

A selected table has grips to move it, to change the width of each column, the overall width and height (at the corners), and the height of each row. COPY, ROTATE, SCALE and EXPLODE work with tables as with any other object.

Table styles

TABLESTYLE creates and modifies table styles: cell margins and, for each kind of cell (title, header and data), text style and height, color, fill and alignment. The current style (CTABLESTYLE) can also be chosen on the ribbon, Annotate tab, Tables panel.

Import and export

Notes

See also

TABLE · TABLESTYLE · Text and styles · Blocks and attributes

External references

An external reference (xref) is another DWG or DXF drawing displayed inside the current one without copying it: an architectural plan under the building services, a survey base, a project's common title block. If someone changes the referenced drawing, the change shows when it is reloaded. A PDF underlay is the same with a page of a PDF: a plan received as a PDF that serves as a background to draw on.

Attaching a reference

  1. Enter XATTACH or click Attach DWG… in the XREF palette.
  2. Choose the file and specify the insertion point, the scale and the rotation.

With the Overlay option the reference is an overlay: it is shown in this drawing, but not in the drawings that attach this one (useful to avoid carrying bases from one drawing to another). The reference's layers appear as reference|layer: they can be turned off, frozen or recolored like any other, and with VISRETAIN = 1 those changes are kept when it is reloaded. The reference content is shown somewhat faded (XFADECTL) to tell it apart from your own objects.

The references of a reference (nested ones) are also loaded and drawn; nested overlays are not.

The External References palette

XREF opens the External References palette, with the tree of DWG references (and their nested ones), the PDF underlays and the raster images of the drawing. For each reference it shows its status, type, size, date, saved path and the file that was found, and it has buttons to:

ButtonWhat it does
ReloadReads it again from disk
UnloadStops showing it without removing it from the drawing
DetachRemoves it from the drawing with all its inserts
BindTurns it into a normal block of the drawing (BINDTYPE)
Change Path…Chooses another file or fixes its path

The same is done on the command line with -XREF, which accepts wildcards in the names. If a reference's file changes while the drawing is open (for example, because someone else saved it), the status bar warns about it with a button to reload it.

Where files are looked for

As in AutoCAD, for each reference the program tries, in this order:

  1. the saved path, if it is absolute;
  2. the saved path, relative to the drawing's folder;
  3. just the file name, in the drawing's folder.

That is why, to take a project to another computer, it is enough to copy the drawing and its references together. How the path of new ones is saved (full, relative or no path) is decided by REFPATHTYPE. For security, network paths (\\server\...) are not read, and nothing from a referenced file is ever run: only its geometry is read.

Clipping

XCLIP shows only part of a reference or a block, inside or outside a rectangular, polygonal or polyline boundary. XCLIPFRAME decides whether the boundary is shown.

PDF underlays

Not available yet

Alternatives

See also

Blocks · Raster images · File formats · XREF · XATTACH · PDFATTACH

Raster images

You can place raster images (photos, orthophotos, scanned drawings, logos) in the drawing, as in AutoCAD: the drawing stores only the image path, its position, size and rotation, not the pixels. So the image file must always travel with the drawing.

Formats

PNG, JPEG, BMP, TIFF (including GeoTIFF and tiled TIFF), GIF and WebP. ECW, MrSID and JPEG 2000 cannot be read (the Spanish PNOA orthophotos come as ECW): when a drawing that attaches them is opened you are warned, their frame says Unsupported format, and CONVERTIMAGE converts them to GeoTIFF with GDAL (QGIS or OSGeo4W, installed separately) and attaches the result in the same place. The original is not deleted.

Inserting an image

  1. Enter IMAGEATTACH or use the Insert tab. Enter opens the dialog box to choose the file.
  2. Specify the insertion point (lower-left corner). The Path option chooses whether the path is saved Relative to the drawing folder or Full.
  3. Enter the scale factor (with 1, the image takes the size given by its resolution and the drawing units) and the rotation.

To place an image at its real-world coordinates, use GEOIMAGE or GEOREFIMAGE (see Geolocation).

Managing the images of a drawing

Adjusting the image

CommandWhat it does
IMAGECLIPShows only part of the image, inside (or outside, with Invert) a rectangular or polygonal boundary
IMAGEADJUSTChanges brightness, contrast and fade (0 to 100)
TRANSPARENCYLets what is underneath show through the transparent pixels of the file
DRAWORDERBrings the image below or above other objects

The IMAGEFRAME variable controls image frames: 0, no frame; 1, displayed and plotted; 2, displayed but not plotted (for now LinceCAD plots it too).

An image is moved, copied, rotated and scaled like any other object.

Large images

Very large images (orthophotos of hundreds of megapixels) are loaded in tiles and in the background: a reduced version appears first and the detail arrives as you zoom in. Their memory use is capped, so you can work with several at once. Huge PNG and JPEG files, unlike TIFF, are read whole; it is better to convert them to TIFF.

Plotting

Images come out in PDF, SVG and PNG with their clipping and transparency. To keep files from growing without limit, each image is plotted at 300 dpi and 16 megapixels at most.

Notes

See also

Geolocation · External references · IMAGEATTACH · Layouts and plotting

Geolocation and GIS

A georeferenced drawing has its coordinates in a real-world reference system (for example, ETRS89 / UTM 30N): every point of the drawing is a point on the ground. This way orthophotos, maps, GIS files and GPS data can be overlaid without moving them by hand.

Coordinate system of the drawing

GEOGRAPHICLOCATION assigns a coordinate system to the drawing. Type its EPSG code (25830, 4326...) or the Autodesk code (ETRS89.UTM-30N), or choose it in the dialog box; the List option shows the available systems and Remove deletes it. The drawing must already be in coordinates of that system: GEOGRAPHICLOCATION moves nothing, it only states which system the drawing is in. It is saved as in AutoCAD, which recognizes it.

Systems includedEPSG codes
World: WGS 84 geographic and Web Mercator4326, 3857
WGS 84 / UTM, all north and south zones32601–32660, 32701–32760
Europe: ETRS89 geographic, ETRS89 / UTM 28N–38N, ETRS89-LAEA Europe4258, 25828–25838, 3035
Spain: ED50 (geographic and UTM 28N–31N), REGCAN95 (geographic and UTM 27N and 28N)4230, 23028–23031, 4081–4083
Portugal: PT-TM063763
France: RGF93 v1 geographic, Lambert-93, CC42–CC50 conics4171, 2154, 3942–3950
Netherlands: Amersfoort / RD New4289, 28992
Belgium: BD72 / Lambert 72, ETRS89 / Lambert 20084313, 31370, 3812
Luxembourg: LUREF / Luxembourg TM4181, 2169
Switzerland: CH1903+ / LV954150, 2056
Germany: DHDN / Gauss-Krüger 2–5 (and ETRS89 / UTM 32N and 33N, under Europe)4314, 31466–31469
Austria: MGI / Austria GK West, Central and East4312, 31254–31256
Italy: RDN2008 / UTM 32N–34N, Monte Mario / Italy zone 1 and 26706, 7791–7793, 4265, 3003, 3004
United Kingdom: OSGB36 / British National Grid4277, 27700
Ireland: IRENET95 / Irish Transverse Mercator4173, 2157
Poland: ETRF2000-PL / CS92 (PL-1992) and CS2000 (PL-2000) zones 15–249702, 2180, 2176–2179
Sweden: SWEREF99 TM · Finland: TM35FIN4619, 3006, 3067
Greece: GGRS87 / Greek Grid · Hungary: HD72 / EOV · Romania: Stereo 704121, 2100, 4237, 23700, 4179, 3844
Slovenia: D96/TM · Croatia: HTRS96/TM4765, 3794, 4761, 3765
Lithuania, Latvia and Estonia: LKS94, LKS-92, L-EST974669, 3346, 4661, 3059, 4180, 3301
SIRGAS 2000 (Brazil and South America): geographic, UTM 11N–24N and 17S–26S, Brazil Polyconic4674, 31965–31985, 6210, 6211, 5396, 5880
Mexico: Mexico ITRF2008 geographic, LCC and UTM 11N–16N6365, 6372, 6366–6371
Argentina: POSGAR 2007 geographic, zones 1–7 and UTM 19S5340, 5343–5349, 9265
Chile: SIRGAS-Chile 2021 / UTM 18S and 19S20041, 20048, 20049
Colombia: MAGNA-SIRGAS 2018 / Origen-Nacional; MAGNA-SIRGAS / Far West to East zones (Bogota: 3116)20046, 9377, 4686, 3114–3118
Peru: Peru96 / UTM 17S–19S · Uruguay: SIRGAS-ROU98 / UTM 21S and 22S5373, 5839, 5387, 5389, 5381–5383
Venezuela: REGVEN / UTM 18N–20N · Costa Rica: CR05 / CRTM054189, 2201–2203, 5365, 5367
Ecuador, Bolivia, Paraguay and the rest: WGS 84 / UTM or SIRGAS 2000 / UTM of their zone(see above)
Morocco: Merchich / Nord Maroc, Sud Maroc, Sahara Nord and Sahara Sud4261, 26191, 26192, 26194, 26195
Algeria: Nord Sahara 1959 / UTM 29N–32N, Nord Algérie and Sud Algérie4307, 30729–30732, 30791, 30792
Tunisia: Carthage / UTM 32N, Nord Tunisie and Sud Tunisie4223, 22332, 22391, 22392
Egypt: Egypt 1907 / Red, Blue, Purple and Extended Purple Belt · Libya: LGD2006 / Libya TM and UTM 32N–35N4229, 22991–22994, 4754, 3177, 3199, 3201–3203

The full list (over 300) is in the GEOGRAPHICLOCATION dialog box, grouped by country or region and searchable by EPSG code, name or country, and in the List command-line option. The parameters of each projection are those of EPSG (checked against PROJ to the millimeter).

Datum shift accuracy. Between ETRS89, WGS84 and the GRS80-based frames (SIRGAS, MAGNA-SIRGAS, POSGAR, RGF93, ETRF2000-PL, SWEREF99…) there is no datum shift: the transformation is exact (as in PROJ, ETRS89 = WGS84). Older datums use the best EPSG transformation that needs no grid, with its nominal accuracy: about 1 m for Amersfoort, BD72, LUREF, CH1903+, GGRS87, HD72 and Nord Sahara 1959; 1.2 m for Egypt 1907; 1.5 m for MGI; 2 m for OSGB36 (the official OSTN15 grid is not included: it can reach 3–4 m); 3 m for DHDN (the former West Germany one) and Stereo 70; 4 m for Monte Mario; 7 m for Merchich and 14 m for Carthage. For accurate work, draw in the country's modern system (ETRS89, SIRGAS…). ED50 transformations use the official NTv2 grid of the Spanish IGN if it is installed (in the rejillas folder next to the program or in AutoCAD's); otherwise a 7-parameter transformation with an error of about 1.5 m, valid only in Spain.

Geographic coordinates

GIS import and export

MAPIMPORT brings SHP (with its DBF), KML, KMZ and GeoJSON files into the drawing:

MAPEXPORT saves the selection to SHP, KML, KMZ or GeoJSON; the format comes from the file extension. SHP is written in the drawing's system, with its .prj and one file per geometry type. KML, KMZ and GeoJSON are written in WGS84 and need the drawing to have a coordinate system.

Georeferenced images

Large orthophotos are loaded in tiles (see Raster images). ECW, MrSID and JPEG 2000 cannot be read: CONVERTIMAGE turns them into GeoTIFF with GDAL (installed separately), keeping the size and the georeferencing, and attaches the GeoTIFF in the same place in the drawing.

Tips

Online maps

MAPSERVICE loads maps from WMS, WFS, WMTS and XYZ services as a background or as vectors. The Spanish servers are built in; those of other countries are in Map servers by country.

See also

Raster images · Coordinates · Tutorial: georeferenced plan · Map servers by country

Layouts and plotting

In model space you draw at full size (1 unit = 1 meter, or 1 millimeter, depending on the project). In the paper space of each layout you compose the sheet to be printed: the title block, notes, and one or more viewports that show the model at the chosen scale. Plotting turns the model or a layout into a PDF, SVG or PNG file.

Model and layout tabs

Below the drawing area are the Model tab and one tab per layout in the drawing. Switching to a layout shows the sheet of paper with its shadow and printable area, and the viewports with their contents.

A button next to the tabs shows whether you are working on paper (PAPER) or inside a viewport (MODEL); a click switches.

Viewports

LAYOUT and the layout tab context menu create, copy, delete, rename and insert layouts from templates (drag the tabs to reorder). MVIEW creates viewports (also non-rectangular) and VPCLIP clips them; inside a viewport zoom changes its view, and its scale is set in the status bar or PROPERTIES. VPMAX maximizes it.

Plotting

PLOT (Ctrl+P) opens the Plot dialog box:

SettingOptions
Page setupOne saved with PAGESETUP, the previous one, or none
Printer/plotterOutput to a vector PDF file (saved as "DWG To PDF.pc3", as in AutoCAD)
Paper sizeThose of "DWG To PDF.pc3": ISO (A and B), ANSI and ARCH; portrait or landscape
What to plotLayout, Extents, Display, Limits or Window (two corners in the drawing)
ScaleFit to paper or a scale: millimeters (or inches) of paper per drawing units
OffsetPlot origin or Center the plot
Plot style tableColor, screening and lineweight of each color when plotting
OptionsPlot lineweights, plot with plot styles, plot paper space last, scale lineweights

When you click OK you choose the file: the extension (.pdf, .svg or .png) decides the format. For PNG you choose the resolution in dots per inch. Apply to Layout saves the settings in the layout.

The PDF is vector-based: lines, fills and texts (with their real SHX or TrueType fonts) stay sharp at any zoom. With a system printer, the sheet is printed at the printer resolution.

Plot styles (CTB and STB)

The plot style table decides the color, screening and lineweight each object is plotted with. LinceCAD includes monochrome.ctb (everything in black) and grayscale.ctb (grays), and also uses the .ctb files (or .stb, if the drawing uses named plot styles) in the drawing folder and in %APPDATA%\lince\estilos_trazado. You can copy AutoCAD's tables there.

Page setups and preview

Notes

See also

Layers · Dimensions and annotation scales · Raster images · Tutorial: from a plan to PDF

File formats and compatibility

LinceCAD works directly with AutoCAD's formats: it opens and saves DWG and DXF with no conversion, and what it saves opens in AutoCAD with all its entities. Compatibility is checked with AutoCAD 2027 on dozens of real drawings, auditing every copy.

Opening

OPEN (Ctrl+O), or dragging the file onto the window, opens:

Each drawing opens in its own tab, in the background and with a progress bar (an 80 MB plan takes a few seconds). If the empty drawing from startup (Drawing1) has not been touched, it is replaced. Several drawings can be open at once, and you can copy and paste between them.

Saving

Save asOpened by
DWG 2018AutoCAD 2018 to 2027
DWG 2013AutoCAD 2013 to 2027
DWG 2010AutoCAD 2010 to 2027
DWG 2007AutoCAD 2007 to 2027
DWG 2004AutoCAD 2004 to 2027
DWG 2000AutoCAD 2000 to 2027
DXF 2018AutoCAD 2018 to 2027 and almost any CAD program
DXF 2000AutoCAD 2000 to 2027 and older programs

When saving to an earlier version, objects that do not exist in it (proxy objects of third-party applications, render sun) are left out, with a warning. Drawings with AutoCAD Architecture objects can only be saved as DWG in their original version. The DWG 2000 format is not compressed, so it takes about twice the space of the same drawing in 2004 or later.

Safe saving

Automatic save

Every 10 minutes, drawings with unsaved changes are saved in the background to the user's temporary folder (%TEMP%\lince\<name>_<n>.sv$). The file is deleted when the drawing is closed normally. If LinceCAD closes unexpectedly, opening the drawing again warns that there is a more recent automatic save: change its extension to .dwg and open it.

Damaged drawings

Other formats

FormatHow
PDF, SVG, PNGOutput with PLOT or EXPORT (see Layouts and plotting)
SHP, KML, KMZ, GeoJSONMAPIMPORT and MAPEXPORT
Raster imagesIMAGEATTACH
CSVTables (TABLE, TABLEEXPORT) and attributes (ATTEXT)
.scr scriptsSCRIPT
AutoLISP .lspAPPLOAD

Notes

See also

What's new · External references · SAVEAS · RECOVER

Options and languages

OPTIONS (alias OP; also on the application menu and the Tools menu) opens the Options window with the program preferences. They belong to the user, not to the drawing: they apply to every drawing you open.

Interface tab

SettingWhat it does
LanguageLanguage of the whole interface: ribbon, menus, prompts, options, messages and help
Number formatAutomatic (by language), Decimal comma (1234,56) or Decimal point (1234.56)
Decimal placesNumber of decimal places of the lengths displayed (0 to 8)
ExampleHow a number will look with the chosen format

Apply tries the change without closing the window; OK applies and saves it; Cancel leaves everything as it was. Changing the language takes effect at once: no restart is needed.

Open and Save tab

SettingWhat it does
QNEW templateTemplate that QNEW uses for new drawings
Start pageShows the start page with templates and recent files while nothing has been drawn
UpdatesCheck for updates automatically: at startup and every 12 hours, in the background. On by default
Update channelStable (default) or Beta: the beta channel also gets preview versions

Updates are explained in CHECKFORUPDATES and in License and maintenance.

Automation tab

Lets other programs on the computer (Python scripts, AI assistants over MCP) read and change the drawings: Allow automation (API/MCP), read-only mode, confirmation in the AIACTIONS palette, allowed folders and the local HTTP MCP server. Changes are saved at once. Everything is explained in Automation (API and MCP).

Language and command names

Number format

The format decides how numbers are displayed: status bar coordinates, measurements from DIST or LIST, properties... With Automatic (by language) the language's format is used (comma in Spanish, point in English). With a decimal comma, X and Y are separated by a semicolon (12,5; 30).

What you type never changes: on the command line it is always decimal point and comma between coordinates (10.5,20), AutoCAD-style.

Drawing units (decimal, feet and inches, angles) are a different thing: they are stored in each drawing and changed with UNITS. The decimal separator of dimensions is set by their style (DIMSTYLE).

Where they are stored

Preferences are stored in preferencias.toml, in the user configuration folder: %APPDATA%\lince on Windows and ~/.config/lince on Linux. The same folder holds lisp.toml (APPLOAD routines and trusted folders), idiomas (added language catalogs) and estilos_trazado (your own CTB and STB tables).

Adding a language

Each language is a text file <code>.ftl (UTF-8) with one key = text line for each text of the interface. Nothing needs to be compiled:

  1. Start from es.ftl, the complete Spanish catalog (in the idiomas folder of the LinceCAD source code), and save it with the code of the new language: fr.ftl, de.ftl, pt-BR.ftl...
  2. Translate the texts to the right of =; do not change the keys or the { $name } variables. Use AutoCAD's official terms in that language.
  3. Put the name of the language, written in that language, in idioma-nombre, and its decimal separator (, or .) in idioma-separador-decimal.
  4. cmd-<command>-nombre and cmd-<command>-alias hold the names and aliases to be typed in that language. In the options (opt-…), the capital letters are the abbreviation.
  5. Copy the file to the idiomas folder next to lince.exe or to %APPDATA%\lince\idiomas and restart LinceCAD: the language appears under Language.

A partial catalog works: whatever is missing is shown in Spanish. A file with the code of an existing language (es.ftl, en.ftl) replaces only the keys it contains, which is useful to adjust a few texts.

The pages of this help are translated the same way: an ayuda\<code> folder next to the program with the pages you want to translate; missing pages are shown in Spanish.

Other preferences

See also

The user interface · Coordinates · Keyboard shortcuts · UNITS

Keyboard and mouse shortcuts

LinceCAD uses AutoCAD's keys and mouse gestures. The keyboard always goes to the command line: you do not need to click it before typing a command.

Function keys

KeyFunction
F1Help
F2Text window with the full command line history
F3Object snaps (OSNAP)
F5Next isometric plane, with isometric drafting (ISODRAFT)
F7Grid (not available yet: the grid is always shown)
F8Ortho mode (ORTHO)
F9Snap the cursor to the grid (SNAP)
F10Polar tracking (POLAR)
F11Object snap tracking (OTRACK)
F12Dynamic input (DYN)

Command shortcuts

Shortcuts assigned to commands in the program's command registry:

ShortcutCommandFunction
Ctrl+1PROPERTIESProperties
Ctrl+AAI_SELALLSelect All
Ctrl+CCOPYCLIPCopy Clip
Ctrl+NNEWNew
Ctrl+OOPENOpen
Ctrl+PPLOTPlot
Ctrl+QQUITExit
Ctrl+SQSAVESave
Ctrl+Shift+CCOPYBASECopy with Base Point
Ctrl+Shift+SSAVEASSave As
Ctrl+Shift+VPASTEBLOCKPaste as Block
Ctrl+VPASTECLIPPaste
Ctrl+XCUTCLIPCut
Ctrl+YREDORedo
Ctrl+ZUNDOUndo
DelERASEErase
F1HELPHelp
F10POLARPOLAR
F3OSNAPOSNAP
F7GRIDGRID
F8ORTHOORTHO
F9SNAPSNAP

Other combinations

KeysFunction
Ctrl+Shift+ATurns whole-group selection on or off (PICKSTYLE)
Ctrl+ENext isometric plane, like F5
Ctrl+Tab / Ctrl+Shift+TabNext or previous open drawing

Editing keys

KeyFunction
Enter or SpaceSends what you typed or ends the selection; on an empty line, repeats the last command
EscCancels the running command (or grip editing); a second Esc clears the selection
DeleteErases the selection, with no command running
TabCompletes the suggested command name; in dynamic input, locks the value and moves to the other field; in a table, moves to the next cell
Arrow keysChoose among the autocomplete suggestions; in a table, move between cells
Shift while selectingRemoves objects from the selection instead of adding them

Space does not send while you are typing text (TEXT, MTEXT, names) or inside an AutoLISP expression that starts with (: in those cases, only Enter does.

Mouse

ActionFunction
ClickSpecifies a point or selects an object
Drag right / leftWindow / crossing selection
Click a gripMakes it hot to stretch, move, rotate, scale or mirror
Double-click an objectOpens its editor (text, hatch, attributes, block, cell) or the Properties palette
Right-clickShortcut menu: Enter, Cancel, command options, repeat, edit the selection...
WheelZoom centered on the cursor
Drag with the middle buttonPan: moves the view
Double-click the middle buttonZoom extents: the whole drawing on screen
Click the blue options of the promptChooses that option

In a layout, double-clicking inside a viewport enters it, and double-clicking outside the viewports returns to paper.

Notes

See also

The user interface · Object snaps and precision · Selecting objects

What's new

History of the LinceCAD versions, from the most recent to the oldest. The installed version is shown in the window title and in ABOUT.

1.0.0 (coming): bug fixes

0.1.4-beta (November 2026)

0.1.3-beta (November 2026)

0.1.2-beta

0.1.1-beta

0.1.0-beta: first complete basic 2D clone

Brings together everything from the 0.0.x versions: drawing, editing, precision, layers, text, dimensions, blocks, hatches, layouts, plotting, utilities and several open drawings. The program is now split into independent modules, which speeds up its development.

0.0.14-alpha

0.0.13-alpha

0.0.12-alpha

0.0.11-alpha

0.0.10-alpha

0.0.9-alpha

0.0.8-alpha

0.0.7-alpha

0.0.6-alpha

0.0.1-alpha to 0.0.5-alpha (October 2026)

Coming soon

A collapsible ribbon with editable aliases and shortcuts, and this help (F1).

See also

File formats · The user interface · ABOUT

Automation (API and MCP)

LinceCAD can be driven by other programs on the same computer: Python scripts, other programs and AI assistants (Claude, for example) through MCP (Model Context Protocol). They can open and save drawings, query and create entities, change layers, run commands, evaluate AutoLISP, plot to PDF and see the drawing as an image. Everything goes through local channels: nothing leaves the computer.

Enabling it

Automation is off by default. Turn it on in OPTIONS, Automation tab:

SettingWhat it does
Allow automation (API/MCP)Opens the local API channel. Without it, no program can connect to the window
Read-only (they can read, not change)Programs can read the drawing but not change it, save it or run commands
Confirm the changes of AI assistants (AI Actions palette)Whatever an AI assistant wants to change waits in the AIACTIONS palette until you accept it
Allowed foldersDrawings are only opened, saved and plotted in those folders (empty: anywhere)
MCP server over HTTP on 127.0.0.1, portMCP server over HTTP, on 127.0.0.1 only, to connect an assistant to the running LinceCAD

The settings are saved at once in api.toml, in the user configuration folder (%APPDATA%\lince on Windows, ~/.config/lince on Linux), together with the token: the password programs present when they connect. Only your user can read it. Generate a new token changes it (programs holding the old one can no longer get in).

Control over what the AI does

Without a window

Both are the same LinceCAD with its window off-screen: same commands and same view (for captures). They open no dialogs and ask nothing; they honour the read-only mode and allowed folders of api.toml. On Linux they need a graphical session (or xvfb-run).

Connecting an AI assistant (MCP)

Claude Desktop: in %APPDATA%\Claude\claude_desktop_config.json (Windows):

    {
      "mcpServers": {
        "lince": { "command": "C:\\Program Files\\lince\\lince.exe", "args": ["--mcp"] }
      }
    }

Claude Code (no window, in a project): claude mcp add --scope project lince -- "C:\Program Files\lince\lince.exe" --mcp

Claude Code with LinceCAD open (enable MCP server over HTTP on 127.0.0.1, port; the token is in api.toml): claude mcp add --transport http lince http://127.0.0.1:7341/mcp --header "Authorization: Bearer <token>"

The assistant sees the tools (open, query, create, dimension, insert blocks, plot to PDF, capture the view, undo…), the resources (summary, entities, layers and blocks of each open drawing, and these help pages as documentation) and three prompts: review the drawing, dimension a floor plan and clean the layers.

Python

There are two Python packages (Python 3.9 or newer):

    import lince
    with lince.iniciar() as s:              # starts "lince --servidor" with no window
        dib = s.nuevo()
        dib.crear_capa("MUROS", color=1)
        with dib.transaccion():             # a single undo step
            dib.linea([0, 0], [100, 0], layer="MUROS")
            dib.circulo([50, 50], 20)
        dib.trazar_pdf("plan.pdf")
        dib.guardar_como("plan.dwg")

For a running instance (with automation enabled): s = lince.conectar(); dib = s.dibujo.

    import lince_nucleo as ln
    dib = ln.abrir("plan.dwg")
    for e in dib.consultar(tipo="CIRCLE"):
        print(e["handle"], e["radius"])
    dib.guardar("out.dwg", "2018")

Entities use the same typed format of §5.1. Examples in python/ejemplos of the source.

Your own programs (JSON-RPC)

Programs connect through the pipe \\.\pipe\lince-<user> (Windows) or the socket $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/lince.sock (Linux) and send one JSON-RPC 2.0 message per line. The first one is session.hello with the token:

    {"jsonrpc":"2.0","id":1,"method":"session.hello","params":{"token":"<token>"}}
    {"jsonrpc":"2.0","id":2,"method":"entity.create","params":{"entity":{"type":"LINE","start":[0,0],"end":[100,0]}}}
    {"jsonrpc":"2.0","id":3,"method":"document.saveAs","params":{"path":"C:\\drawings\\test.dwg"}}

There are methods for drawings (document.*), commands (command.run), AutoLISP (lisp.eval), entities (entity.query/get/create/set/delete, as objects or as entget DXF lists), layers, blocks, styles, variables, selection, undo, plotting, view capture and events. The full specification is in docs/api.md of the source code.

See also

OPTIONS · AIACTIONS · AutoLISP · SCRIPT

Map servers by country

Official map services (cadastre, national mapping agency, national SDI, orthophoto) in Europe, Latin America and North Africa that are the equivalent of Spain's Catastro and IGN, with the URL to add in MAPSERVICE, WMS, WFS or WMTS. Every URL was checked one by one with the same requests LinceCAD makes (see the date at the bottom).

How to add a server

  1. Open the command for the service type: WMS, WFS or WMTS. The new server is saved with the type of the command you add it from. From MAPSERVICE it is saved as XYZ if the URL contains {z} and as WMS otherwise.
  2. Expand Add another server…, type a name and the URL from the list below and click Add and save.
  3. Click Connect, choose the recommended layer and click Load.

Which type to choose and what the service must offer:

TypeWhat it bringsRequirement for LinceCAD
WMSImage of the viewThe server must offer the drawing's coordinate system: LinceCAD requests the image (GetMap 1.3.0) directly in that system
WMTSTiled imageGoogleMapsCompatible tile matrix set (EPSG:3857) in PNG; if the service uses another name, add it as XYZ with the template given
XYZTiled imageTemplate with {z}, {x} and {y}; 256-pixel tiles in EPSG:3857, PNG or JPEG
WFSVectors with attributesMust answer in GeoJSON (outputFormat=application/json) and accept WGS84 coordinates (CRS84); services that only return GML do not work

Coordinate system. The drawing must have one (GEOGRAPHICLOCATION) that is in LinceCAD's catalogue (see Georeferencing). WMTS and XYZ tiles are reprojected to any system in the catalogue. A WMS, however, only works if it offers the drawing's system: the relevant ones are given for each service. Almost all offer Web Mercator (EPSG:3857), but a drawing in 3857 does not measure true distances (it enlarges them by a factor of 1/cos(latitude)): use it only as a reference background. Draw in the country's national system, which the catalogue already includes (it is given for each country): WMTS and XYZ tiles are reprojected to it, and the WMS that offer it serve it directly. It is advertised in the GetCapabilities (checked on 2026-11-02) of the WMS of France (2154), Switzerland (2056), the Netherlands (28992), Belgium (31370 and 3812), Austria (31254–31256), Germany (25832, 25833 and 31467), Poland (2180), Luxembourg (2169), Portugal (3763), Italy (3003, 3004 and 25832–25834), Argentina (5343–5349), Uruguay (5382), Brazil (4674) and Ecuador (32717).

Attribution. Almost every licence requires crediting the source. LinceCAD writes the credit automatically only for the built-in Spanish servers and OpenStreetMap. For the services on this page, write the attribution yourself in the title block or next to the image, and respect each agency's terms of use.

Europe

To find more services in the European Union, use the INSPIRE geoportal, https://inspire-geoportal.ec.europa.eu: it catalogues the view (WMS/WMTS) and download (WFS) services of every member state. On the day of the check its HTTPS certificate had expired and the browser may warn about it.

Portugal: DGT (Direção-Geral do Território)

France: IGN (Géoplateforme) and cadastre (PCI)

Italy: Geoportale Nazionale and cadastre

Germany: BKG and each Land's cadastre

Netherlands: PDOK (Kadaster)

Belgium: NGI/IGN, Flanders and Wallonia

Switzerland: swisstopo

Austria: basemap.at and BEV

Poland: GUGiK

United Kingdom: Ordnance Survey

Ireland: Tailte Éireann

Andorra: Govern d'Andorra (IDE Andorra)

Other European countries checked

Latin America

Mexico: INEGI

Argentina: IGN

Brazil: IBGE (INDE)

Uruguay: IDEuy

Ecuador: IGM

Peru: IGN (through the IDEP)

Dominican Republic: IGN-JJHM (IDERD)

Countries without a verified compatible service

For these countries, use the global alternative below.

North Africa

Morocco (ANCFCC), Algeria (INCT), Tunisia (OTC), Egypt, Libya and Mauritania do not publish open map services today: their maps and cadastre are sold or consulted at their offices. Use the global alternative below and ask each country's agency for the official maps when the project requires them.

National systems in LinceCAD (to draw over that official mapping and over the global tiles):

Global alternatives

Digital elevation models (DEM)

IMPORTDEM reads the DEMs in ESRI ASCII Grid (.asc) and GeoTIFF (.tif) published by these agencies, and IGNDEM downloads the Spanish one directly from the IGN service. On each portal, check the coordinate system (the zone of the sheet) and the licence before using the data.

AreaAgency and productAddress
SpainCNIG download centre: MDT05, MDT25 and MDT200 (ETRS89 / UTM in the zone of the sheet; Canary Islands, REGCAN95)https://centrodedescargas.cnig.es
SpainIGN: elevation WCS service (the one IGNDEM uses)https://servicios.idee.es/wcs-inspire/mdt
PortugalDGT: data centre (LiDAR DTM) and SNIGhttps://cdd.dgterritorio.gov.pt · https://snig.dgterritorio.gov.pt
FranceIGN: RGE ALTI and LiDAR HDhttps://geoservices.ign.fr/rgealti · https://geoservices.ign.fr/lidarhd
ItalyINGV: TINITALY; Geoportale Nazionale (MASE)https://tinitaly.pi.ingv.it · https://gn.mase.gov.it
MexicoINEGI: Continuo de Elevaciones Mexicano (CEM)https://www.inegi.org.mx/app/geo2/elevacionesmex/
ColombiaIGAC: Colombia en Mapashttps://www.colombiaenmapas.gov.co
ArgentinaIGN Argentina: MDE-Arhttps://www.ign.gob.ar/NuestrasActividades/Geodesia/ModeloDigitalElevaciones/Mapa
BrazilINPE: Topodatahttp://www.dsr.inpe.br/topodata/
Chile and PeruNational spatial data infrastructureshttps://www.ide.cl · https://www.idep.gob.pe
MoroccoANCFCC (official mapping); for a freely downloadable DEM, the Copernicus DEMhttps://www.ancfcc.gov.ma
WorldwideCopernicus DEM GLO-30 (ESA) and SRTM (USGS EarthExplorer)https://dataspace.copernicus.eu · https://earthexplorer.usgs.gov

Verification and validity

Checked on 2026-11-02: GetCapabilities of every WMS, WMTS and WFS; for WMS, a GetMap image in EPSG:3857 (or 25831 in Andorra); for WFS, a GetFeature query in GeoJSON with CRS84 coordinates; for XYZ, one tile. Agencies change their URLs, layers and terms without notice: if a service stops answering, look for it on the agency's geoportal or the INSPIRE geoportal, and always check the current licence.

See also

MAPSERVICE · WMS · WFS · WMTS · GEOGRAPHICLOCATION · Georeferencing

License and maintenance

The LinceCAD license is perpetual: it does not expire and keeps working without paying anything else. It includes one year of maintenance, that is, the right to the new versions released during that year.

What it includes

Where to see it

In LICENSE, the Updates until row and the Maintenance section show Updates included until: … or, if it has passed, Maintenance expired on ….

Renewing

  1. In LICENSE, click Renew maintenance… (it also appears in the update dialog and on the start screen when needed).
  2. The secure Stripe payment page opens, as for the purchase. It costs €50 a year plus your country's taxes.
  3. Once the payment is confirmed, maintenance is extended one year from its end date or, if it had already expired, from today. LinceCAD picks up the new date within seconds and you receive a confirmation email.

If you manually install a later version

If you install a version released after the end of your maintenance, LinceCAD detects it at startup, also offline (it compares the release date built into the program with the one in the signed license):

See also

LICENSE · CHECKFORUPDATES · Options

Command Reference

Draw

3DPOLY — 3D polyline

Draws a polyline with 3D points.

Draws a polyline whose vertices have 3D coordinates. It is a different object from the lightweight polyline of PLINE.

Usage

  1. Enter 3DPOLY (or 3P).
  2. Specify the start point and the next ones, as x,y,z (a missing Z is the current elevation).
Specify start point of polyline:
Specify endpoint of line or [Close/Undo]:
  1. Press Enter to finish.

Options

Notes

See also

PLINE · LINE · PEDIT

ARC — Arc

Creates an arc through three points.

Draws a circular arc. By default it passes through three points: start, intermediate and end. With its options it can also be drawn by its center, or by its start, its end and the center or the radius.

Usage

  1. Enter ARC (or A) or click Arc.
  2. Specify the start point, or enter Center to begin with the center.
Specify start point of arc or [Center]:
  1. Specify a second point the arc passes through, or enter Center or End.
Specify second point of arc or [Center/End]:
  1. Specify the end point.
Specify end point of arc:

Options

Specify center point of arc:
Specify start point of arc:
Specify center point of arc or [Angle/Direction/Radius]:
Specify radius of arc:
Specify end point of arc or [Angle/chord Length]:
Specify tangent direction for the start point of arc:

Notes

See also

CIRCLE · PLINE · ELLIPSE · Object snaps and precision

BOUNDARY — Boundary

Creates a polyline or a region from the boundary around a point.

Creates a closed polyline (or a region) from the boundary around an internal point, using the objects that enclose it. The original objects are not modified.

Usage

  1. Enter BOUNDARY (or BO) or click Boundary.
  2. Click inside each closed area. For each one, its outer boundary and the boundary of each island it contains are created.
Specify internal point or [Advanced options]:
  1. Press Enter to finish; the program reports how many objects it has created.

Options

Enter an option [Boundary set/Island detection/Object type]:
Specify candidate set for boundary [New/Everything] <Everything>:
Enter type of boundary object [Region/Polyline] <Polyline>:

Notes

See also

REGION · HATCH · AREA · PLINE

CIRCLE — Circle

Creates a circle by center and radius.

Draws a circle. By default you specify the center and the radius; with its options, also by three points, by the endpoints of a diameter or tangent to two objects with a given radius.

Usage

  1. Enter CIRCLE (or C) or click Circle.
  2. Specify the center, or enter an option.
Specify center point for circle or [3P/2P/Ttr (tan tan radius)]:
  1. Specify the radius with a point on the circle or by typing its value.
Specify radius of circle or [Diameter]:

Options

Specify first point on circle:
Specify second point on circle:
Specify third point on circle:
Specify first end point of circle's diameter:
Specify second end point of circle's diameter:
Specify point on object for first tangent of circle:
Specify point on object for second tangent of circle:
Specify radius of circle or [Diameter]:

Notes

See also

ARC · ELLIPSE · DONUT · POLYGON · Object snaps and precision

DIVIDE — Divide

Places points or blocks that divide an object into equal parts.

Divides an object into a number of parts of equal length and places points (or a block) at the divisions. The object is not cut.

Usage

  1. Enter DIVIDE (or DIV) or click Divide.
  2. Select a line, arc, circle, polyline, ellipse or spline.
Select object to divide:
  1. Enter the number of parts, from 2 to 32767.
Enter the number of segments or [Block]:

Options

Enter name of block to insert:
Align block with object? [Yes/No] <Y>:
Enter the number of segments:

Notes

See also

MEASURE · POINT · PTYPE · BLOCK

DONUT — Donut

Draws filled rings or filled circles.

Draws donuts (filled rings) or filled circles. You give the two diameters and then as many centers as you want.

Usage

  1. Enter DONUT (or DO) or click Donut.
  2. Enter the inside diameter; Enter accepts the one shown.
Specify inside diameter of donut <…>:
  1. Enter the outside diameter, greater than the inside one.
Specify outside diameter of donut <…>:
  1. Specify the center of each donut. Press Enter or Esc to finish.
Specify center of donut or <exit>:

Notes

See also

CIRCLE · SOLID · PLINE · PEDIT

ELLIPSE — Ellipse

Creates an ellipse or an elliptical arc.

Draws an ellipse or an elliptical arc. The ellipse is defined by one axis (its two endpoints, or the center and one endpoint) and by the distance to the other axis or by a rotation.

Usage

  1. Enter ELLIPSE (or EL) or click Ellipse.
  2. Specify one endpoint of the first axis, or enter an option.
Specify axis endpoint of ellipse or [Arc/Center]:
  1. Specify the other endpoint of that axis.
Specify other endpoint of axis:
  1. Specify the distance from the center to the other axis, with a point or a number.
Specify distance to other axis or [Rotation]:

Options

Specify center of ellipse:
Specify endpoint of axis:
Specify rotation around major axis:
Specify start angle or [Parameter]:
Specify end angle or [Parameter/Included angle]:
Specify axis endpoint of ellipse or [Arc/Center/Isocircle]:
Specify radius of isocircle or [Diameter]:

Notes

See also

CIRCLE · ARC · SPLINE · Object snaps and precision

EXTRUDE — Extrude

Creates a solid by extruding a closed profile a given height.

Creates a 3D solid by extruding one or more closed profiles a given height, like AutoCAD's EXTRUDE. Modeling uses the truck kernel (pure Rust) and the result is stored as an ACIS 3DSOLID, just like AutoCAD.

Usage

  1. Type EXTRUDE or click it in the ribbon.
  2. Select one or more closed profiles (polylines, circles, ellipses…) and press Enter.
Select the closed profiles and press Enter:
  1. Enter the height (positive towards +Z, negative towards −Z).
Extrusion height:

Exact vs faceted

Notes

FLATSHOT — Flatshot

Projects the view's 3D solids to a 2D block with visible and hidden lines.

Projects the 3D solids of the current view to 2D geometry (visible and hidden lines) and inserts it as a block in the current space, like AutoCAD's FLATSHOT. Hidden-line removal reuses the same z-buffer as the 3D plot.

Usage

  1. Orbit to the 3D view you want to flatten (for example an isometric).
  2. Type FLATSHOT (or APLANADA) or click it in the ribbon.
  3. Specify the insertion point of the flattened drawing.
Specify the insertion point of the flattened drawing:

Result

Notes

Notes

GRADIENT — Gradient

Fills an enclosed area with a gradient fill.

Fills a closed area with a color gradient: from one color to another, or from a color towards black or white. It is HATCH with its dialog open on the Gradient tab: the boundary is given in the same way.

Usage

  1. Enter GRADIENT (or GD) or click the button.
  2. In the Hatch and Gradient dialog, choose One color or Two color and the colors (from the AutoCAD palette or a true color).
  3. With one color, move the slider between Shade (towards black) and Tint (towards white).
  4. Choose one of the nine types by clicking its sample, and set Centered and the Angle.
  5. Click inside each area you want to fill (or select its boundaries, as in HATCH).
Pick internal point or [Select objects/Pattern/sCale/Angle/Gradient/Origin/inHerit/adVanced/dRaw order]:
  1. Press Enter or OK.

Types

LINEAR, CYLINDER, INVCYLINDER, SPHERICAL, INVSPHERICAL, HEMISPHERICAL, INVHEMISPHERICAL, CURVED and INVCURVED: the same as in AutoCAD. When not centered, the gradient is shifted towards one side, as in AutoCAD.

On the command line

The Gradient (G) option of HATCH and HATCHEDIT asks for the type (? lists them), the angle and whether it is centered; it uses the colors of the last gradient.

Enter gradient name or [?] <…>:
Specify gradient angle <…>:
Centered gradient? [Yes/No] <Yes>:

Notes

See also

HATCH · HATCHEDIT · HATCHGENERATEBOUNDARY · Hatches

HATCH — Hatch

Fills a closed boundary with a pattern.

Fills a closed area with a pattern of lines, a solid fill or a gradient. While the command runs, the Hatch and Gradient dialog box is shown, with its Hatch tab (the pattern swatches, the scale and the angle) and its Gradient tab; the same can be done on the command line.

Usage

  1. Enter HATCH (or H) or click Hatch.
  2. In the dialog box, choose the pattern by clicking its swatch and set the scale and the angle (or switch to the Gradient tab: see GRADIENT).
  3. Click inside each area you want to hatch (or, with the Select objects option, select its boundaries). The dialog box shows how many boundaries have been found.
Pick internal point or [Select objects/Pattern/sCale/Angle/Gradient/Origin/inHerit/adVanced/dRaw order]:
  1. Press Enter or OK to create the hatch. Cancel exits without creating it.

Options

Select objects or [Internal point/Pattern/sCale/Angle/Gradient/Origin/inHerit/adVanced/dRaw order]:
Enter a pattern name or [?] <…>:
Enter gradient name or [?] <…>:
Specify new hatch origin:
Select hatch object:
Enter an option [Island detection/Style/Gap tolerance/separate Hatches]:
Enter hatching style [Ignore/Outer/Normal] <…>:
Enter draw order [do Not assign/send to Back/bring to Front/send beHind boundary/bring in front of bounDary] <…>:

Patterns

SOLID (solid fill), ANSI31, ANSI32, ANSI37, LINE, NET, DOTS, CROSS, BRICK, HONEY and HORMIGON (concrete). The definitions are LinceCAD's own; the names match AutoCAD's when the drawing is the same. HORMIGON is saved as a custom pattern.

Notes

See also

HATCHEDIT · GRADIENT · HATCHGENERATEBOUNDARY · BOUNDARY · Hatches

HATCHEDIT — Edit Hatch

Modifies the pattern, scale, angle, gradient or boundary of a hatch.

Changes the pattern, scale, angle, gradient, origin or boundary of an existing hatch. It also opens when you double-click the hatch.

Usage

  1. Enter HATCHEDIT (or HE), or double-click a hatch. If a hatch was already selected, that one is edited.
  2. Select the hatch.
Select hatch object:
  1. Change the values in the Hatch and Gradient dialog box (Hatch or Gradient tab) or with the command-line options.
Enter an option [Pattern/sCale/Angle/Gradient/Origin/inHerit/Disassociate/ASsociate/Separate/Boundary recreate] <exit>:
  1. Press Enter or OK to apply the changes.

Options

Specify new hatch origin:
Select boundary objects:

Notes

See also

HATCH · GRADIENT · HATCHGENERATEBOUNDARY · PROPERTIES · Hatches

HATCHGENERATEBOUNDARY — Generate Boundary

Creates non-associated polylines around selected hatches.

Creates closed polylines around the selected hatches: one for each boundary, the outer one and that of each island. It is used to recover the boundary of a hatch that has lost it (for example, one that comes from another program or has been disassociated).

Usage

  1. Enter HATCHGENERATEBOUNDARY or click the button.
  2. Select the hatches and press Enter. If hatches were already selected, those are used.
Select hatch objects:
  1. The program reports how many boundaries it has created.
Boundaries created: ….

Notes

See also

HATCHEDIT · HATCH · BOUNDARY · Hatches

HATCHSETBOUNDARY — Set Hatch Boundary

Replaces the boundary of a hatch with other closed objects.

Replaces the boundary of a hatch or fill with other closed objects, as in AutoCAD 2027. The pattern, scale, angle and the other properties of the hatch do not change.

Usage

  1. Enter HATCHSETBOUNDARY or click the button.
  2. Select the hatch.
Select hatch object:
  1. Select the closed objects of the new boundary and press Enter. Only closed polylines, circles, ellipses and closed splines are valid; other objects are not taken.
Select objects to use for the new boundary:
  1. Say whether the selected objects are deleted (Enter: No).
Delete selected lines? [Yes/No] <N>:

Notes

Hatch boundary associativity removed.

See also

HATCH · HATCHEDIT · HATCHGENERATEBOUNDARY · Hatches

HATCHSETORIGIN — Set Hatch Origin

Changes the pattern origin of the selected hatches.

Changes the pattern origin of one or more hatches, as in AutoCAD 2027: the pattern shifts to pass through the given point; the boundary does not change.

Usage

  1. Enter HATCHSETORIGIN or click the button.
  2. Select the hatches and press Enter.
Select hatch objects:
  1. Specify the new origin.
Select new hatch origin:

Notes

See also

HATCH · HATCHEDIT · Hatches

HATCHTOBACK — Hatches to Back

Puts all hatches behind the other objects.

Puts all hatches and gradients in model space behind the other objects, as in AutoCAD 2027. It asks nothing.

Usage

  1. Enter HATCHTOBACK (alias HB) or click the button.
… hatches sent to back.

Notes

See also

DRAWORDER · HATCH · Hatches

HELIX — Helix

Draws a helix or a flat spiral.

Draws a helix, as in AutoCAD 2027. With height 0 it is a flat spiral; with a height, its projection is seen in plan (the spiral from the base to the top).

Usage

  1. Enter HELIX or click the button. The program remembers the number of turns and the twist.
Number of turns = …    Twist=…
  1. Specify the center point of the base.
Specify center point of base:
  1. Specify the base radius (or Diameter). If it is given with a point, the helix starts there.
Specify base radius or [Diameter] <…>:
  1. Specify the top radius (Enter: the base one).
Specify top radius or [Diameter] <…>:
  1. Specify the height (0 for a flat spiral) or an option.
Specify helix height or [Axis endpoint/Turns/turn Height/tWist] <…>:

Options

Enter number of turns <…>:
Specify distance between turns <…>:
Enter twist direction of helix [CW/CCW] <…>:

Notes

See also

SPLINE · PLINE

LINE — Line

Creates straight line segments.

Draws straight line segments. Each segment is a separate object that can be moved, erased or put on another layer on its own. For an outline that is a single object, use PLINE.

Usage

  1. Enter LINE (or L) or click Line on the ribbon.
  2. Specify the first point with a click, an object snap or by typing its coordinates.
Specify first point:
  1. Specify the next point. A segment is created and the prompt repeats from the last point.
Specify next point or [Undo]:
  1. From the third point on you can close the figure.
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]:
  1. Press Enter, Space or Esc to finish.

Options

Length of line:

Notes

See also

PLINE · RECTANG · PEDIT · Object snaps and precision

MEASURE — Measure

Places points or blocks at measured intervals along an object.

Places points (or a block) along an object at intervals of a given length, measured from one of its ends. The object is not cut.

Usage

  1. Enter MEASURE (or ME) or click Measure.
  2. Select the object near the end you want to measure from.
Select object to measure:
  1. Enter the length of each segment.
Specify length of segment or [Block]:

Options

Enter name of block to insert:
Align block with object? [Yes/No] <Y>:
Specify length of segment:

Notes

See also

DIVIDE · POINT · PTYPE · BLOCK

MLINE — Multiline

Draws multilines (parallel lines following the multiline style).

Draws multilines: several parallel lines that run together, according to a multiline style. They are used, for example, for walls or roads.

Usage

  1. Enter MLINE (or ML) or click Multiline. The prompt shows the current justification, scale and style.
Current settings: Justification = …, Scale = …, Style = …. Specify start point or [Justification/Scale/STyle]:
  1. Specify the start point and the following ones.
Specify next point:
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]:
  1. Press Enter to finish.

Options

Enter justification type [Top/Zero/Bottom] <…>:
Enter mline scale <…>:
Enter mline style name or [?]:

Notes

See also

MLEDIT · PLINE · LINE · EXPLODE

PLINE — Polyline

Creates a polyline with several segments.

Draws a polyline: a sequence of straight and arc segments that form a single object. Each segment can have a width, constant or tapering from its start to its end.

Usage

  1. Enter PLINE (or PL) or click Polyline.
  2. Specify the first point.
Specify first point:
  1. Specify the next points. Each point adds a straight segment.
Specify next point or [Arc/Halfwidth/Length/Undo/Width]:
  1. With the Arc option, the following segments are arcs tangent to the previous segment: specify the end point of each arc.
Specify endpoint of arc or [Angle/CEnter/Direction/Halfwidth/Line/Radius/Second pt/Undo/Width]:
  1. Press Enter, Space or Esc to finish.

Options

With straight segments:

Specify starting width <…>:
Specify ending width <…>:

With arcs (the default, tangent to the previous segment):

Specify endpoint of arc or [Angle/CEnter/Direction/Halfwidth/Line/Radius/Second pt/Undo/Width]:

Notes

See also

LINE · RECTANG · POLYGON · PEDIT · EXPLODE · Object snaps and precision

POINT — Point

Creates point objects.

Places point objects. Each click creates a point; points are used as marks and as targets for the Node object snap.

Usage

  1. Enter POINT (or PO) or click Point.
  2. Specify a point with a click or by typing its coordinates. The prompt repeats so you can place more points.
Specify a point:
  1. Press Enter, Space or Esc to finish.

Notes

See also

PTYPE · DIVIDE · MEASURE · Object snaps and precision

POLYGON — Polygon

Creates a regular polygon.

Draws a regular polygon, with 3 to 1024 sides, as a closed polyline.

Usage

  1. Enter POLYGON (or POL) or click Polygon.
  2. Enter the number of sides; Enter accepts the one shown.
Enter number of sides <…>:
  1. Specify the center.
Specify center of polygon or [Edge]:
  1. Choose whether the polygon is inscribed in the circle or circumscribed about it.
Enter an option [Inscribed in circle/Circumscribed about circle] <I>:
  1. Specify the radius with a point or by typing its value.
Specify radius of circle or [Diameter]:

Options

Notes

See also

RECTANG · CIRCLE · PLINE · PEDIT

PRESSPULL — Press/Pull

Pushes or pulls a closed region a distance to create a solid.

Creates or modifies a 3D solid by pushing or pulling a closed region a given distance, like AutoCAD's PRESSPULL. The region is extruded with the truck kernel (pure Rust) and stored as an ACIS 3DSOLID.

Usage

  1. Type PRESSPULL (or PULSARTIRAR) or click it in the ribbon.
  2. Select one or more closed areas (polylines, circles, ellipses…) and press Enter.
Select the closed areas and press Enter:
  1. Enter the distance (positive towards +Z, negative towards −Z).
Press and pull distance:

Exact vs faceted

Notes

RAY — Ray

Creates lines that start at a point and continue to infinity.

Draws rays: half-lines that start at a point and go on endlessly in one direction. Like construction lines, they are construction guides, for when only one side matters.

Usage

  1. Enter RAY or click the button.
  2. Specify the start point.
Specify start point:
  1. Specify a point the ray passes through. Each point creates another ray from the same start.
Specify through point:
  1. Press Enter, Space or Esc to finish.

Notes

See also

XLINE · LINE · Object snaps and precision

RECTANG — Rectangle

Creates a rectangle from two opposite corners.

Draws a rectangle with its sides parallel to the X and Y axes of the current UCS from two opposite corners. The rectangle is a closed polyline with four vertices.

Usage

  1. Enter RECTANG (or REC) or click Rectangle.
  2. Specify the first corner.
Specify first corner point or [Chamfer/Elevation/Fillet/Thickness/Width]:
  1. Specify the opposite corner, with a click or with relative coordinates: @40,25 draws a 40 × 25 rectangle.
Specify other corner point or [Area/Dimensions/Rotation]:

Options

Before the first corner:

Specify first chamfer distance for rectangles <…>:

After the first corner:

Notes

See also

PLINE · POLYGON · PEDIT · Coordinates and input

REGION — Region

Converts closed curves into regions.

Converts closed curves into regions: flat surfaces saved in the same way as in AutoCAD. Each closed curve selected becomes a region and the original curve is erased.

Usage

  1. Enter REGION (or REG) or click Region. If objects were already selected, those are used.
  2. Select closed polylines, circles, ellipses or closed splines.
Select objects:
  1. Press Enter. The program reports how many loops it found and how many regions it created.

Notes

See also

BOUNDARY · EXPLODE · AREA · Selecting objects

REVCLOUD — Revision Cloud

Draws a revision cloud: rectangular, polygonal, freehand or from an object.

Draws a revision cloud: a polyline made of arcs used to mark the changes on a drawing. The cloud can be rectangular, polygonal or freehand, or made from an existing object.

Usage

  1. Enter REVCLOUD or click Revision Cloud.
  2. Choose the type of cloud with its option, if it is not the current one, and specify the first point. The prompt shows the current type; Enter goes to the Object option.
Specify first corner point or [Arc length/Object/Rectangular/Polygonal/Freehand/Style/Modify] <Object>:
  1. Rectangular: specify the opposite corner and the cloud is created.
Specify opposite corner:
  1. Polygonal and freehand: specify the next points and press Enter to finish.
Specify next point or [Undo]:

Options

Specify minimum length of arc <…>:
Specify maximum length of arc <…>:
Reverse direction [Yes/No] <No>:
Select polyline to modify:
Specify next point or [First point]:
Pick a side to erase:
Reverse direction [Yes/No] <No>:
Select arc style [Normal/Calligraphy] <Normal>:

Notes

See also

PLINE · RECTANG · PEDIT · WIPEOUT

REVOLVE — Revolve

Creates a solid by revolving a closed profile about an axis.

Creates a 3D solid by revolving a closed profile about an axis, like AutoCAD's REVOLVE. Modeling uses the truck kernel (pure Rust).

Usage

  1. Type REVOLVE or click it in the ribbon.
  2. Select the closed profile and press Enter.
Select the closed profiles and press Enter:
  1. Enter the axis: X, Y or two points "x1,y1,z1 x2,y2,z2".
Revolution axis [X/Y] or two points "x1,y1,z1 x2,y2,z2":
  1. Enter the angle (360° by default).
Revolution angle <360>:

Notes

SKETCH — Sketch

Draws freehand.

Draws freehand, as in AutoCAD 2027.

Usage

  1. Enter SKETCH or click the button. The program shows the current type, increment and tolerance.
Type = … Increment = … Tolerance = …
  1. Click to lower the pen and move the mouse: it leaves a point each time it moves the increment away from the previous one. Another click raises the pen; you can make several strokes.
Specify sketch or [Type/Increment/toLerance]:
  1. Press Enter to record the strokes.
… objects recorded.

Options

Enter sketch type [Line/Polyline/Spline] <…>:
Specify sketch increment <…>:
Specify spline fit tolerance <…>:

Notes

See also

PLINE · SPLINE · LINE

SOLID — 2D Solid

Draws filled triangles and quadrilaterals.

Draws filled triangles and quadrilaterals (2D solids). They can be chained to form a strip.

Usage

  1. Enter SOLID (or SO) or click 2D Solid.
  2. Specify the first and second points: they form one side.
Specify first point:
Specify second point:
  1. Specify the third point.
Specify third point:
  1. Specify the fourth point, or press Enter to create a triangle and finish.
Specify fourth point or <exit>:
  1. After the fourth point, the third and fourth become the first side of the next solid: go on with more third and fourth points, or press Enter to finish.

Notes

See also

HATCH · DONUT · WIPEOUT

SPLINE — Spline

Creates a smooth curve through the specified points.

Draws a smooth curve (spline). By default the curve passes through the points you specify (Fit method); with the CV method, the points are control vertices that pull the curve.

Usage

  1. Enter SPLINE (or SPL) or click Spline.
  2. Specify the first point, or first change the method, the knots or the degree.
Specify first point or [Method/Knots/Object]:
  1. Specify the next points.
Enter next point or [start Tangency/toLerance]:
Enter next point or [end Tangency/toLerance/Undo/Close]:
  1. Press Enter to finish.

Options

Enter spline creation method [Fit/CV] <Fit>:
Enter knot parameterization [Chord/Square root/Uniform] <Chord>:
Enter degree of spline <3>:
Specify fit tolerance <…>:
Select spline-fit polyline:

Notes

See also

SPLINEDIT · PLINE · ELLIPSE · REVCLOUD

SUPERHATCH — Super hatch

Fills boundaries by repeating a block or an image as the pattern, or with a wipeout.

Fills closed boundaries by repeating a block or an image as the pattern, or covers them with a wipeout, like the Express Tools SUPERHATCH; in addition to the HATCH patterns.

Usage

  1. Type SUPERHATCH or click Super hatch.
  2. Select the closed boundaries and press Enter; those inside another one are islands and are not filled.
Select the closed boundaries to fill or [Internal point]:
  1. Type the name of a block in the drawing (or choose an option).
Name of the block to fill with or [Image/Wipeout]:

Options

Specify internal point:
Image file:

Notes

See also

HATCH · INSERT · BOUNDARY · WIPEOUT

WIPEOUT — Wipeout

Covers what lies under an outline with the background color.

Creates a wipeout: a polygonal area that covers everything drawn beneath it with the background color. It is used, for example, to clear the space for a text or a table on a drawing.

Usage

  1. Enter WIPEOUT or click Wipeout.
  2. Specify the first point of the boundary, or press Enter to convert a polyline.
Specify first point or [Frames/Polyline] <Polyline>:
  1. Specify the next points.
Specify next point:
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]:
  1. Press Enter (or enter C) to close the boundary and create the wipeout. At least three points are required.

Options

Select a closed polyline:
Erase polyline? [Yes/No] <No>:
Enter mode [ON/OFF/Display but not plot] <ON>:

Notes

See also

DRAWORDER · REVCLOUD · SOLID · HATCH

XLINE — Construction Line

Creates lines of infinite length in both directions.

Draws construction lines: infinite straight lines in both directions, useful as construction guides (axes, alignments, projections between views). They do not count for zoom extents.

Usage

  1. Enter XLINE (or XL) or click the button.
  2. Specify a point on the line, or choose an option.
Specify a point or [Hor/Ver/Ang/Bisect/Offset]:
  1. Specify a point it passes through. Each point creates another construction line through the first one; Enter ends.
Specify through point:

Options

Enter angle of xline (0) or [Reference]:
Select a line object:
Enter angle of xline <0>:
Specify angle vertex point:
Specify angle start point:
Specify angle end point:
Specify offset distance or [Through] <Through>:
Specify side to offset:

Notes

See also

RAY · LINE · OFFSET · Object snaps and precision

Modify

-MLEDIT — Edit Multiline (command line)

Edits multilines from the command line.

Command-line version of MLEDIT: edits crossings, tees, corners, vertices, cuts and welds of multilines by typing the code of the tool. It is the way to use it in scripts and in AutoLISP.

Usage

  1. Enter -MLEDIT.
  2. Type the code: CC, OC or MC (crosses), CT, OT or MT (tees), CJ (corner), AV or DV (add or delete vertex), CS or CA (cut one or all) or WA (weld all).
Enter mline editing option [CC/OC/MC/CT/OT/MT/CJ/AV/DV/CS/CA/WA]:
  1. Select the multilines and the points as in MLEDIT. The prompt repeats; Enter finishes.
Select first mline or [Undo]:

Options

Notes

See also

MLEDIT · MLINE · SCRIPT

-OVERKILL — Delete Duplicate Objects (command line)

Deletes duplicates from the command line.

Command-line version of OVERKILL: erases duplicates and combines overlapping lines and arcs with typed options, without dialog boxes. It is the way to use it in scripts and in AutoLISP.

Usage

  1. Enter -OVERKILL.
  2. Select the objects and press Enter (or start the command with them already selected).
Select objects:
  1. Change the settings you want and press Enter to clean up.
Current settings: Tolerance=…, Ignore=…, Optimize polylines=…, Combine partial overlap=…, Combine end-to-end=…. Enter an option to change [Done/Ignore/tOlerance/optimize Polylines/combine parTial overlap/combine End-to-end] <done>:

Options

The same as OVERKILL: tOlerance (O), Ignore (I), Polylines (P), parTial (T), End-to-end (E) and Done (D).

Notes

See also

OVERKILL · SCRIPT · AutoLISP

ALIGN — Align

Moves, rotates and scales objects to align them with others.

Moves, rotates and, if you ask for it, scales the selected objects so that some source points match some destination points. Use it to fit a part or a block against another object without working out angles.

Usage

  1. Enter ALIGN (or AL).
  2. Select the objects and press Enter. If they were already selected before starting the command, they are used without asking.
Select objects:
  1. Specify the first pair of points: one on the objects (source) and the place where it must go (destination).
Specify first source point:
Specify first destination point:
  1. Specify the second pair, or press Enter to just move.
Specify second source point or <continue>:
Specify second destination point:
  1. Specify the third pair, or press Enter and choose whether the objects are scaled so that the second source lands on the second destination (Enter: no).
Specify third source point or <continue>:
Scale objects based on alignment points? [Yes/No] <N>:

Notes

See also

MOVE · ROTATE · SCALE · MIRROR · Object snaps and precision

ARRAY — Array

Repeats objects in rows and columns or in a circle.

Repeats the selected objects in rows and columns (rectangular array) or around a center (polar array). The copies are independent objects.

Usage

  1. Enter ARRAY (or AR) or click Array on the ribbon.
  2. Select the objects and press Enter. If they were already selected before starting the command, they are used without asking.
Select objects:
  1. Choose the type of array (Enter: rectangular).
Enter the type of array [Rectangular/PAth/POlar] <R>:
  1. Rectangular: enter the number of rows and columns (Enter: 1) and the distances between them. The original stays in a corner; with negative distances the copies go down or to the left.
Enter the number of rows (---) <1>:
Enter the number of columns (|||) <1>:
Specify the distance between rows:
Specify the distance between columns:
  1. Polar: specify the center, the number of items (including the original) and the angle to fill (Enter: 360; negative, clockwise). The copies are rotated around the center.
Specify center point of array:
Enter the number of items in the array:
Specify the angle to fill (+=ccw, -=cw) <360>:

Options

Notes

See also

COPY · OFFSET · ROTATE · Selecting objects

ARRAYCLASSIC — Classic array

Rectangular or polar array in the classic style.

Array in the classic AutoCAD style (the dialog box from before 2012). In LinceCAD it does the same as ARRAY: it asks the type, rectangular or polar, on the command line.

Usage

  1. Enter ARRAYCLASSIC (MATRIZCLASICA).
  2. Select the objects and press Enter.
Select objects:
  1. Choose the array type.
Enter the type of array [Rectangular/PAth/POlar] <R>:

See also

ARRAY · ARRAYRECT · ARRAYPOLAR

ARRAYCLOSE — Close array

Ends editing the source of an array, saving or discarding the changes.

Ends editing the source of an associative array, like AutoCAD ARRAYCLOSE: saves or discards the changes and goes back to the drawing.

Usage

  1. With ARRAYEDIT, select the array and choose Source.
  2. Change the source objects and enter ARRAYCLOSE.

See also

ARRAYEDIT · ARRAY

ARRAYEDIT — Edit array

Changes an array's parameters and regenerates it.

Changes the parameters of an array created with ARRAY or ARRAYPATH and lays it out again, without reselecting the objects.

Usage

  1. Type ARRAYEDIT (or EDITARRAY).
  2. Select the array to edit. If it was selected before the command, it is used without asking.
Select the array to edit:
  1. Depending on the array type, re-enter its values. Press Enter in a field to keep its current value. - Rectangular: rows, columns and spacing. > Enter the number of rows (---) <1>: > Enter the number of columns (|||) <1>: - Polar: number of items and angle (the center is kept). > Enter the number of items in the array: > Specify the angle to fill (+=ccw, -=cw) <360>: - Path: number of items or, with Distance, the spacing; the path is kept. > Enter the number of items or [Distance/Align]:

Options

Source, Replace and Reset

At the first prompt these also work:

Select replacement objects:
Select base point of replacement objects:
Select an item in array to replace or [Source objects] <exit>:

Notes

See also

ARRAY · ARRAYPATH

ARRAYPATH — Path array

Distributes copies of objects along a path.

Distributes copies of the selected objects along a path curve (a line, arc, circle, polyline, ellipse or spline), as in AutoCAD 2027.

Usage

  1. Type ARRAYPATH (or PATHARRAY) or click Path array.
  2. Select the objects to distribute and press Enter. If they were already selected, they are used without asking.
Select objects:
  1. Select the path curve. The array starts with the default values: items spaced 1.5 times the size of the selection along the path, until it is filled.
Select path curve:
  1. Change what you need with the options and press Enter (or eXit) to create the array.
Select grip to edit array or [ASsociative/Method/Base point/Tangent direction/Items/Rows/Levels/Align items/Z direction/eXit] <eXit>:

Options

Create associative array [Yes/No] <…>:
Enter path method [Divide/Measure] <…>:
Specify base point <end of path curve>:
Specify first point of tangent vector <path tangent>:
Specify the distance between items along path <…>:
Specify number of items or [Fill entire path] <…>:
Align arrayed items to the path? [Yes/No] <…>:

Notes

See also

ARRAYEDIT · ARRAY · DIVIDE · MEASURE · COPY

ARRAYPOLAR — Polar array

Distributes copies of objects around a circle or arc.

Creates a polar array: copies of the objects spread around a circle or an arc. It is ARRAY with the polar type already chosen.

Usage

  1. Enter ARRAYPOLAR (MATRIZPOLAR) or click Polar Array on the ribbon.
  2. Select the objects and press Enter (if they were already selected, they are used without asking).
Select objects:
  1. Specify the center, the number of items (counting the original) and the angle to fill.
Specify center point of array:
Enter the number of items in the array:
Specify the angle to fill (+=ccw, -=cw) <360>:

Notes

See also

ARRAY · ARRAYRECT · ARRAYCLASSIC · ARRAYPATH

ARRAYRECT — Rectangular array

Creates a rectangular array of rows and columns.

Creates a rectangular array: copies of the objects in rows and columns. It is ARRAY with the rectangular type already chosen.

Usage

  1. Enter ARRAYRECT (MATRIZRECTANG) or click Rectangular Array on the ribbon.
  2. Select the objects and press Enter (if they were already selected, they are used without asking).
Select objects:
  1. Give the rows, columns and the distances between them.
Enter the number of rows (---) <1>:
Enter the number of columns (|||) <1>:

Notes

See also

ARRAY · ARRAYPOLAR · ARRAYCLASSIC · ARRAYPATH

BLEND — Blend curves

Creates a spline joining two open curves.

Creates a spline joining two open curves at the ends nearest to where you picked them, tangent to both.

Usage

  1. Enter BLEND (FUSIONAR).
  2. Select the first curve near the end you want to join.
Select first object or [CONtinuity]:
  1. Select the second curve, also near its end.
Select second object:

Options

Enter a continuity [Tangent/Smooth] <…>:

Notes

See also

SPLINE · FILLET · JOIN

BREAK — Break

Breaks an object between two points.

Breaks an object by removing the piece between two points, or splits it in two at a single point without removing anything.

Usage

  1. Enter BREAK (or BR) or click Break on the ribbon.
  2. Click the object. The point you click is the first break point.
Select object:
  1. Specify the second break point: whatever lies between both points is removed.
Specify second break point or [First point] (@: at the same point):

Options

Specify first break point:

Notes

See also

TRIM · JOIN · LENGTHEN · Object snaps and precision

BREAKATPOINT — Break at point

Breaks an object in two at a point.

Breaks an object in two at a point, removing nothing. It is BREAK with the second point equal to the first.

Usage

  1. Enter BREAKATPOINT (PARTIRENPUNTO) or click Break at Point on the ribbon.
  2. Select the object (a line, an arc, a circle or an open polyline).
Select object:
  1. Specify the break point (it is projected onto the object).
Specify break point:

Notes

See also

BREAK · JOIN · TRIM

BURST — Burst

Explodes blocks keeping attributes as texts with their values.

Explodes blocks like EXPLODE, but visible attributes become texts with their values (EXPLODE turns them into attribute definitions that show the tag). It is the BURST tool of the Express Tools.

Usage

  1. Enter BURST.
  2. Select the blocks and press Enter. If they were already selected, they are exploded without asking.
Select objects:

Notes

See also

EXPLODE · TXTEXP · ATTEDIT · BATTMAN

CHAMFER — Chamfer

Bevels the corner between two lines.

Joins two lines with a chamfer (a straight line) at the given distances, trimming or extending them to it. With distances 0 it forms a sharp corner.

Usage

  1. Enter CHAMFER (or CHA) or click Chamfer on the ribbon.
Select first line or [Undo/Polyline/Distance/Angle/Trim/mEthod/Multiple]:
  1. Select the first line and then the second, each on the part you want to keep. The first distance (or the length) counts on the first line.
Select second line or shift-select to apply corner or [Distance/Angle/Method]:
  1. The chamfer is created and the command ends (with Multiple it keeps asking for pairs until Enter).

Options

Specify first chamfer distance <…>:
Specify chamfer length on the first line <…>:

Notes

See also

FILLET · TRIM · EXTEND · Editing

CHANGE — Change

Changes points and properties of objects.

Changes the geometry or the properties of the selected objects: with a change point it takes line endpoints and circle radii to that point and lets you change texts and blocks one by one; with Properties it changes the color, layer, linetype and other properties of everything selected.

Usage

  1. Enter CHANGE (or -CH).
  2. Select the objects and press Enter.
Select objects:
  1. Specify the change point, press Enter to go on to texts, blocks and circles, or choose Properties.
Specify change point or [Properties]:

Change point

Specify new circle radius <no change>:
Specify new insertion point <no change>:
Enter new text style <no change>:
Specify new height <no change>:
Specify new rotation angle <no change>:
Enter new text <no change>:

Properties

Enter property to change [Color/Elev/LAyer/LType/ltScale/LWeight/Thickness/TRansparency/Material/Annotative]:

After each property you return to the list; Enter ends.

Notes

See also

PROPERTIES · MATCHPROP · STRETCH · TEXTEDIT

CHPROP — Change properties

Changes color, layer, linetype and other properties of objects.

Changes the properties of the selected objects from the command line, like AutoCAD CHPROP: color, layer, linetype and its scale, lineweight, thickness, transparency, material and annotative.

Usage

  1. Enter CHPROP.
  2. Select the objects and press Enter.
Select objects:
  1. Choose a property, enter its value and repeat with another; Enter ends.
Enter property to change [Color/LAyer/LType/ltScale/LWeight/Thickness/TRansparency/Material/Annotative]:

Notes

See also

CHANGE · PROPERTIES · MATCHPROP

COPY — Copy

Copies objects from a base point to another point.

Copies the selected objects from a base point to one or more destination points. Each point you specify creates a new copy; the originals do not change.

Usage

  1. Enter COPY (or CO, CP) or click Copy on the ribbon.
  2. Select the objects and press Enter. If they were already selected before starting the command, they are used without asking.
Select objects:
  1. Specify the base point.
Specify base point or [Displacement/mOde] <Displacement>:
  1. Specify the destination point. A copy is created and the prompt repeats to make another one from the same base point.
Specify second point or [Array] <use first point as displacement>:
  1. Press Enter, Space or Esc to finish.

Notes

See also

MOVE · ARRAY · OFFSET · MIRROR · Selecting objects

COPYM — Multiple copy

Multiple copies with repeat, divide, measure and array (Express Tools).

Makes multiple copies of the selection, like the Express Tools COPYM: one copy per point, Repeat, Divide, Measure and Array.

Usage

  1. Enter COPYM, select the objects and press Enter, then specify the base point.
Second point or [Repeat/Divide/Measure/Array/Undo] <eXit>:

See also

COPY · ARRAY

DRAWORDER — Draw Order

Changes the draw order of objects.

Changes the order in which overlapping objects are drawn: it brings the selection to the front or sends it to the back of everything, or above or under other specific objects. It is useful with images, solid hatches and wipeouts.

Usage

  1. Enter DRAWORDER (or DR).
  2. Select the objects and press Enter. If they were already selected before starting the command, they are used without asking.
Select objects:
  1. Choose where they go (Enter: to the back).
Enter object ordering option [Above objects/Under objects/Front/Back] <Back>:
  1. With Above or Under, select the reference objects and press Enter.
Select reference objects:

Options

Notes

See also

WIPEOUT · HATCH · IMAGEATTACH · Editing

ERASE — Erase

Removes objects from the drawing.

Removes the selected objects from the drawing.

Usage

  1. Enter ERASE (or E) or click Erase on the ribbon.
  2. Select the objects with clicks, windows or crossing windows and press Enter to erase them.
Select objects:

The quickest way is preselection: select the objects with no command running and press Delete, or start ERASE, which erases them without asking anything else.

Notes

See also

UNDO · OVERKILL · PURGE · CUTCLIP · Selecting objects

EXOFFSET — Extended offset

OFFSET with the gap type option (Express Tools).

OFFSET with the Express Tools gap type option (OFFSETGAPTYPE).

Notes

See also

OFFSET

EXPLODE — Explode

Breaks a compound object into its parts.

Breaks each selected compound object into the pieces it is made of: a polyline into lines and arcs, a block into its objects, a multiline into its lines, a dimension into its lines, arrowheads and text, a hatch into its lines and a table into its lines and texts.

Usage

  1. Enter EXPLODE (or X) or click Explode on the ribbon.
  2. Select the objects and press Enter. If they were already selected before starting the command, they are exploded without asking.
Select objects:

Notes

See also

JOIN · PEDIT · BLOCK · UNGROUP · Blocks

EXTEND — Extend

Extends objects to the nearest boundary.

Extends an object from the end you pick until it touches the first object it meets (the boundary edges).

Usage

  1. Enter EXTEND (or EX) or click Extend on the ribbon.
  2. In Quick mode (default, TRIMEXTENDMODE=1) every object in the drawing is a boundary: click each object near the end you want to extend. The prompt repeats to extend more.
Select object to extend or shift-select to trim or [Boundary edges/Crossing/mOde/Project/eRase]:
  1. In Standard mode you first select the boundary edges (Enter = all objects).
Select cutting edges... Select objects or [mOde] <select all>:
  1. Press Enter or Esc to finish.

Options

The same as TRIM: boundary edges, Fence/Crossing, mOde, Project, Edge (Extend), eRase and Undo.

Notes

See also

TRIM · LENGTHEN · FILLET · Editing

EXTRIM — Extended trim

Trims on one side everything that crosses a cutting edge (Express Tools).

Trims at once everything that crosses a cutting edge, on the side you specify, like the Express Tools EXTRIM.

Usage

  1. Enter EXTRIM and select the cutting edge (line, polyline, arc or circle).
  2. Specify a point on the side to trim.

See also

TRIM

FILLET — Fillet

Joins two objects with a tangent arc.

Joins two objects with an arc tangent to both, of the current radius, trimming or extending them to the arc. With radius 0 it brings them to their intersection and forms a sharp corner.

Usage

  1. Enter FILLET (or F) or click Fillet on the ribbon.
Select first object or [Undo/Polyline/Radius/Trim/Multiple]:
  1. Select the first object and then the second, each on the part you want to keep.
Select second object or shift-select to apply corner or [Radius]:
  1. The arc is created and the command ends (with Multiple it keeps asking for pairs until Enter).

Options

Specify fillet radius <…>:
Enter Trim mode option [Trim/No trim] <…>:

Notes

See also

CHAMFER · TRIM · EXTEND · Editing

FLATTEN — Flatten

Flattens the selected objects onto the XY plane (Express Tools).

Flattens the selected objects onto the XY plane, like the AutoCAD Express Tools FLATTEN: the Z of their points, their elevation and their thickness become 0.

Usage

  1. Enter FLATTEN.
  2. Select the objects and press Enter.
  3. Answer the hidden lines question (Enter: No).
Remove hidden lines? [Yes/No] <No>:

Notes

See also

FLATSHOT · CHANGE

GROUP — Group

Creates a group with the selected objects.

Creates a group with the selected objects: a named (or unnamed) set that is selected as a whole with one click, while its objects stay independent and can be edited separately.

Usage

  1. Enter GROUP (or G).
  2. If you want, choose Name or Description before selecting.
Select objects or [Name/Description]:
Enter a group name or [?]:
Enter a group description:
  1. Select the objects and press Enter: the group is created. If the objects were already selected before starting the command, the group is created at once, unnamed.

Options

Notes

See also

GROUPEDIT · UNGROUP · BLOCK · Selecting objects

GROUPEDIT — Edit Group

Adds or removes objects from a group, or renames it.

Changes an existing group: adds objects to it or removes them, or renames it.

Usage

  1. Enter GROUPEDIT.
  2. Select a member of the group, or choose Name and type the name of the group (? lists them). If objects of a single group were already selected before starting the command, that group is edited without asking.
Select group or [Name]:
  1. Choose what to do.
Enter an option [Add objects/Remove objects/REName]:
  1. Select the objects to add or remove and press Enter, or type the new name.
Select objects to add to group:
Select objects to remove from group:
Enter new name for group or [?]:

Options

Notes

See also

GROUP · UNGROUP · Selecting objects

INTERSECT — Intersect

Keeps the volume common to several solids.

Keeps the volume common to several solids (boolean intersection), like AutoCAD's INTERSECT. Between polyhedra it is computed by an in-house BSP modeler (pure Rust), exact even with coplanar faces.

Usage

  1. Type INTERSECT or click it in the ribbon.
  2. Select two or more solids and press Enter.
Select the solids and press Enter:

The selected solids are replaced by their intersection. The result keeps the properties (layer, color, material…) of the first solid selected.

Notes

JOIN — Join

Joins touching objects into one.

Joins into a single object several objects that touch at their ends or lie on the same line, circle or ellipse: lines, arcs, elliptical arcs, polylines and splines.

Usage

  1. Enter JOIN (or J) or click Join on the ribbon.
  2. Select the source object or all the objects to join and press Enter. If they were already selected before starting the command, they are joined without asking.
Select source object or multiple objects to join at once:
  1. If you selected a single arc or a single elliptical arc, you can select more arcs or enter C (Close) to turn it into a circle or a full ellipse.
Select arcs to join to source or [Close]:

Notes

See also

PEDIT · SPLINEDIT · EXPLODE · BREAK · PLINE · Selecting objects

LENGTHEN — Lengthen

Lengthens or shortens lines, arcs and open polylines.

Measures or changes the length of lines, arcs, open polylines, elliptical arcs and open splines: it lengthens or shortens the end nearest to the point where you select, along the curve itself.

Usage

  1. Enter LENGTHEN (or LEN).
  2. Select an object to see its length (and the included angle, for an arc), or choose how to change it. Enter repeats the previous mode and value.
Select an object to measure or [DElta/Percent/Total/DYnamic] <…>:
  1. Enter the value of the chosen mode.
  2. Select each object near the end you want to change. The prompt repeats; Enter finishes.
Select an object to change or [Undo]:

Options

Enter delta length or [Angle] <…>:
Enter percentage length <…>:
Specify total length or [Angle] <…>:
Specify new end point:

Notes

See also

EXTEND · TRIM · BREAK · LIST · Editing

MIRROR — Mirror

Creates a mirrored copy about an axis.

Creates a mirrored copy of the selected objects about an axis defined by two points and, if you ask for it, erases the originals.

Usage

  1. Enter MIRROR (or MI) or click Mirror on the ribbon.
  2. Select the objects and press Enter. If they were already selected before starting the command, they are used without asking.
Select objects:
  1. Specify the two points of the mirror line. While you specify the second one the result is previewed.
Specify first point of mirror line:
Specify second point of mirror line:
  1. Choose whether the originals are kept (Enter: they are kept).
Erase source objects? [Yes/No] <No>:

Options

Notes

Specify second point or [Base point/Copy/eXit]:

See also

COPY · ROTATE · ARRAY · Selecting objects

MLEDIT — Edit Multiline

Crosses, tees, corners, vertices, cuts and welds of multilines.

Edits multilines: resolves their crossings, tee junctions and corners, adds or deletes vertices and cuts or welds their elements. The tool is chosen in the Multiline Edit Tools dialog box, as in AutoCAD 2027, or, on the command line (-MLEDIT and scripts), by its two-letter code, the same ones as in AutoCAD.

Usage

  1. Enter MLEDIT.
  2. Click the tool in the dialog box (or, on the command line, type its code: table below).
Enter mline editing option [CC/OC/MC/CT/OT/MT/CJ/AV/DV/CS/CA/WA]:
  1. For crosses, tees and corners, select the first multiline and the second one. For the other tools, select the multiline at the point where the tool acts and, if asked, specify the second point.
Select first mline or [Undo]:
Select second mline:
Select mline or [Undo]:
Select second point:
  1. The prompt repeats with the same tool to keep editing; Enter finishes.
CodeTool
CC / OC / MCClosed, open or merged cross between two multilines
CT / OT / MTClosed, open or merged tee (the first one ends on the second)
CJCorner joint: both multilines are trimmed or extended until they meet
AV / DVAdd or delete a vertex at the selected point
CS / CACut one element or all of them between the selected point and the second point
WAWeld all the elements between both points (removes the cuts)

Options

Notes

See also

MLINE · -MLEDIT · EXPLODE · Editing

MOCORO — Move, copy, rotate and scale

Moves, copies, rotates and scales in a single command (Express Tools).

Moves, copies, rotates and scales the selection in a single command, like the Express Tools MOCORO.

Usage

  1. Enter MOCORO, select the objects and press Enter, then specify the base point.
  2. Each point moves the objects; Rotate and Scale change the operation; Copy toggles copy mode; Base asks for a new base point; Undo undoes the last operation. Enter ends.
Second point or [Copy/Rotate/Scale/Base/Undo] <eXit>:

See also

MOVE · COPY

MOVE — Move

Moves objects from a base point to another point.

Moves the selected objects a distance and direction given by two points: the base point and the destination point. The objects keep their shape, size and orientation.

Usage

  1. Enter MOVE (or M) or click Move on the ribbon.
  2. Select the objects and press Enter. If they were already selected before starting the command, they are used without asking.
Select objects:
  1. Specify the base point: the point of the objects you want to take somewhere else.
Specify base point or [Displacement] <Displacement>:
  1. Specify the destination point. While you move the cursor you see where the objects will go.
Specify second point or <use first point as displacement>:

Notes

Specify move point or [Base point/Copy/eXit]:

See also

COPY · ROTATE · ALIGN · STRETCH · Selecting objects · Editing

MSTRETCH — Multiple stretch

Stretches with several crossing windows and polygons (Express Tools).

Stretches with several crossing windows and polygons at once, like the Express Tools MSTRETCH.

Usage

  1. Enter MSTRETCH and define the crossing windows (or CPolygon); Enter finishes.
  2. Remove objects if needed, then give the base point and the second point.

See also

STRETCH

NCOPY — Copy nested

Copies objects from inside blocks and external references.

Copies objects from inside blocks, external references or underlays, like AutoCAD NCOPY: select them one by one, they are copied in place into the drawing and the command goes on as COPY with the copies.

Usage

  1. Enter NCOPY and click each nested object; press Enter.
Select nested objects to copy or [Settings]:
  1. Go on as in COPY.

See also

COPY · EXPLODE

OFFSET — Offset

Creates a parallel copy at a distance.

Creates a parallel copy of an object, at a distance or through a point: parallel lines, concentric circles and arcs or equidistant polylines.

Usage

  1. Type OFFSET (or O) or click Offset on the ribbon.
  2. Give the distance (a number or two points), or press Enter to use the remembered one (variable OFFSETDIST); if you last chose Through, that is the default.
Specify offset distance or [Through/Erase/Layer] <…>:
  1. Click the object to offset.
Select object to offset or [Exit/Undo] <Exit>:
  1. Specify a point on the side where the copy goes (with a distance) or the point it must pass through.
Specify point on side to offset or [Exit/Multiple/Undo] <Exit>:
  1. The prompt of step 3 repeats so you can offset other objects. Press Enter to finish.

Options

Notes

See also

COPY · ARRAY · PLINE · Editing

OVERKILL — Delete Duplicate Objects

Deletes duplicate objects and combines overlapping lines and arcs.

Cleans a drawing of repeated objects: it erases exact duplicates and combines overlapping lines and arcs into a single one. It is useful with imported drawings or with objects drawn several times on top of each other.

Usage

  1. Enter OVERKILL.
  2. Select the objects to check and press Enter. If they were already selected before starting the command, they are used without asking.
Select objects:
  1. The Delete Duplicate Objects dialog box opens, as in AutoCAD 2027: the tolerance, the properties ignored when comparing and the combine options. OK cleans up. In scripts (and with -OVERKILL) the prompt shows the current settings; change the ones you want and press Enter (or choose Done) to clean up.
Current settings: Tolerance=…, Ignore=…, Optimize polylines=…, Combine partial overlap=…, Combine end-to-end=…. Enter an option to change [Done/Ignore/tOlerance/optimize Polylines/combine parTial overlap/combine End-to-end] <done>:
  1. When it finishes, the command line reports how many duplicates and how many overlapping objects or segments were deleted.

Options

Specify Tolerance <…>:
Specify properties to ignore (…) or [All/None] <…>:

Notes

See also

-OVERKILL · ERASE · JOIN · PURGE · Selecting objects

PEDIT — Edit Polyline

Edits polylines: close, join, width, vertices, fit and spline.

Edits polylines: closes or opens them, joins other objects to them, changes their width, edits their vertices and turns them into curves. It also converts lines and arcs into polylines.

Usage

  1. Enter PEDIT (or PE).
  2. Select a polyline, or choose Multiple to select several. If you select a line or an arc, you are offered to turn it into a polyline. With preselection: one object is edited directly and several go into Multiple.
Select polyline or [Multiple]:
Object selected is not a polyline. Do you want to turn it into one? [Yes/No] <Y>:
  1. Choose options; the prompt repeats until you press Enter.
Enter an option [Close/Join/Width/Edit vertex/Fit/Spline/Decurve/Ltype gen/Reverse/Undo]:

Options

Enter a vertex editing option [Next/Previous/Break/Insert/Move/Regen/Straighten/Tangent/Width/eXit] <N>:

Notes

See also

PLINE · JOIN · EXPLODE · SPLINEDIT · Editing

REVERSE — Reverse

Reverses the direction of lines, polylines and splines.

Reverses the direction of lines, polylines (lightweight, 2D and 3D) and splines, like AutoCAD REVERSE: the start becomes the end. Useful, for example, so that the text of a linetype reads the right way up.

Usage

  1. Enter REVERSE.
  2. Select the objects and press Enter.
Select objects:

See also

PEDIT · SPLINEDIT

ROTATE — Rotate

Rotates objects around a base point.

Rotates the selected objects around a base point. The angle is given with a point or typed in degrees.

Usage

  1. Enter ROTATE (or RO) or click Rotate on the ribbon.
  2. Select the objects and press Enter. If they were already selected before starting the command, they are used without asking.
Select objects:
  1. Specify the base point: the center of rotation.
Specify base point:
  1. Specify the angle. Typed, in degrees (positive is counterclockwise); with a click, the angle is that of the direction from the base point to the point. The preview follows the cursor.
Specify rotation angle or [Copy/Reference] <…>:

With Copy a copy is rotated and the original stays; with Reference you give the reference angle (a number or two points) and the new angle (Specify the reference angle <0>:), and the difference is applied.

Notes

Specify rotation angle or [Base point/Copy/eXit]:

See also

MOVE · SCALE · ALIGN · MIRROR · Selecting objects

SCALE — Scale

Enlarges or reduces objects from a base point.

Enlarges or reduces the selected objects from a base point, the only point that does not move.

Usage

  1. Enter SCALE (or SC) or click Scale on the ribbon.
  2. Select the objects and press Enter. If they were already selected before starting the command, they are used without asking.
Select objects:
  1. Specify the base point.
Specify base point:
  1. Specify the scale factor: typed (greater than 0; 2 doubles, 0.5 halves) or with a click, and then the factor is the distance from the base point to the point.
Specify scale factor or [Copy/Reference]:

With Copy a copy is scaled and the original stays; with Reference you give the reference length and the new one (Specify reference length <1.0000>:), and the factor is new / reference.

Notes

Specify scale factor or [Base point/Copy/eXit]:

See also

ROTATE · ALIGN · STRETCH · LENGTHEN · Selecting objects

SLICE — Slice

Slices 3D solids by a plane, keeping one side or both.

Slices one or more 3D solids with a plane, keeping one side or both, like AutoCAD's SLICE. The cut is computed as a boolean against a half-space with the truck kernel; between polyhedra (planar faces) the result is exact.

Usage

  1. Type SLICE (or CORTE) or click it in the ribbon.
  2. Select the solids to slice and press Enter.
Select the solids to slice and press Enter:
  1. Define the cutting plane: a keyword (XY, YZ or ZX, through the center of the solids) or three points.
Cutting plane [XY/YZ/ZX] or three points "x1,y1,z1 x2,y2,z2 x3,y3,z3":
  1. Choose the side: click a point on the side you want to keep, or press Enter to keep both.
Side to keep: a point on that side, or Enter for [Both]:

Notes

SPLINEDIT — Edit Spline

Edits splines: fit points, control vertices, close, reverse and convert to polyline.

Edits a spline, as in AutoCAD 2027: closes or opens it, joins other curves to it, changes its fit points or its control vertices, elevates its order, reverses its direction or converts it into a polyline.

Usage

  1. Enter SPLINEDIT (or SPE).
  2. Select the spline. If it was selected (on its own) before starting the command, it is used without asking.
Select spline:
  1. Choose options; the prompt repeats until you choose eXit or press Enter.
Enter an option […/Join/…Edit vertex/convert to Polyline/Reverse/Undo/eXit] <eXit>:

Options

Select any open curves to join to the source:
Enter a fit data option [Add/…/Delete/Kink/Move/Purge/Tangents/toLerance/eXit] <eXit>:
Specify point on the spline <exit>:
Enter a vertex editing option [Add/Delete/Elevate order/Move/Weight/eXit] <eXit>:
Enter new order <…>:
Specify a precision <10>:

Notes

See also

SPLINE · PEDIT · PLINE · Editing

STRETCH — Stretch

Stretches objects by moving the vertices inside a crossing window.

Stretches objects by moving only the vertices and endpoints that lie inside a crossing window; the rest of each object stays where it was. Use it, for example, to lengthen a part or move a door without redrawing the walls.

Usage

  1. Enter STRETCH (or S) or click Stretch on the ribbon.
  2. Select the objects with a crossing window (dragged from right to left) that encloses the points to move. You can make several crossing windows. Press Enter.
Select objects to stretch by crossing-window:
  1. Specify the base point and the second point, as in MOVE. The preview moves only the captured points.
Specify base point or [Displacement] <Displacement>:
Specify second point or <use first point as displacement>:

Notes

Specify stretch point or [Base point/Copy/eXit]:

See also

MOVE · LENGTHEN · SCALE · Selecting objects · Editing

SUBTRACT — Subtract

Subtracts some solids from another.

Subtracts some solids from another (boolean subtraction), like AutoCAD's SUBTRACT. Between polyhedra it is computed by an in-house BSP modeler (pure Rust), exact even with coplanar faces.

Usage

  1. Type SUBTRACT or click it in the ribbon.
  2. Select the base solid (to subtract from) and press Enter.
Select the solid to subtract from (or the base and then the ones to subtract) and press Enter:
  1. Select the solids to subtract from it (one or more) and press Enter.
Select the solids to subtract and press Enter:

Shortcut: if in step 2 you select two or more solids and press Enter, the first one selected is the base and the rest are subtracted from it (with a window, the order is the drawing order: the oldest first). The same with a pre-selection.

The result keeps the base's properties (layer, color, linetype, material…), not the current ones.

Notes

TEXTTOFRONT — Text to front

Brings texts, dimensions or leaders in front of other objects.

Brings all texts, dimensions or leaders of the drawing to the front of the draw order, like AutoCAD TEXTTOFRONT, so that hatches, images and other objects do not hide them.

Usage

  1. Enter TEXTTOFRONT.
Bring to front [Text/Dimensions/Leaders/All] <All>:
  1. Choose Text, Dimensions, Leaders or All (Enter).

See also

DRAWORDER

TRIM — Trim

Trims objects at their intersections.

Trims the part of an object that lies between its intersections with other objects (the cutting edges) or between an intersection and its end.

Usage

  1. Enter TRIM (or TR) or click Trim on the ribbon.
  2. In Quick mode (the AutoCAD 2027 default: variable TRIMEXTENDMODE=1) you do not select the edges: every object in the drawing is a cutting edge. Click the part to remove from each object: the clicked piece is removed up to the nearest intersections. The prompt repeats to trim more.
Select object to trim or shift-select to extend or [cuTting edges/Crossing/mOde/Project/eRase]:
  1. In Standard mode you first select the cutting edges (Enter = all objects).
Select cutting edges... Select objects or [mOde] <select all>:
  1. Press Enter or Esc to finish.

Options

Notes

See also

EXTEND · BREAK · LENGTHEN · FILLET · Editing

TXTEXP — Explode text

Turns texts into polylines with the shape of their letters.

Turns texts into polylines with the shape of their letters, like the TXTEXP tool of the Express Tools. Useful to cut or engrave lettering, or so that a text looks the same on a computer that lacks its font.

Usage

  1. Enter TXTEXP.
  2. Select the texts and press Enter. If they were already selected, they are converted without asking.
Select objects:

Notes

See also

BURST · EXPLODE · STYLE

UNGROUP — Ungroup

Removes a group; its objects stay in the drawing.

Removes a group. Its objects stay in the drawing, but they are no longer selected together.

Usage

  1. Enter UNGROUP.
  2. Select a member of the group, or choose Name and type the name of the group (? lists them). The group is removed at once.
Select group or [Name]:
Enter a group name or [?]:

Preselection is quicker: click a member (the whole group is selected) and start UNGROUP. If the selection belongs to several groups, all of them are removed.

Options

Notes

See also

GROUP · GROUPEDIT · EXPLODE

UNION — Union

Merges several solids into one.

Merges several 3D solids into one (boolean union), like AutoCAD's UNION. Between polyhedra it is computed by an in-house BSP modeler (pure Rust), exact even with coplanar faces; the result is stored as an ACIS 3DSOLID.

Usage

  1. Type UNION or click it in the ribbon.
  2. Select two or more solids and press Enter.
Select the solids and press Enter:

The selected solids are replaced by the union solid. The result keeps the properties (layer, color, material…) of the first solid selected.

Notes

Annotation

-DIMINSPECT — Inspection dimension (command line)

Adds or removes the inspection data of dimensions at the command line.

Adds or removes the inspection data of dimensions asking at the command line, like AutoCAD 2027 -DIMINSPECT.

Use

  1. Type -DIMINSPECT.
  2. Choose Add or Remove.
Add Inspection data or [Remove] <Add>:
  1. Select the dimensions and press Enter.
Select dimensions:
  1. When adding: shape, label and rate.
Enter shape option [Round/Angular/None] <Round>:
Enter label value or <None>:
Enter inspection rate <100%>:

See also

DIMINSPECT

-SCALELISTEDIT — Scale List (command line)

Edits the scale list from the command line.

Command-line version of SCALELISTEDIT: edits the list of annotation scales of the drawing. It is the one used in scripts.

Usage

  1. Enter -SCALELISTEDIT.
  2. Choose an option (Enter: Add).
Enter option [?/Add/Delete/Reset/Exit] <Add>:

Options

Enter scale ratio (paper:drawing):
Reset scale list to default entries? [Yes/No] <No>:

Notes

See also

SCALELISTEDIT · OBJECTSCALE

ACTUALIZARDATOS — Update data links

Re-reads the file of the linked tables.

Re-reads the source file of each linked table (DATALINK) in the drawing and refreshes its contents, keeping the table position, style and layer; or, the other way round, writes what the tables hold to the file (AutoCAD's Write data link).

Use

  1. Type DATALINKUPDATE or click its button.
  2. Choose Update data link (Enter) to read the files or Write data link to write to them.
Select an option [Update data link/Write data link] <Update data link>:
  1. It reports how many tables were updated (or written) and how many failed (for example, if the file is missing).

Notes

See also

DATALINK · TABLE

ANNORESET — Reset annotation scales

Moves all scale representations of annotative objects to the position of the current one.

Moves all scale representations of annotative objects to the position of the current one, like AutoCAD 2027 ANNORESET.

Use

  1. Type ANNORESET.
  2. Select the annotative objects and press Enter.
Select objects:

Notes

See also

ANNOUPDATE · OBJECTSCALE · SCALELISTEDIT

ANNOUPDATE — Update annotative objects

Updates annotative objects to the properties of their style.

Updates annotative objects to the properties of their style, like AutoCAD 2027 ANNOUPDATE.

Use

  1. Type ANNOUPDATE.
  2. Select the objects and press Enter.
Select objects:

Notes

See also

ANNORESET · OBJECTSCALE · STYLE

ARCTEXT — Arc-aligned text

Writes text following an arc.

Writes text that follows an arc: each character is placed rotated tangent to the arc.

Use

  1. Type ARCTEXT or click its button.
  2. Select the arc to use as a guide.
Select the arc:
  1. The Arc-aligned text dialog box opens: type the text and the height, choose the options and click OK. You can also go on at the command line: the height (Enter accepts the last one used) and the text.
Text height <…>:
Text:

The dialog box

Notes

See also

TEXT · MTEXT · TEXTFIT · ARC

CENTERLINE — Centerline

Draws an associative centerline between two lines.

Draws a centerline between two lines, as in AutoCAD 2027: it runs along the bisector of the angle they form (or halfway, if they are parallel), between the ends of both, and extends CENTEREXE on each side. It is associative: if one of the lines changes, the centerline is rebuilt.

Usage

  1. Enter CENTERLINE (alias CL) or click the button.
  2. Select the first line.
Select first line or [Layer]:
  1. Select the second line.
Select second line:

Options

Enter layer name or select an object to specify the layer for center marks or . to use current [?/Exit] <"…">:

Notes

See also

CENTERMARK · LINE

CENTERMARK — Center Mark

Adds an associative center mark to circles and arcs.

Adds center marks to circles and arcs, as in AutoCAD 2027: a cross at the center and extension lines that go beyond the circle. The mark is associative: if the circle or arc changes, the mark is rebuilt.

Usage

  1. Enter CENTERMARK (alias CM) or click the button.
  2. Select the circles and arcs one by one and press Enter to finish.
Select circle or arc to add centermark or [Layer]:

Options

Enter layer name or select an object to specify the layer for center marks or . to use current [?/Exit] <"…">:

Notes

The selected object is not an arc or a circle.

See also

CENTERLINE · CIRCLE · ARC

DATALINK — Data link

Creates a table linked to an Excel or CSV file.

Creates a table linked to an external Excel (.xlsx, .xls, .ods) or CSV file. The table stores the link (path, sheet and range) so it can be refreshed with ACTUALIZARDATOS.

Use

  1. Type DATALINK or click its button. The Data Link Manager opens with the links of the drawing (their Name, File, Sheet and Range): - Edit...: changes the name, file, sheet or range of the chosen link; on OK the table is read again from the new source. - Update: reads the table of the chosen link again (like ACTUALIZARDATOS). - Unlink: removes the link; the table keeps its data. - Create a new data link...: goes on with the steps below to create a linked table. In scripts and with FILEDIA set to 0 the manager does not open: it starts with the file.
  2. Type the path of the data file.
Data file (.xlsx, .xls, .ods or .csv):
  1. If it is an Excel workbook with several sheets, choose the sheet (Enter = the first one).
Sheet […]:
  1. Enter the cell range (for example A1:C10) or press Enter for the whole sheet.
Range (e.g. A1:C10), or Enter for the whole sheet:
  1. Specify the table insertion point.
Specify the insertion point:

Notes

See also

ACTUALIZARDATOS · TABLE · TABLEEXPORT

DIM — Dimension

Dimensions what you select or the points you specify (the "smart" dimension).

Dimensions what you select or the points you specify, like AutoCAD 2027 DIM (the "smart" dimension). It keeps dimensioning until you press Enter.

Use

  1. Type DIM.
  2. Select an object or specify the first extension line origin.
Select objects or specify first extension line origin or [Angular/Baseline/Continue/Ordinate/aliGn/Distribute/Layer/Undo]:
  1. Follow the prompts of the corresponding dimension.

Which dimension is made

Options

Notes

See also

DIMLINEAR · DIMALIGNED · DIMSPACE · DIMSTYLE

DIMALIGNED — Aligned

Creates a dimension parallel to the points.

Dimensions the true distance between two points, with the dimension line parallel to the segment that joins them, also when it is diagonal.

Usage

  1. Enter DIMALIGNED (or DAL) or click Aligned on the ribbon.
  2. Specify the first extension line origin, or press Enter to select an object.
Specify first extension line origin or <select object>:
  1. Specify the second extension line origin.
Specify second extension line origin:
  1. Specify how far from the points the dimension line goes.
Specify dimension line location or [Mtext/Text/Angle]:

Selecting an object

With Enter at the first step you select an object: the endpoints of a line, an arc or a polyline segment are the origins; for a circle, the diameter through the selected point.

Select object to dimension:

Notes

See also

DIMLINEAR · DIMEDIT · DIMSTYLE · Dimensions

DIMANGULAR — Angular

Dimensions the angle between two lines.

Dimensions the angle between two non-parallel lines, or the angle defined by a vertex and two points, with a dimension arc. The text is in degrees, with the angular precision of the dimension style.

Usage

  1. Enter DIMANGULAR (or DAN) or click Angular on the ribbon.
  2. Select the first line, or press Enter to specify the angle with three points.
Select first line or <specify vertex>:
  1. Select the second line. If it is parallel to the first one, a message is shown and another line is requested.
Select second line:
  1. Move the cursor to choose which angle is dimensioned (depending on the quadrant it is in) and how far from the vertex the arc goes, and specify the point.
Specify dimension arc line location or [Mtext/Text/Angle]:

Three points

With Enter at the first step, the vertex and a point on each side of the angle are requested, then the location of the arc:

Specify angle vertex:
Specify first angle endpoint:
Specify second angle endpoint:

Notes

See also

DIMLINEAR · DIMRADIUS · DIMSTYLE · Dimensions

DIMARC — Arc Length

Dimensions the length of an arc.

Dimensions the length of an arc, measured along the curve. The dimension arc is concentric with the dimensioned arc and the text carries the arc length symbol (⌒).

Usage

  1. Enter DIMARC (or DAR).
  2. Select the arc with a click. Circles are not accepted.
Select arc:
  1. Move the cursor to preview the dimension and specify where the dimension arc goes.
Specify arc length dimension location:

Notes

See also

DIMANGULAR · DIMSTYLE · Dimensions

DIMBASELINE — Baseline

Creates linear dimensions from the same baseline.

Creates several dimensions measured from the same origin. Each dimension line is offset from the previous one by the DIMDLI distance of the dimension style, so that they do not overlap.

Usage

  1. Enter DIMBASELINE (or DBA).
  2. The command starts from the last linear or aligned dimension in the drawing, from its first extension line. If there is none, select the base dimension.
Select base dimension:
  1. Specify the second extension line origin. A dimension is created from the common origin to that point and the prompt repeats.
Specify a second extension line origin or [Undo/Select] <Select>:
  1. Press Enter to finish.

Options

Notes

See also

DIMCONTINUE · DIMLINEAR · DIMSTYLE · Dimensions

DIMBREAK — Dimension Break

Breaks dimension and extension lines where other objects cross them.

Breaks the dimension and extension lines where other objects cross them, so the drawing reads better, or removes the breaks.

Usage

  1. Enter DIMBREAK (or DBR).
  2. Select the dimension, or choose Multiple to select several (Enter ends the selection).
Select dimension to add/remove break or [Multiple]:
  1. Select the object that breaks the dimension (only that one will break it), press Enter (or choose Auto) to break it with everything that crosses it, or choose Remove to remove the breaks.
Select object to break dimension or [Auto/Remove] <Auto>:
  1. The number of changed dimensions is reported.

Options

Select dimensions:

Notes

See also

DIMSPACE · DIMEDIT · Dimensions

DIMCENTER — Center mark (dimension)

Draws the center mark of a circle or an arc according to DIMCEN.

Draws the center mark of a circle or an arc with the size of DIMCEN, like AutoCAD 2027 DIMCENTER.

Use

  1. Type DIMCENTER.
  2. Select the circle or the arc.
Select arc or circle:

Notes

See also

DIMRADIUS · DIMDIAMETER

DIMCONTINUE — Continue

Creates a chain of linear dimensions from the previous one.

Chains linear dimensions: each new dimension starts where the previous one ends, on the same dimension line. It is used for consecutive spans (openings in a façade, spacing of columns…).

Usage

  1. Enter DIMCONTINUE (or DCO).
  2. The command starts from the last linear or aligned dimension in the drawing. If there is none, select the dimension to continue.
Select continued dimension:
  1. Specify the second extension line origin. A dimension is created from the previous one to that point and the prompt repeats from the new dimension.
Specify a second extension line origin or [Undo/Select] <Select>:
  1. Press Enter to finish. If no dimension has been created yet, Enter asks you to select another starting dimension.

Options

Notes

See also

DIMBASELINE · DIMLINEAR · DIMALIGNED · Dimensions

DIMDIAMETER — Diameter

Dimensions the diameter of a circle or arc.

Dimensions the diameter of a circle or an arc. The text is prefixed with the diameter symbol (Ø50).

Usage

  1. Enter DIMDIAMETER (or DDI) or click Diameter on the ribbon.
  2. Select the circle or the arc with a click.
Select arc or circle:
  1. Move the cursor and specify where the dimension goes. The dimension line crosses the center in the direction of the cursor.
Specify dimension line location or [Mtext/Text/Angle]:

Notes

See also

DIMRADIUS · DIMANGULAR · DIMSTYLE · Dimensions

DIMDISASSOCIATE — Disassociate Dimensions

Removes associativity from the selected dimensions.

Removes associativity from the selected dimensions: they stop following the geometry they measure and stay where they are.

Usage

  1. Enter DIMDISASSOCIATE (or DDA).
  2. Select the dimensions and press Enter. Anything that is not a dimension is discarded.
Select dimensions to disassociate:
  1. The number of disassociated dimensions is reported.

Notes

See also

DIMREASSOCIATE · DIMASSOC · Dimensions

DIMEDIT — Edit Dimension

Changes the text of dimensions or moves it back to its default position.

Changes the text of one or more dimensions, or moves the text back to the position given by the style.

Usage

  1. Enter DIMEDIT (or DED).
  2. Choose the type of editing (Enter: Home).
Enter type of dimension editing [Home/New/Rotate/Oblique] <Home>:
  1. With New, type the new text.
Enter dimension text <<>>:
  1. Select the dimensions and press Enter. They are redrawn with the change.
Select objects:

Options

Specify angle for dimension text:
Enter obliquing angle (press ENTER for none):

Notes

See also

DIMLINEAR · DIMSTYLE · PROPERTIES · Dimensions

DIMINSPECT — Inspection dimension

Adds or removes the inspection data of dimensions.

Adds the inspection data to dimensions (a frame with the label and the inspection rate) or removes it, like AutoCAD 2027 DIMINSPECT.

Use

  1. Type DIMINSPECT.
  2. Choose Add or Remove.
Add Inspection data or [Remove] <Add>:
  1. Select the dimensions and press Enter.
  2. When adding, choose the frame shape, the label (Enter: none) and the rate (Enter: 100%).
Enter shape option [Round/Angular/None] <Round>:

Notes

See also

-DIMINSPECT · DIMSTYLE · TOLERANCE

DIMJOGGED — Jogged

Creates jogged radius dimensions for large arcs and circles.

Dimensions the radius of a large arc or circle whose center lies outside the drawing or far from the visible area. The dimension line does not start at the real center but at an override center you choose, and it has a jog (a zigzag break) showing that it is not to scale.

Usage

  1. Enter DIMJOGGED (or DJO, JOG).
  2. Select the arc or the circle with a click.
Select arc or circle:
  1. Specify the override center: the point the dimension line starts from.
Specify center location override:
  1. Specify where the dimension line goes (and the arrow on the curve).
Specify dimension line location:
  1. Specify where the jog goes, between the override center and the arrow.
Specify jog location:

Notes

See also

DIMRADIUS · DIMJOGLINE · DIMSTYLE · Dimensions

DIMJOGLINE — Dimension, Jogged Linear

Adds or removes a jog line on a linear or aligned dimension.

Adds a jog (a zigzag break) to the line of a linear or aligned dimension, to show that the measurement does not match the drawn length, or removes it.

Usage

  1. Enter DIMJOGLINE (or DJL).
  2. Select the linear or aligned dimension, or choose Remove.
Select dimension to add jog or [Remove]:
  1. Specify where the jog goes on the dimension line, or press Enter to place it between the text and the first arrow.
Specify jog location (or press ENTER):

Options

Select jogs to remove:

Notes

See also

DIMJOGGED · DIMLINEAR · DIMALIGNED · Dimensions

DIMLINEAR — Linear

Creates a horizontal or vertical dimension.

Dimensions the horizontal or vertical distance between two points. The dimension is horizontal or vertical depending on where you drag the dimension line: above or below the points it measures the X distance; to one side, the Y distance.

Usage

  1. Enter DIMLINEAR (or DLI) or click Linear on the ribbon.
  2. Specify the first extension line origin, or press Enter to select an object.
Specify first extension line origin or <select object>:
  1. Specify the second extension line origin.
Specify second extension line origin:
  1. Move the cursor to preview the dimension and specify where the dimension line goes.
Specify dimension line location or [Mtext/Text/Angle/Horizontal/Vertical/Rotated]:

Selecting an object

With Enter at the first step the object is requested: the endpoints of the selected line, arc or polyline segment are the two origins; for a circle the horizontal or vertical diameter is dimensioned, depending on where the dimension line goes.

Select object to dimension:

Notes

See also

DIMALIGNED · DIMCONTINUE · DIMBASELINE · DIMSTYLE · Dimensions

DIMORDINATE — Ordinate

Creates an ordinate dimension.

Dimensions the X or Y coordinate of a point relative to the drawing origin, with a leader from the point to the text. It is the usual dimension in machining or setting-out drawings.

Usage

  1. Enter DIMORDINATE (or DOR).
  2. Specify the point to dimension (the feature).
Specify feature location:
  1. Specify the leader endpoint. If the leader runs mostly vertically, the X is dimensioned; if it runs horizontally, the Y.
Specify leader endpoint or [Xdatum/Ydatum/Mtext/Text/Angle]:

Options

Notes

See also

DIMLINEAR · DIMSTYLE · Coordinates · Dimensions

DIMOVERRIDE — Override dimension variables

Changes style variables in the selected dimensions without changing their style.

Changes dimension style variables in the selected dimensions without changing their style, like AutoCAD 2027 DIMOVERRIDE.

Use

  1. Type DIMOVERRIDE.
  2. Enter a dimension variable (DIMTXT, DIMASZ…) and its new value; repeat with others and press Enter.
Enter dimension variable name to override or [Clear overrides]:
  1. Select the dimensions and press Enter.

Options

Notes

See also

DIMSTYLE · MATCHPROP

DIMRADIUS — Radius

Dimensions the radius of a circle or arc.

Dimensions the radius of a circle or an arc. The text is prefixed with the letter R (R25).

Usage

  1. Enter DIMRADIUS (or DRA) or click Radius on the ribbon.
  2. Select the circle or the arc with a click.
Select arc or circle:
  1. Move the cursor around the circle and specify where the dimension goes. The dimension line starts at the center, in the direction of the cursor.
Specify dimension line location or [Mtext/Text/Angle]:

Notes

See also

DIMDIAMETER · DIMANGULAR · DIMSTYLE · Dimensions

DIMREASSOCIATE — Reassociate Dimensions

Associates the selected dimensions to geometry.

Associates dimensions with the geometry again: for each selected dimension you specify its definition points once more and the dimension becomes linked to the objects found there. From then on the dimension follows those objects when they are moved, stretched, scaled or edited with grips.

Usage

  1. Enter DIMREASSOCIATE (or DRE).
  2. Select the dimensions and press Enter. Anything that is not a dimension is discarded.
Select dimensions to reassociate:
  1. The points of each dimension are requested one by one. Specify the point with an object snap (endpoint, midpoint, center, quadrant or node) or press Enter to keep the current one.
Specify definition point … or press Enter to skip:
  1. At the end, the number of dimensions that became associative is reported.

Points requested

DimensionPoints
Linear and alignedThe two extension line origins
Arc lengthThe two endpoints of the arc
Three-point angularThe vertex and the two points
Radius and diameterThe center
OrdinateThe feature point

Notes

See also

DIMDISASSOCIATE · DIMASSOC · Dimensions

DIMSPACE — Adjust Space

Adjusts the spacing between parallel linear dimensions.

Makes the spacing between parallel linear dimensions equal: it places them at the same distance from one another starting from a base dimension, or aligns them all on the same line.

Usage

  1. Enter DIMSPACE (or DSP).
  2. Select the base dimension, the one that does not move.
Select base dimension:
  1. Select the dimensions to space and press Enter.
Select dimensions to space:
  1. Enter the spacing, or press Enter for the automatic one.
Enter value or [Auto] <Auto>:

Options

Notes

See also

DIMBASELINE · DIMBREAK · Dimensions

DIMSTYLE — Dimension Style

Creates and modifies dimension styles.

Manages dimension styles: creates, modifies, renames and deletes styles, and sets the current one. The style sets the look of dimensions: extension lines, arrows, text, scale and number format.

Usage

  1. Enter DIMSTYLE (or D, DST) or click Dimension Style on the ribbon. The Dimension Style Manager opens.
  2. Choose a style in the Styles: list (styles used by dimensions show "(in use)"). Double-click makes it current.
  3. Click one of the buttons.

Buttons

Modify Dimension Style

On the right, the preview draws a linear and a radius dimension with the style as it is being edited. Click OK: the dimensions that use the style are redrawn.

Notes

See also

DIMLINEAR · STYLE · DIMEDIT · Dimensions

DIMTEDIT — Edit dimension text

Moves or rotates the text of a dimension.

Moves or rotates the text of a dimension, like AutoCAD 2027 DIMTEDIT.

Use

  1. Type DIMTEDIT.
  2. Select the dimension.
Select dimension:
  1. Specify the new text position or choose an option.
Specify new location for dimension text or [Left/Right/Center/Home/Angle]:

Options

Notes

See also

DIMEDIT · DIMSTYLE · PROPERTIES

FIELD — Field

Inserts an updatable field: date, file name, drawing properties or an object property.

Inserts a field: a text whose value is computed and updated automatically, such as the date, the file name, the drawing author or a property of an object (the length of a line, the area of a boundary...). The field can go in a new text or replace the contents of an existing text.

Usage

  1. Enter FIELD (or FLD). The Field dialog box opens.
  2. Choose the field in Field names: and, for the date, its Format:. With Object, click Select object, select the object and, back in the dialog box, choose the Property:. Below you see the Field expression: (which can be edited) and the value it gives. Click OK. At the command line (scripts or FILEDIA set to 0), the same choices are typed:
Enter field [Date/Filename/Author/Title/Subject/Login/Object] <Date>:
Enter property [Length/Area/Radius/Diameter/anGle/laYer] <Length>:
  1. Specify where the new text starts, or choose Select text and select a text, a multiline text, an attribute definition or a block with attributes (the field goes to the attribute nearest to the picked point).
Specify text start point or [Select text]:
Select the text, or the block with attributes, to hold the field:

Fields

OptionValue
DateToday's date (in the short date format of the interface language)
FilenameThe drawing file name
Author, Title, SubjectThe drawing properties
LoginThe user logged on to the computer
ObjectLength, Area, Radius, Diameter, anGle or laYer of the selected object

Notes

See also

UPDATEFIELD · MTEXT · Text and styles

FIND — Find and Replace

Finds text in texts, attributes, dimensions, leaders and tables and replaces it.

Finds a text in the drawing and replaces it with another. It searches texts, multiline texts, attributes, dimension override texts, multileaders and table cells.

Usage

  1. Enter FIND (or FND). The Find and Replace dialog box opens.
  2. Type what you are looking for in Find what:. Below it you see how many times it appears, updated as you type.
  3. Type the new text in Replace with: and click Replace All. Close finishes without changing anything.

The dialog box

Command line

While the dialog box is open you can also type:

Find what:
Replace with (Enter: find only):

If you press Enter at the second prompt, the matches are only counted. The typed search uses the boxes of the dialog.

Notes

See also

SPELL · TEXTEDIT · Text and styles

JUSTIFYTEXT — Justify text

Changes the justification of texts without moving them.

Changes the justification of the selected texts without moving them, like AutoCAD 2027 JUSTIFYTEXT.

Use

  1. Type JUSTIFYTEXT.
  2. Select the texts and press Enter.
Select objects:
  1. Choose the new justification.
Enter a justification option [Left/Align/Fit/Center/Middle/Right/TL/TC/TR/ML/MC/MR/BL/BC/BR] <…>:

Notes

See also

SCALETEXT · TEXTALIGN · TEXT

LEADER — Leader

Draws a leader (not a multileader) with its text.

Draws an AutoCAD leader (LEADER: a line with an arrowhead and its associated text), like AutoCAD 2027 LEADER. For leaders with their own style, use MLEADER.

Use

  1. Type LEADER.
  2. Specify the arrowhead point and the next points; Enter ends the line.
Specify next point or [Annotation/Format/Undo] <Annotation>:
  1. Type the text lines; Enter on an empty line ends.
Enter first line of annotation text or <options>:

Options

Notes

See also

QLEADER · MLEADER · DIMSTYLE

MLEADER — Multileader

Creates a multileader: arrowhead, landing and text or block content.

Creates a multileader: an arrow pointing at a point, a landing and some content (multiline text, a block or nothing). Its look is set by the current multileader style.

Usage

  1. Enter MLEADER (or MLD) or click Multileader on the ribbon.
  2. Specify the arrowhead location, or choose what to specify first.
Specify leader arrowhead location or [leader Landing first/Content first/Options] <Options>:
  1. Specify the next point. When the maximum number of points is reached (2 by default: the arrowhead and the landing), that point is the landing; with more points, Enter ends the leader at the last one.
Specify leader landing location:
  1. If the content is text, the MTEXT editor opens: type the text and click OK.

Options

Enter an option [Leader type/leader lAnding/Content type/Maxpoints/First angle/Second angle/LAyer/eXit options] <eXit options>:

Notes

See also

MLEADEREDIT · MLEADERALIGN · MLEADERSTYLE · Text and styles

MLEADERALIGN — Align Multileaders

Aligns the content of several multileaders.

Aligns the content of several multileaders: their landings move onto the same line, the one that starts at the reference multileader in the direction you specify. The arrowheads do not move.

Usage

  1. Enter MLEADERALIGN (or MLA) or click Align Multileaders on the ribbon.
  2. Select the multileaders to align and press Enter.
Select multileaders:
  1. Select the multileader used as the reference (it does not move).
Select multileader to align to or [Options]:
  1. Specify the direction of the line (for example, vertical with Ortho to stack the texts in a column).
Specify direction:

Notes

Enter an option [Distribute/make leader segments Parallel/specify Spacing/Use current spacing] <…>:

See also

MLEADER · MLEADEREDIT · MLEADERSTYLE

MLEADERCOLLECT — Collect multileaders

Gathers block multileaders into a single leader.

Gathers block multileaders (balloons, for example) into a single leader, like AutoCAD 2027 MLEADERCOLLECT.

Use

  1. Type MLEADERCOLLECT.
  2. Select the block multileaders and press Enter (at least two).
Select multileaders:
  1. Specify where they are gathered.
Specify collected multileader location or [Vertical/Horizontal/Wrap] <…>:

Options

Notes

See also

MLEADER · MLEADERALIGN · MLEADERSTYLE

MLEADEREDIT — Add or Remove Leaders

Adds leaders to a multileader or removes leaders from it.

Adds leaders to a multileader or removes some. All the leaders reach the same landing and the same content.

Usage

  1. Enter MLEADEREDIT (or MLE) or click Add or Remove Leaders on the ribbon.
  2. Select the multileader.
Select a multileader:
  1. Specify the arrowhead of each new leader; the prompt repeats. Press Enter to finish.
Specify leader arrowhead location or [Remove leaders]:

Options

Specify leaders to remove or [Add leader]:

Notes

See also

MLEADER · MLEADERALIGN · MLEADERSTYLE

MLEADERSTYLE — Multileader Style

Creates, modifies and sets the current multileader style.

Manages multileader styles: creates and modifies styles and sets the current one. When a style is modified, the multileaders that use it are updated.

Usage

  1. Enter MLEADERSTYLE (or MLS) or click Multileader Style on the ribbon. The Multileader Style Manager opens.
  2. Choose a style in the Styles: list.
  3. Set Current makes it current; to create one, type the name in the field and click New (a copy of the selected style); Modify... shows its values.
  4. Change the values, click OK and, when done, Close.

Modifying the style

Command line

While the dialog box is open you can type:

Multileader Style Manager (or ?, Current name, New name, Text height value):

Notes

See also

MLEADER · STYLE · Text and styles

MLSTYLE — Multiline style

Creates and modifies multiline styles.

Creates, modifies and manages the multiline styles used by MLINE. They are stored in the drawing as AutoCAD does (ACAD_MLINESTYLE dictionary), so they survive opening the drawing in AutoCAD and back.

Usage

  1. Enter MLSTYLE.
  2. In the list, choose a style and use the buttons: - Set Current: it will be the one of new multilines. - New…: first type the name in New style name; it is created as a copy of the chosen one. - Modify…: opens its elements and caps (see below). On OK, the multilines of the style are rebuilt. - Rename: with the name typed in Rename to. - Delete: Standard, the current one and one used by any multiline cannot be deleted.
  3. OK closes the dialog.

Modifying a style

Notes

See also

MLINE · MLEDIT · RENAME

MTEXT — Multiline Text

Creates a formatted paragraph of text.

Creates multiline text (MTEXT): a paragraph inside a box, with line breaks and formatting (bold, italic, underline, color, height) within the same object. For one-line notes, TEXT is quicker.

Usage

  1. Enter MTEXT (or T, MT) or click Multiline Text on the ribbon.
  2. Specify the first corner of the box.
Specify first corner:
  1. Specify the opposite corner or choose an option. The box width is the paragraph width: long lines wrap at the edge.
Specify opposite corner or [Height/Justify/Line spacing/Rotation/Style/Width/Columns]:
  1. The Text Editor opens. Type the text and click OK. You can also type the lines on the command line; Enter on an empty line finishes.
Enter text (Enter on an empty line ends):

Options

Enter justification [TL/TC/TR/ML/MC/MR/BL/BC/BR] <…>:

Text Editor

Notes

See also

TEXT · TEXTEDIT · STYLE · Text and styles

OBJECTSCALE — Object Scale

Adds or deletes annotation scales of annotative objects.

Adds or deletes annotation scales of the selected annotative objects. An annotative object keeps one representation for each scale it supports and is shown with the one of the current annotation scale (CANNOSCALE) or of the viewport; if it does not support that scale, it is shown with its default scale.

Usage

  1. Enter OBJECTSCALE (or OBJSC).
  2. Select the objects and press Enter. Objects that are not annotative are discarded.

The Annotation Object Scale List dialog box opens with the scales the objects support: choose a drawing scale in the list box and click Add, or pick one in the list and click Delete. The changes apply at once; Close finishes. In scripts and with FILEDIA set to 0 it goes on at the command line:

Select annotative objects:
  1. Choose whether to add or delete a scale (Enter: Add).
Enter an option [Add/Delete/?] <Add>:
  1. Enter the scale name as it appears in the drawing's scale list (1:50). When adding, Enter takes the current annotation scale.
Enter named scale to add or [?] <…>:
Enter named scale to delete or [?]:

Options

Notes

See also

SCALELISTEDIT · CANNOSCALE · Annotation scales

QDIM — Quick Dimension

Quickly creates a series of dimensions from the selected geometry.

Creates a series of dimensions of the selected geometry in one go: chained dimensions, baseline dimensions, staggered dimensions, ordinate dimensions, or radius or diameter dimensions of all arcs and circles. It is the quick way to dimension a part or a façade.

Usage

  1. Enter QDIM (or QD).
  2. Select the geometry you want to dimension and press Enter.
Select geometry to dimension:
  1. Move the cursor to preview the dimensions and specify where the dimension line goes, or choose another type of dimension first. Enter finishes without dimensioning.
Specify dimension line position, or [Continuous/Staggered/Baseline/Ordinate/Radius/Diameter/datumPoint/Edit/seTtings] <…>:

Options

Which points are dimensioned

Notes

See also

DIMCONTINUE · DIMBASELINE · DIMORDINATE · Dimensions

QLEADER — Quick leader

Draws a leader with its text in a few steps.

Draws a leader with its text in a few steps, like AutoCAD 2027 QLEADER.

Use

  1. Type QLEADER.
  2. Specify up to three leader points (the arrowhead first); Enter before ends the line.
Specify first leader point, or [Settings] <Settings>:
  1. Enter the text width (0: no line wrapping).
Specify text width <…>:
  1. Type the text lines; Enter on an empty line ends.
Enter first line of annotation text <Mtext>:

Notes

See also

LEADER · MLEADER

SCALELISTEDIT — Scale List

Edits the drawing's list of annotation scales.

Edits the list of annotation scales of the drawing: adds scales, deletes the ones not needed or goes back to the default list. The list is saved in the drawing, as in AutoCAD (ACAD_SCALELIST dictionary).

Usage

  1. Enter SCALELISTEDIT. The Edit Drawing Scales dialog box opens with the list of scales (name and paper and drawing units): - Add... and Edit...: below the list you type the name and the paper and drawing units of the new scale or of the chosen one; OK saves it. When edited, the scale remains the same object: annotative objects that support it keep it. - Move Up and Move Down: change its place in the list (the order of the scale selectors). - Delete and Reset: like the options below. Each change applies at once and can be undone; Close finishes. At the command line (with -SCALELISTEDIT, in scripts or with FILEDIA set to 0):
  2. Choose an option (Enter: Add).
Enter option [?/Add/Delete/Reset/Exit] <Add>:
  1. To add a scale, type its name and its paper:drawing ratio.
Enter name for new scale:
Enter scale ratio (paper:drawing):

Options

Notes

See also

-SCALELISTEDIT · OBJECTSCALE · Annotation scales · Layouts

SCALETEXT — Scale text

Changes the height of texts without moving them from their base point.

Changes the height of the selected texts without moving them from their base point, like AutoCAD 2027 SCALETEXT.

Use

  1. Type SCALETEXT.
  2. Select the texts and press Enter.
Select objects:
  1. Choose the base point: Existing (that of the justification of each text) or one of those of TEXT.
Enter a base point option for scaling [Existing/Left/Center/Middle/Right/TL/TC/TR/ML/MC/MR/BL/BC/BR] <Existing>:
  1. Enter the new height or an option.

Options

Notes

See also

JUSTIFYTEXT · SCALE · PROPERTIES

SPELL — Check Spelling

Checks the spelling of texts with the language dictionary.

Checks the spelling of the texts in the drawing with the dictionary of the interface language (Spanish or English) and suggests corrections for every word it does not recognize.

Usage

  1. Enter SPELL (or SP).
  2. Select the objects you want to check and press Enter, or press Enter without selecting anything to check the whole drawing.
Select objects (Enter: entire drawing):
  1. For each word not in the dictionary, the Check Spelling dialog box opens with the suggestions. Pick one (or type the right one in Change to:) and click a button.
  2. At the end you are told: Spelling check complete.

Buttons

Command line

The same prompt can be answered by typing:

"…" is not in the dictionary. Suggestions: …. Type the correction or [Ignore/All/Add] <Ignore>:

Type the correction (ending with *, for all identical occurrences) or one of the options; Enter ignores the word.

Notes

See also

FIND · TEXTEDIT · Text and styles

STYLE — Text Style

Creates and modifies text styles.

Creates, modifies and deletes text styles, and sets the current one. A text style holds the font, an optional fixed height, the width factor and the oblique angle; it is used by TEXT, MTEXT, dimensions and tables.

Usage

  1. Enter STYLE (or ST) or click Text Style on the ribbon. The Text Style dialog box opens.
  2. Choose a style in the Styles: list. Its values are shown on the right.
  3. Change the values and click Apply to save them in the style.

Controls

Notes

See also

TEXT · MTEXT · DIMSTYLE · Text and styles

TABLE — Insert Table

Creates an empty table or one with the data of a CSV file.

Inserts a table: empty, to type in its cells, or filled with the data of a CSV file or of pasted text. The table is an AutoCAD TABLE object, with title, header and data rows according to its style.

Usage

  1. Enter TABLE (or TB) or click Insert Table on the ribbon. The Insert Table dialog box opens.
  2. Choose the style, where the data comes from and the size, and click OK.
  3. Specify the insertion point (the upper-left corner) or, with Specify window, the two corners.
Specify insertion point:
  1. In an empty table you start typing in the first cell: Tab moves to the next cell, Shift+Tab to the previous one and the Up and Down arrows to another row. OK finishes.

Insert Table

Command line

While the dialog box is open you can type the same options; Enter accepts.

Table options [Columns/Rows/Width/Height/Style/WIndow/CSV] <OK>:

Columns (C), Rows (R), Width (W), Height (H), Style (S), WIndow (WI, toggles point and window) and CSV (CSV, path of the file).

Formulas

Contents starting with = are a formula: =Sum(A3:A5), =Average(B3:B6), =Count(A3:C5), =A3*B3+1. Columns are letters and rows are numbers, as in a spreadsheet. A formula that cannot be calculated shows ####.

See also

TABLEDIT · TABLECELL · TABLESTYLE · TABLEEXPORT · Tables

TABLECELL — Table Cell

Changes the selected cells of a table.

Changes the selected cells of a table: inserts or deletes rows and columns, merges or unmerges cells, and changes the alignment, height and color of the text, the fill and the contents.

Selecting cells

With no command running, click inside a cell to select it; Shift+click or dragging from one cell to another extends the range. The Table Cell palette appears; its buttons run TABLECELL:

Command line usage

  1. Enter TABLECELL (or CELLS). If no cells are selected, click one.
Select a table cell:
  1. Choose the option. Each change ends the command and is undone separately.
Cells … [EDit/Text/ABove/BElow/LEft/RIght/DeleteRow/DeleteColumn/Merge/Unmerge/ALign/Height/COlor/Fill/RAnge] <Exit>:

Options

Notes

See also

TABLE · TABLEDIT · TABLESTYLE · Tables

TABLEDIT — Edit Table Cell

Edits the text of a table cell.

Edits the text of table cells with the text editor, moving from one cell to another with the keyboard.

Usage

  1. Enter TABLEDIT (or EDITTABLE), or double-click a cell. If a cell was already selected, that one is edited.
  2. Select the cell with a click.
Select a table cell:
  1. Type in the editor. Tab moves to the next cell and Shift+Tab to the previous one; with a single line of text, the Up and Down arrows move to the row above or below. OK saves and finishes.
  2. You can also type on the command line: each line is the contents of a cell and moves to the next one; Enter on an empty line finishes.
Cell …: type the contents (Enter ends):

Notes

See also

TABLE · TABLECELL · MTEXT · Tables

TABLEEXPORT — Export Table

Saves the cells of a table to a CSV file.

Saves the contents of a table to a CSV file, to open it in a spreadsheet. Formulas are exported with their value.

Usage

  1. Enter TABLEEXPORT (or EXPORTTABLE) or click Export Table on the ribbon. If cells or a table are selected, that table is exported.
  2. Select the table.
Select a table:
  1. Type the path of the file. If it has no extension, .csv is added.
CSV file:

Notes

See also

TABLE · ATTEXT · Tables

TABLESTYLE — Table Style

Creates and modifies table styles.

Manages table styles: creates, modifies and deletes styles, and sets the current one. The style sets the cell margins and, for the data, header and title rows, the text, color, fill and alignment.

Usage

  1. Enter TABLESTYLE (or TS) or click Table Style on the ribbon. The Table Style dialog box opens.
  2. Choose a style in the list (styles used by tables show "(in use)"). Double-click makes it current.
  3. Click one of the buttons; Close finishes.

Buttons

Modify Table Style

Click OK: the tables that use the style are redrawn.

Command line

Table style (new N, current N, height N data 3, color N title 1…) <Close>:

new N [base], current N, delete N and, for the data, header or title row of style N: height N data 3.5, color N title 1, fill N header 8 (or none), align N data MC. margin N 1.5 changes the margins. The Spanish words (nuevo, actual, altura, datos…) are also accepted.

Notes

See also

TABLE · TABLECELL · STYLE · Tables

TCOUNT — Number texts

Numbers the selected texts.

Numbers the selected texts, like the AutoCAD Express Tools TCOUNT.

Use

  1. Type TCOUNT.
  2. Select the texts and press Enter.
Select objects:
  1. Choose the order: by X, by Y (top to bottom) or as selected.
Sort selected objects by [X/Y/Select-order] <Y>:
  1. Enter the start number and the increment, separated by a comma.
Specify starting number and increment (Start,increment) <1,1>:
  1. Choose where the number goes.
Placement of numbers in text [Overwrite/Prefix/Suffix] <Prefix>:

Options

Notes

See also

FIND · TEXT

TEXT — Single Line Text

Creates a single line of text.

Creates single-line text. Each line you type is a separate text object; after Enter, the next line starts below, as in a word processor. For a formatted paragraph, use MTEXT.

Usage

  1. Enter TEXT (or DT) or click Single Line Text on the ribbon.
  2. Specify the start point (the text baseline) or choose an option.
Specify start point of text or [Justify/Style]:
  1. If the text style has no fixed height, enter the height (a number or a second point).
Specify height <…>:
  1. Enter the rotation angle (a number in degrees or a point).
Specify rotation angle of text <…>:
  1. Type the text and press Enter. The line is created and the next one is requested, below the previous one.
Enter text:
  1. Press Enter on an empty line to finish.

Options

Enter an option [Left/Center/Right/Align/Middle/Fit/TL/TC/TR/ML/MC/MR/BL/BC/BR]:
Specify second endpoint of text baseline:
Enter style name or [?] <…>:

Notes

See also

MTEXT · TEXTEDIT · STYLE · Text and styles

TEXTALIGN — Align text

Aligns texts with another text or with two points.

Aligns several texts (single-line or multiline) with a reference text or with a line through two points, like AutoCAD 2027 TEXTALIGN.

Use

  1. Type TEXTALIGN.
  2. Select the texts to align and press Enter.
Select text objects to align [alIgnment/Options]:
  1. Select the reference text (or Points and two points of the line).
Select text object to align to [Points]:
  1. Pick the second point: it gives the direction of the alignment line.
Pick second point or [Options]:

Options

Notes

See also

JUSTIFYTEXT · MLEADERALIGN · TEXT

TEXTEDIT — Edit Text

Edits the contents and format of a text object.

Changes the contents and formatting of an existing text, single-line or multiline, in the text editor.

Usage

  1. Enter TEXTEDIT (or ED, DDEDIT), or double-click the text. If a text was already selected, that one is edited.
  2. Select the text.
Select an annotation object:
  1. The Text Editor opens with the contents. Change them and click OK (or Cancel to leave the text as it was).

Notes

See also

TEXT · MTEXT · Text and styles

TEXTFIT — Fit text

Fits the width of a text to a point.

Fits the width of a single-line text so it reaches a new point, changing its width factor and keeping the height.

Use

  1. Type TEXTFIT or click its button.
  2. Select the text.
Select the text:
  1. Specify the end point; the text stretches or shrinks to reach from its start to there.
Specify the end point:

Notes

See also

TEXT · ARCTEXT · PROPERTIES

TEXTMASK — Mask text

Puts a wipeout behind each text so that it hides what is underneath.

Puts a wipeout behind each selected text so that it hides what is underneath, like the AutoCAD Express Tools TEXTMASK.

Use

  1. Type TEXTMASK.
  2. Select the texts and press Enter.
Select text objects to mask or [Offset]:

Options

Notes

See also

WIPEOUT · DRAWORDER · TEXT

TOLERANCE — Tolerance

Creates a geometric tolerance feature control frame.

Creates a geometric tolerance feature control frame: a row of compartments with the geometric characteristic symbol, the tolerance value and the datum references, as used in mechanical drawings.

Usage

  1. Enter TOLERANCE (or TOL). The Geometric Tolerance dialog box opens.
  2. Fill in the frame and click OK, or type it on the command line.
Use the dialog or type the frame (symbol tolerance datums; e.g. j %%c0.05M A B):
  1. Specify where the frame goes.
Enter tolerance location:

The dialog box

Typing the frame

Type the symbol, the tolerance and the datums separated by spaces: j %%c0.05M A B is a position tolerance of diameter 0.05 at maximum material condition, referred to A and B. The tolerance accepts %%c or Ø before it and M, L or S after it.

LetterCharacteristicLetterCharacteristic
jPositiongCylindricity
rConcentricitycFlatness
iSymmetryeCircularity
fParallelismuStraightness
bPerpendicularitydProfile of a surface
aAngularitykProfile of a line
hCircular runouttTotal runout

Notes

See also

DIMLINEAR · DIMSTYLE · Dimensions

TXT2MTXT — Convert to multiline text

Combines single-line texts into one multiline text.

Combines single-line texts (and multiline texts) into one multiline text, like AutoCAD 2027 TXT2MTXT.

Use

  1. Type TXT2MTXT.
  2. Select the texts and press Enter.
Select objects:

Notes

See also

MTEXT · TEXT

UPDATEFIELD — Update Fields

Updates the fields of the selected objects.

Evaluates the fields of the selected objects again, so that they show their current value: today's date, the new length of a line that was stretched, the file name after saving it under another name...

Usage

  1. Enter UPDATEFIELD (or UPDFIELD).
  2. Select the texts, multiline texts or block references with attributes that hold fields and press Enter. Type ALL to update those of the whole drawing.
Select objects:
  1. The number of updated fields is reported.

Notes

See also

FIELD · FIELDDISPLAY · Text and styles

Insert: Blocks, References, Images and Geolocation

-ATTDEF — Define Attributes (command line)

Defines an attribute on the command line, like AutoCAD -ATTDEF.

Creates an attribute definition on the command line, with the AutoCAD 2027 -ATTDEF prompts. This is what ATTDEF does in scripts, SCRIPT and AutoLISP.

Usage

  1. Enter -ATTDEF (or -ATT).
  2. Change the modes you need by entering their option (each time it toggles between Y and N) and press Enter when done. The modes are kept for the next definition (like AFLAGS in AutoCAD).
Current attribute modes: Invisible=… Constant=… Verify=… Preset=… Lock position=… Annotative=N Multiple lines=N. Enter an option to change [Invisible/Constant/Verify/Preset/Lock position/Annotative/Multiple lines] <done>:
  1. Enter the tag: a single word without spaces, converted to uppercase.
Enter attribute tag name:
  1. Enter the prompt, the text shown when the block is inserted (not asked if the attribute is constant).
Enter attribute prompt:
  1. Enter the default value (or the fixed value, if it is constant).
Enter default attribute value:
  1. Specify the start point of the text (or an option), its height and its rotation angle.
Specify start point of text or [Justify/Style]:

Options

Enter an option [Left/Center/Right/Align/Middle/Fit/TL/TC/TR/ML/MC/MR/BL/BC/BR]:
Enter style name or [?] <…>:

Notes

See also

ATTDEF · BLOCK · BATTMAN · ATTEDIT

-ATTEDIT — Edit Attributes (command line)

Changes attributes one at a time or in the whole drawing, like AutoCAD -ATTEDIT.

Changes block attributes on the command line, with the AutoCAD 2027 -ATTEDIT prompts: one at a time (value, position, height, angle, style, layer and color) or with a global edit of the values.

Usage

  1. Enter -ATTEDIT (or -ATE) and choose whether to edit them one at a time.
Edit attributes one at a time? [Yes/No] <Y>:
  1. In global editing, choose whether only visible attributes are changed (you select them) or all in the drawing.
Edit only attributes visible on screen? [Yes/No] <Y>:
  1. Enter the block name, tag and value specifications: with wildcards (*, ?, #, @, ~ and several separated by commas); Enter leaves *. The value specification \ picks empty attributes.
Enter block name specification <…>:
  1. Select the attributes (a click picks the nearest attribute; a window, those fully inside) and press Enter.
Select Attributes:
  1. One at a time, choose what to change for each attribute; Next (or Enter) goes to the next one.
Enter an option [Value/Position/Height/Angle/Style/Layer/Color/Next] <N>:
  1. In global editing, enter the string to change and the new one: it is changed in every value that contains it.
Enter string to change:

Options

Enter type of value modification [Change/Replace] <R>:

Notes

See also

ATTEDIT · EATTEDIT · BATTMAN · ATTDEF

-ATTEXT — Extract Attributes with Template

Writes the attributes to a CDF, SDF or DXF file, like AutoCAD -ATTEXT.

Writes the block attributes to a file with a field template, like AutoCAD 2027 -ATTEXT.

Usage

  1. Enter -ATTEXT and the format. With Objects you select the blocks first; otherwise every block with attributes in model space is extracted.
Enter extraction type or enable object selection [Cdf/Sdf/Dxf/Objects] <C>:
  1. In CDF and SDF, enter the template path (Enter: the previous one).
Enter template file name:
  1. Enter the extract file (without extension: .txt, or .dxx in DXF).
Enter extract file name:

Template

One line per field: the name and its format, C (text) or N (number), with 3 digits of width and 3 of decimals. The names are the attribute tags or the block ones: BL:NAME, BL:LAYER, BL:HANDLE, BL:X, BL:Y, BL:Z, BL:ORIENT, BL:XSCALE, BL:YSCALE, BL:ZSCALE, BL:XEXTRUDE, BL:YEXTRUDE, BL:ZEXTRUDE, BL:LEVEL and BL:NUMBER.

BL:NAME C010000 BL:X N010003 DOOR C008000

Options

Notes

See also

ATTEXT · EATTEXT · ATTDEF

-BEDIT — Block Editor (command line)

Opens the Block Editor asking for the block name at the command line.

Opens the Block Editor asking for the block name on the command line, without a dialog box. This is the BEDIT used in scripts.

Usage

  1. Enter -BEDIT (or -BE).
  2. Enter the block name (it may contain spaces), or ? to see the list of blocks that can be edited.
Enter block name or [?]:
  1. Edit the block and finish with BSAVE and BCLOSE.

Notes

See also

BEDIT · BSAVE · BCLOSE · SCRIPT · Blocks and attributes

-BLOCK — Create Block (command line)

Creates a block on the command line, like AutoCAD -BLOCK.

Creates a block on the command line, with the same prompts as AutoCAD 2027 -BLOCK. This is what BLOCK does in scripts, SCRIPT and AutoLISP.

Usage

  1. Enter -BLOCK (or -B) and the block name. Enter ? to list the blocks in the drawing.
Enter block name or [?]:
  1. If a block with that name already exists, confirm whether to redefine it.
Block "…" already exists. Redefine it? [Yes/No] <No>:
  1. Specify the base point (or an option).
Specify insertion base point or [Annotative/MOde]:
  1. Select the objects and press Enter: the block is created and the objects are left according to the mode.
Select objects:

Options

Choose mode for converting selected objects [Convert to block/Retain/Delete] <Convert to block>:
Create annotative block [Yes/No] <Y>:

See also

BLOCK · INSERT · WBLOCK

-IMAGE — Image (command line)

Lists, detaches, reloads, unloads or changes the path of the images of the drawing.

Manages on the command line the images attached to the drawing: lists, detaches, changes the path of, reloads or unloads them. Images are given by the name of their definition (usually the file name).

Usage

  1. Enter -IMAGE.
  2. Choose the option.
Enter image option [?/Detach/Path/Reload/Unload/Attach] <Attach>:
  1. Enter the image names separated by commas, or * (or Enter) for all of them.
Enter images (names separated by commas, or * for all) <*>:
  1. With Path, enter the new path or ~ to choose it in a dialog box.
Enter the new file path (~ to choose it):

Options

Notes

See also

IMAGEATTACH · XREF · IMAGECLIP · Raster images

-INSERT — Insert (command line)

Inserts a block or a drawing asking at the command line.

Inserts a block or a drawing asking everything on the command line, without opening the Blocks palette. This is the INSERT used in scripts.

Usage

  1. Enter -INSERT (or -I).
  2. Enter the block name. You can also enter the path of a DWG or DXF file (C:\drawings\door.dwg), name=path to give it another name, ~ to choose the file in a dialog box or ? to list the blocks.
Enter block name or [?]:
  1. Specify the insertion point. The block follows the cursor.
Specify insertion point or [Scale/Rotate]:
  1. Enter the scale factor or specify a point: its distance to the insertion point is the scale.
Specify scale factor <1>:
  1. Enter the rotation angle in degrees or specify a point in the desired direction.
Specify rotation angle <0>:
  1. If the block has attributes, enter the value of each one; Enter keeps the default value.

Options

Notes

See also

INSERT · BLOCK · WBLOCK · SCRIPT · Blocks and attributes

-PDFATTACH — Attach PDF (command line)

Attaches a page of a PDF file as an underlay, without dialog boxes.

Attaches a page of a PDF as an underlay answering everything on the command line, for scripts and AutoLISP. It does the same as PDFATTACH with the same prompts.

Usage

  1. Enter -PDFATTACH.
  2. Enter the PDF path (in quotes if it has spaces). Enter or ~ open the file dialog.
Enter path to PDF file to attach or [Browse] <Browse>:
  1. Enter the page number; ? lists them.
Enter page number or [?] <1>:
  1. Specify the insertion point (the lower-left corner of the page).
Specify insertion point:
  1. Enter the scale.
Specify scale factor <1>:
  1. Enter the rotation angle.
Specify rotation <0>:

Example

In a script, -PDFATTACH followed by C:\plans\floor.pdf, 2, 0,0, 1 and 0 attaches page 2 at the origin, at scale 1 and without rotation.

Notes

See also

PDFATTACH · -XREF · XREF · External references

-REFEDIT — Edit Reference In-Place (command line)

Edits a block in place, like AutoCAD -REFEDIT.

Edits a block in place from the command line, like AutoCAD 2027 -REFEDIT: the same prompts as REFEDIT.

Usage

  1. Enter -REFEDIT and select a block reference.
Select reference:
  1. Accept the nesting level, the method (All) and whether attribute definitions are shown.
Enter object selection method [All/Nested] <All>:
  1. Edit and finish with REFCLOSE.

See also

REFEDIT · REFCLOSE

-WBLOCK — Write Block (command line)

Saves a block, the drawing or some objects as a DWG, like AutoCAD -WBLOCK.

Saves a block, the whole drawing or some objects as a new drawing on the command line, with the AutoCAD 2027 -WBLOCK prompts. This is what WBLOCK does in scripts, SCRIPT and AutoLISP.

Usage

  1. Enter -WBLOCK (or -W) and the path of the new file (without .dwg or .dxf, .dwg is added).
Enter name of output file:
  1. If the file already exists, confirm whether to replace it.
A file named … already exists. Do you want to replace it? [Yes/No] <N>:
  1. Enter the name of a block, = (the block named like the file), * (the whole drawing) or press Enter to define a new drawing from objects.
Enter name of existing block or [= (block=output file)/* (whole drawing)] <define new drawing>:
  1. With Enter, specify the base point (or MOde) and select the objects.
Specify insertion base point or [MOde]:

Options

Choose mode for converting selected objects [Convert to block/Retain/Delete] <…>:

See also

WBLOCK · -BLOCK · -INSERT

-XBIND — Bind Reference Symbols (command line)

Binds single symbols of an external reference, like AutoCAD -XBIND.

Binds single symbols of an external reference to the drawing from the command line, like AutoCAD 2027 -XBIND.

Usage

  1. Enter -XBIND (or -XB) and the symbol type.
Enter symbol type to bind [Block/Dimstyle/LAyer/LType/Style]:
  1. Enter the dependent names (REF|name), separated by commas; wildcards are allowed (REF|*).
Enter dependent Layer name(s):

See also

XBIND · XREF

-XREF — External References (command line)

Lists, binds, detaches, unloads, reloads or changes the path of the external references.

Manages external references from the command line: lists them, binds them to the drawing, detaches, unloads or reloads them, changes their path or attaches another one. It does the same as the buttons of the XREF window, and it can be used in scripts and AutoLISP.

Usage

  1. Enter -XREF (or -XR).
  2. Choose an option; Enter attaches another reference, like XATTACH.
Enter an option [?/Bind/Detach/Path/pathType/Unload/Reload/Overlay/Attach] <Attach>:
  1. Enter the names of the references. Wildcards are accepted: * all of them, ? one character, and several names separated by commas.
Enter xref name(s) <*>:

Options

Enter xref(s) to list <*>:
Xref name: …. Enter new path or <Browse>:
Path type [Full/Relative/No path] <Relative>:

Notes

See also

XREF · XATTACH · XCLIP · PDFATTACH · External references

ADCENTER — DesignCenter

Browses other drawings and copies their blocks, layers, linetypes, styles and layouts.

Opens the DesignCenter window, which browses other drawings and copies their blocks, layers, linetypes, text styles, dimension styles and layouts into the current one. Enter the command again to close it.

Usage

  1. Enter ADCENTER (or ADC, DC) or click the button.
  2. In the tree on the left, choose a drawing under Open Drawings or in a library folder. Add Folder… adds another folder to the tree (and to the Libraries tab of INSERT).
  3. Choose the category at the top right; each one shows how many entries the drawing has.
  4. Choose an entry and click a button:

Notes

See also

INSERT · TOOLPALETTES · LAYER · Blocks and attributes

ATTDEF — Define Attributes

Creates an attribute definition for a block.

Creates an attribute definition: a variable text that, once included in a block, asks for its value each time the block is inserted (a drawing number, a reference, a manufacturer...). It is shown with its tag until it is included in a block with BLOCK.

Usage

  1. Enter ATTDEF (or ATT) or click the button.
  2. In the Attribute Definition dialog box, choose: - Mode: Invisible, Constant, Verify, Preset and Lock position (the ones used last time). - Attribute: the tag (a single word without spaces, converted to uppercase), the prompt shown when the block is inserted and the default value. - Insertion Point: its coordinates or, with Specify On-screen, pick it after OK. - Text Settings: the justification, text style, height and rotation.
  3. Click OK and, if you left it on-screen, specify the point.

In scripts, SCRIPT and AutoLISP there is no dialog box: everything is asked on the command line, as in -ATTDEF.

Options

Notes

See also

-ATTDEF · BLOCK · BATTMAN · ATTEDIT · ATTEXT · Blocks and attributes

ATTDISP — Attribute Display

Shows or hides block attributes.

Shows or hides block attributes in the whole drawing, like AutoCAD ATTDISP. It changes the ATTMODE variable and redraws the blocks.

Usage

  1. Enter ATTDISP.
  2. Choose the visibility.
Enter attribute visibility setting [Normal/ON/OFF] <…>:

Options

See also

ATTDEF · ATTEDIT · SETVAR

ATTEDIT — Edit Attributes

Changes the attribute values of a block.

Changes on the command line the values of the attributes of an inserted block.

Usage

  1. Enter ATTEDIT (or ATE). Double-clicking a block with attributes also starts it.
  2. Select the block. If it was already selected, that one is used.
Select a block with attributes:
  1. For each attribute, in order, enter the new value or press Enter to keep the current one.
Enter new value for … <…>:

The changes are applied when the last attribute is answered.

Notes

See also

EATTEDIT · BATTMAN · ATTDEF · Blocks and attributes

ATTEXT — Extract Attributes

Extracts block attributes to a CSV file or a table.

Extracts the attribute values of blocks to a table in the drawing or to a CSV file that opens in a spreadsheet. It is useful for door, device or luminaire schedules.

Usage

  1. Enter ATTEXT or click the button. To also output the other objects (count, layer, length and area), use DATAEXTRACTION.
  2. Select the blocks and press Enter, or press Enter without selecting to take all those in model space.
Select blocks or [ALL] <ALL>:
  1. Choose the output.
Output [Table/File] <Table>:
  1. With Table, specify the upper-left corner of the table.
Upper-left corner of the table:
  1. With File, enter the file path.
CSV file:

Options

Notes

See also

ATTDEF · BATTMAN · TABLE · Blocks and attributes

ATTIPEDIT — Edit Attribute In Place

Changes the value of an attribute selected in the drawing.

Changes the value of an attribute by selecting it in the drawing, like AutoCAD ATTIPEDIT.

Usage

  1. Enter ATTIPEDIT (or ATI) and click the text of the attribute.
Select attribute:
  1. Enter the new value (Enter leaves it as it was).
Enter new value <…>:

Notes

See also

EATTEDIT · ATTEDIT · -ATTEDIT · ATTDEF

ATTSYNC — Synchronize Attributes

Updates the attributes of a block's inserts to match its definition.

Updates the attributes of every insert of a block from its current definition: after changing a block's attribute definitions (with BEDIT or BLOCK), the existing inserts are brought up to date.

Usage

  1. Enter ATTSYNC or click the button.
  2. Select an insert of the block or enter its name.
Select a block or type its name:

The number of updated inserts is shown.

Notes

See also

BATTMAN · ATTDEF · BEDIT · Blocks and attributes

BATTMAN — Block Attribute Manager

Changes the order, prompt, default value and modes of a block's attributes.

Opens the Block Attribute Manager: it changes the attribute definitions of a block (their order, prompt, default value and modes) and applies the changes to all its inserts.

Usage

  1. Enter BATTMAN or click the button. If a block with attributes is selected, it opens with that block; otherwise, with the first one in the drawing.
  2. Choose another block in Block: if needed. Below it you can see how many inserts it has.
  3. Change in the table the Prompt, the Default and the Modes: I (Invisible), C (Constant), V (Verify) and P (Preset).
  4. Click a tag to choose its row and use Move Up, Move Down or Remove.
  5. Click Synchronize to apply the changes without closing, or OK to apply them and close.

Notes

See also

ATTDEF · ATTSYNC · EATTEDIT · BEDIT · Blocks and attributes

BATTORDER — Attribute Order

Changes the order in which the block attributes are prompted (in the Block Editor).

Changes the order of the attribute definitions of the block being edited, like AutoCAD BATTORDER: it is the order in which INSERT asks for their values. It only works in the Block Editor (BEDIT).

Usage

  1. In the Block Editor, enter BATTORDER or click the button on the editor tab.
  2. In the Attribute Order dialog box, pick a tag and move it with Move Up and Move Down.
  3. Click OK and save the block with BSAVE.

In scripts, SCRIPT and AutoLISP there is no dialog box: enter the tags in the new order, separated by commas; the ones you leave out go after them, in their order.

Enter the tags in the new order (separated by commas):

Notes

See also

BEDIT · ATTDEF · BATTMAN · ATTSYNC

BCLOSE — Close Block Editor

Closes the Block Editor and returns to the drawing.

Closes the Block Editor and returns to the drawing. It can also be closed with the button on the editor's bottom bar.

Usage

  1. In the Block Editor (BEDIT), enter BCLOSE or click the button.
  2. If there are unsaved changes, choose whether to save them:
Save changes to "…"?

Notes

See also

BSAVE · BSAVEAS · BEDIT · Blocks and attributes

BEDIT — Block Editor

Opens a block definition in the Block Editor.

Opens a block definition in the Block Editor. Its contents are edited as if they were a drawing, with every command, object snap and grip; when it is saved, every insert of the block is updated.

Usage

  1. Enter BEDIT (or BE) or click the button. Double-clicking a block without attributes also opens it.
  2. In the Edit Block Definition dialog box, choose the block in the list (its preview and description are shown) and click OK. If a block was selected, it is already chosen.
  3. Edit the block. The background changes color, the bottom bar shows "Block Editor: …" and the ribbon switches to the Block Editor tab.
  4. Save with BSAVE or BSAVEAS and leave with BCLOSE.

Notes

See also

-BEDIT · BSAVE · BCLOSE · BLOCK · Blocks and attributes

BLOCK — Create Block

Groups objects into a reusable block.

Creates a block definition from the selected objects: a named group of objects with a base point that can be inserted as many times as needed with INSERT. If the objects include attribute definitions (ATTDEF), the block asks for their values when it is inserted.

Usage

  1. Enter BLOCK (or B) or click the button. Objects already selected are used as a starting point.
  2. In the Block Definition dialog box, enter the name (or pick it from the list to redefine one) and choose: - Base point: its X, Y and Z coordinates or, with Specify On-screen, pick it in the drawing after OK. - Objects: with Specify On-screen they are selected after OK; otherwise the current selection is used. Choose whether they are retained, converted to a block (an insert at the base point) or deleted. - Behavior: Scale uniformly (the block can only be inserted with the same X, Y and Z scale) and Allow exploding (whether EXPLODE can explode it). - Settings: the block units and a description.
  3. Click OK and, if you left them on-screen, specify the base point and select the objects.

In scripts, SCRIPT and AutoLISP there is no dialog box: everything is asked on the command line, as in -BLOCK.

Notes

See also

-BLOCK · INSERT · ATTDEF · WBLOCK · BEDIT · Blocks and attributes

BLOCKREPLACE — Replace Block with Another

Changes every reference of a block to another one (Express Tools).

Changes every reference of a block to another one, like BLOCKREPLACE from the AutoCAD Express Tools.

Usage

  1. Enter BLOCKREPLACE and the name of the block to replace (? lists those in the drawing).
Enter the name of the block to replace or [?]:
  1. Enter the name of the block that replaces it.
Enter the name of the block to replace it with or [?]:
  1. Choose whether to purge the old block, which nothing uses any more.
Purge unreferenced items when finished? [Yes/No] <Y>:

Notes

See also

BREPLACE · PURGE · INSERT

BPARAMETER — Block Parameter

Adds a parameter to the dynamic block being edited.

Adds a parameter to the dynamic block being edited, like AutoCAD BPARAMETER. It only works in the Block Editor (BEDIT).

Usage

  1. In the Block Editor, enter BPARAMETER (or PARAM) and the parameter type.
Enter parameter type [Alignment/Base/pOint/Linear/Polar/XY/Rotation/Flip/Visibility/looKup] <Visibility>:
  1. With Visibility it goes on as BVPARAM: the parameter point and the states with their objects.

Notes

See also

BVPARAM · BVSTATE · BEDIT

BREPLACE — Replace Blocks

Replaces the selected block references with another block.

Replaces the selected block references with another block of the drawing, like AutoCAD BREPLACE.

Usage

  1. Enter BREPLACE (or select the references first) and select the references to replace; press Enter.
Select block references to replace:
  1. Enter the name of the block that replaces them (? lists those in the drawing).
Enter name of replacement block or [?]:

Notes

See also

BLOCKREPLACE · INSERT · COUNT

BSAVE — Save Block

Saves the definition of the block being edited.

Saves the definition of the block being edited in the Block Editor. Every insert of the block is redrawn with the new contents, including those nested in other blocks and those of a dynamic block.

Usage

  1. In the Block Editor (BEDIT), enter BSAVE or click the button on the Block Editor tab.
  2. If the block's attributes have changed and it has inserts, you are asked whether to synchronize them:
The attributes of "…" changed. Synchronize its … references (ATTSYNC)?

The editor stays open; you can keep editing and save again.

Notes

See also

BSAVEAS · BCLOSE · BEDIT · ATTSYNC · Blocks and attributes

BSAVEAS — Save Block As

Saves the edits as a new block and leaves the original unchanged.

Saves what was edited in the Block Editor as a new block, with another name and the same base point. The original block stays as it was before editing.

Usage

  1. In the Block Editor (BEDIT), enter BSAVEAS or click the button.
  2. Enter the name of the new block; it must not already exist in the drawing.
Enter new block name:

The editor stays open, now with the new block.

Notes

See also

BSAVE · BCLOSE · BEDIT · BLOCK · Blocks and attributes

BTESTBLOCK — Test Block

Tests the block being edited, without saving it, in a test drawing.

Tests the block being edited without saving it, like AutoCAD BTESTBLOCK. It only works in the Block Editor (BEDIT).

Usage

  1. In the Block Editor, enter BTESTBLOCK.
  2. Another tab opens with a temporary drawing that has a single reference to the block as it is in the editor: try its grips and its Properties palette.
  3. Close that tab (without saving) and go back to the editor.

Notes

See also

BEDIT · BSAVE · BVPARAM

BVPARAM — Visibility Parameter

Adds a visibility parameter to the block being edited.

Adds a visibility parameter to the block being edited in the Block Editor and defines its states. A visibility state shows or hides a set of the block's objects; when inserting the block, the state is chosen from a drop-down. The block becomes dynamic and AutoCAD recognizes it as such.

Usage

  1. Open the block in the Block Editor (BEDIT).
  2. Enter BVPARAM or click Visibility Parameter on the editor bar.
  3. Specify the point for the visibility grip.
  4. For each state: type its name and select the objects visible in that state; press Enter to finish the state.
  5. With an empty name, and having defined two or more states, the visibility parameter is created.
  6. Save the block with BSAVE.

Notes

See also

BEDIT · BSAVE · RESETBLOCK · Blocks and attributes

BVSTATE — Visibility States

Creates, renames, deletes and orders the visibility states of the block.

Manages the visibility states of the dynamic block being edited, like AutoCAD BVSTATE. It only works in the Block Editor of a block with a visibility parameter (BVPARAM).

Usage

  1. In the Block Editor, enter BVSTATE (or BVS). In the Visibility States dialog box, pick a state and click New…, Rename… (the name is typed on the command line), Delete, Move Up or Move Down; Close finishes.
  2. Save the block with BSAVE.

In scripts, SCRIPT and AutoLISP there is no dialog box: the option and the state are asked.

Enter an option [New/Rename/Delete/Up/Down] <done>:

Notes

See also

BVPARAM · BPARAMETER · BEDIT

CADASTREDOWNLOAD — Download cadastre

Downloads the parcel, buildings and cadastral reference from the Spanish Cadastre.

Downloads the parcel, its buildings and the cadastral reference from the Spanish Cadastre (Dirección General del Catastro) and draws them in the drawing coordinate system (GEOGRAPHICLOCATION), each on its own layer.

Use

  1. Type CADASTREDOWNLOAD (or CADASTRE). The Download from the Cadastre dialog opens with three tabs, like the Cadastre web office.
  2. Urban, by address: pick the Province and the Municipality (the lists are requested from the Cadastre and have a search box), type the Street name (after three letters the list of streets appears so you can pick one, with its Street type) and the Number.
  3. Cadastral reference: type the 14 characters of the parcel or the 20 of the property. With 20, the two check characters are verified before anything is requested.
  4. Rural, by parcel: province, municipality, Polygon and Parcel.
  5. Tick Also draw the buildings if you want them and click Download. If the address matches several parcels, the dialog lists them so you can pick one.

What it draws

LayerContent
CATASTRO-PARCELAThe parcel, as a closed polyline
CATASTRO-EDIFICIOThe buildings on the parcel (with their courtyards)
CATASTRO-TEXTOThe cadastral reference, at the parcel reference point

Layers are created if missing. The drawing needs a coordinate system: run GEOGRAPHICLOCATION first. Data is requested in ETRS89 (EPSG:4258) and reprojected to the drawing system, so it works all over Spain, Canary Islands included.

Notes

See also

MAPSERVICE · WFS · WMS · GEOGRAPHICLOCATION

CLASSICINSERT — Insert (classic dialog)

Inserts a block or a drawing with the classic Insert dialog box.

Inserts a block or a drawing with the classic AutoCAD Insert dialog box (CLASSICINSERT), instead of the Blocks palette of INSERT.

Usage

  1. Enter CLASSICINSERT (or DDINSERT). Type or pick the block name, or click Browse… to insert a DWG or DXF file.
  2. Choose the insertion point, the scale (X, Y and Z, or uniform) and the rotation, each one fixed in the dialog box or Specify On-screen, and whether the block is exploded on insertion.
  3. Click OK and specify on screen what you left for later (and the attribute values).

In scripts, SCRIPT and AutoLISP there is no dialog box: it is -INSERT.

Notes

See also

INSERT · -INSERT · BLOCK

CONVERTIMAGE — Convert Image

Converts ECW, MrSID or JPEG 2000 images to GeoTIFF with GDAL and attaches them.

Converts the attached images that LinceCAD cannot read (ECW, MrSID and JPEG 2000) to GeoTIFF and attaches the result in their place. In Spain, the CNIG's PNOA orthophotos are distributed as ECW: with this command they can be viewed and plotted.

The conversion is done by GDAL, installed separately as an external program: LinceCAD neither includes nor installs it.

Usage

  1. Enter CONVERTIMAGE or click the button on the Insert tab. It also opens from the warning shown when a drawing with such images is opened, and from the XREF window (the image's Convert with GDAL… button or its shortcut menu).
  2. The Convert Images with GDAL dialog shows the GDAL found and the drawing's images that cannot be read, all checked. Uncheck the ones you do not want to convert. In Standalone file: you can also convert a file that is not in the drawing (it is not attached).
  3. Click Convert. The conversion runs in the background, with its progress and Cancel: you can keep working meanwhile.
  4. When each image is done, its path in the drawing changes to the GeoTIFF and it is reloaded:
… converted to … (… MB) and attached.

Where GDAL is looked for

In this order: the GDAL_HOME variable, gdal_translate on the PATH, OSGeo4W (C:\OSGeo4W\bin and C:\OSGeo4W64\bin), QGIS (C:\Program Files\QGIS …\bin, the newest version) and the folder chosen with Choose GDAL folder…, which is saved in the preferences. Of those found, the first one that reads all the needed formats is used (gdalinfo --formats).

If there is no GDAL, the dialog says so and offers the download: QGIS (recommended, because its installer includes the ECW and MrSID drivers) at qgis.org/download or OSGeo4W at trac.osgeo.org/osgeo4w. After installing it, click Search again. If the GDAL found cannot read ECW, install QGIS or, in OSGeo4W, the gdal-ecw package.

The file created

Notes

See also

-IMAGE · IMAGEATTACH · GEOIMAGE · Raster images · Georeferencing

COUNT — Count Blocks

Counts the block references in an area.

Counts the block references in an area, with the AutoCAD 2027 COUNT prompts, and writes how many there are of each block.

Usage

  1. Enter COUNT and choose the area: specify its two corners or an option.
Specify first corner of count area or [Current area/Entire model space/Object/Polygonal] <Current area>:
  1. Select references of the blocks to count and press Enter, or press Enter to count them all.
Select target objects or [List all blocks] <List all blocks>:

Options

Notes

See also

INSERT · BREPLACE · QSELECT

DATAEXTRACTION — Data Extraction

Extracts object data (count, layer, length, area and attributes) to a table or a CSV file.

Extracts data from the objects in the drawing to a table or to a CSV file, like AutoCAD's data extraction with its default options: how many objects of each kind there are, their layer, length and area, and the attributes of the blocks. Useful for quantity take-offs and bills of materials.

Usage

  1. Enter DATAEXTRACTION (or EXTRACDAT) or click the button.
  2. Select the objects and press Enter, or press Enter without selecting to take all those in model space.
Select blocks or [ALL] <ALL>:
  1. Choose the output.
Output [Table/File] <Table>:
  1. With Table, specify the upper-left corner of the table.
Upper-left corner of the table:
  1. With File, type the path of the file.
CSV file:

Columns

Columns without any value are left out.

Notes

See also

ATTEXT · TABLE · DATALINK · Blocks and attributes

EATTEDIT — Enhanced Attribute Editor

Edits the attributes of the selected block in a window.

Edits in a window, Enhanced Attribute Editor, the attribute values of an inserted block: one row per attribute, with its tag and its value.

Usage

  1. Select a block with attributes.
  2. Enter EATTEDIT or click the button. The window opens with its attributes.
  3. Change the values you want and click OK; Cancel closes without changes.

Notes

See also

ATTEDIT · BATTMAN · ATTSYNC · Blocks and attributes

EATTEXT — Attribute Extraction

Extracts block attributes to a table or a CSV, choosing blocks and columns.

Extracts the attributes of the model space blocks to a table in the drawing or to a CSV file, choosing the blocks and columns, like AutoCAD EATTEXT.

Usage

  1. Enter EATTEXT. In the Attribute Extraction dialog box, tick the blocks and attributes (the Block, X and Y columns are always included).
  2. Choose the output: a table in the drawing (click OK and specify its insertion point) or a CSV file.

In scripts, SCRIPT and AutoLISP there is no dialog box: it is ATTEXT.

Notes

See also

ATTEXT · -ATTEXT · BATTMAN

GEOCOORD — Geographic Coordinates

Shows a point in another coordinate system.

Shows the coordinates of a point of the drawing in another coordinate system: by default, its latitude and longitude in WGS84. It works like ID, but for geographic coordinates.

Usage

  1. Enter GEOCOORD or click the button.
  2. Specify the point (with an object snap or by typing its coordinates).
Specify point or [System] <EPSG:…>:

The command line shows the point's coordinates in the drawing's system and in the target system.

Options

EPSG code of the target system <…>:

Notes

See also

GEOGRAPHICLOCATION · ID · MAPEXPORT · Georeferencing

GEOGRAPHICLOCATION — Geographic Location

Assigns a coordinate system (EPSG code) to the drawing.

Assigns a coordinate system to the drawing, for example ETRS89 / UTM 30N. With it, the drawing knows which point on Earth each coordinate corresponds to: the status bar shows the cursor's latitude and longitude, and GEOIMAGE, MAPIMPORT, MAPEXPORT and GEOCOORD can reproject.

Usage

  1. Enter GEOGRAPHICLOCATION (or GEO) or click the button. The Geographic Location dialog box opens and, at the same time, the command line asks.
  2. Choose the system in the dialog box and click OK, or enter its code on the command line: the EPSG code (25830, 2154, 31983) or the AutoCAD code (ETRS89.UTM-30N, Lambert93).

In the dialog box, systems are grouped by country or region (click a group to expand it). To find one, type part of its EPSG code, its name or the country in Search (EPSG code, name or country): 2154, Lambert, France, UTM zone 19S.

Enter EPSG code of the coordinate system or [Remove/List] <…>:

Options

Notes

See also

GEOCOORD · GEOIMAGE · MAPIMPORT · MAPEXPORT · Georeferencing

GEOIMAGE — Insert Georeferenced Image

Inserts an image at its real coordinates, from its world file or its GeoTIFF tags.

Inserts a georeferenced image (an orthophoto, a scanned map) directly at its real coordinates, with its scale and rotation, without specifying any point.

Usage

  1. Enter GEOIMAGE or click the button.
  2. Enter the image path, or press Enter to choose it in a dialog box.
Enter image file name to attach or [Browse] <Browse>:

The image is placed and the command shows where the georeference came from and the image's coordinate system.

Notes

See also

GEOREFIMAGE · GEOGRAPHICLOCATION · IMAGEATTACH · Georeferencing

GEOREFIMAGE — Georeference Image

Moves an image into place with 2 or 3 control points.

Moves an image that is already inserted to its place using two or three control points: for each one, a recognizable point on the image (a corner, a crossing) and the real position it corresponds to in the drawing.

Usage

  1. Enter GEOREFIMAGE or click the button.
  2. Select the image.
Select the image to georeference:
  1. Specify a point on the image.
Specify source point … (on the image):
  1. Specify its real position (with an object snap or by typing its coordinates).
Specify destination point … (real position):
  1. Repeat for the second point. Then specify a third one or press Enter to finish with two.
Specify source point … (on the image) or <finish>:

The image is moved, rotated and scaled, and the applied scale and rotation are shown.

Notes

See also

GEOIMAGE · IMAGEATTACH · ALIGN · Georeferencing

IMAGEADJUST — Image Adjust

Changes the brightness, contrast and fade of images.

Changes the brightness, contrast and fade of one or more raster images, for example to lighten an orthophoto so that what is drawn on top reads well.

Usage

  1. Enter IMAGEADJUST (or IAD) or click the button.
  2. Select the images and press Enter (anything that is not an image is ignored).
Select images:
  1. Choose what to adjust. The current value is shown.
Enter image option [Contrast/Fade/Brightness] <Brightness>:
  1. Enter the value, from 0 to 100 (Enter keeps the current one).
Enter … value (0-100):

Options

Notes

See also

TRANSPARENCY · IMAGECLIP · IMAGEATTACH · Raster images

IMAGEATTACH — Attach Image

Attaches a raster image (PNG, JPEG, BMP, TIFF, GIF or WebP) to the drawing.

Attaches a raster image (PNG, JPEG, BMP, TIFF, GIF or WebP) to the drawing: a scanned drawing, a photo or an orthophoto. The image is not copied into the drawing: its path is saved and the file is read when the drawing opens.

Usage

  1. Enter IMAGEATTACH (or IAT) or click the button.
  2. Enter the image path, or press Enter to choose it in a dialog box. Its size at scale 1 is shown.
Enter image file name to attach or [Browse] <Browse>:
  1. Specify the lower-left corner of the image (Enter: the origin).
Specify insertion point or [Path] <0,0>:
  1. Enter the scale or specify a point: its distance to the insertion point is the width of the image.
Specify scale factor <1>:
  1. Enter the rotation angle or specify a point in that direction.
Specify rotation angle <0>:

In the interface (not in scripts, SCRIPT or AutoLISP), after choosing the image the Attach Image dialog box opens: its size in pixels, the path type and the insertion point, scale and rotation; whatever you leave as Specify On-screen is specified afterwards, with the prompts of steps 3 to 5. The dialog box cannot be scripted in the AutoCAD console: it has a unit test.

Options

Path type [Relative/Full] <Relative>:

Notes

See also

-IMAGE · IMAGECLIP · IMAGEADJUST · GEOIMAGE · Raster images

IMAGECLIP — Image Clip

Shows only part of an image, inside or outside a boundary.

Shows only part of a raster image: what lies inside a rectangular or polygonal boundary or, with the boundary inverted, what lies outside. The image itself does not change: the boundary can be turned off or removed later.

Usage

  1. Enter IMAGECLIP (or ICL) or click the button.
  2. Select the image.
Select image to clip:
  1. Choose the option; Enter creates a new boundary.
Enter image clipping option [ON/OFF/Delete/New boundary] <New>:
  1. Choose the boundary type.
Outside mode: objects outside the boundary will be hidden. Specify clipping boundary [Polygonal/Rectangular/Invert clip] <Rectangular>:
  1. For a rectangular one, specify two opposite corners.
Specify first corner point:
  1. For a polygonal one, specify the vertices and press Enter (or choose Close) once there are at least three.
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]:

Options

Inside mode: objects inside the boundary will be hidden. Specify clipping boundary [Polygonal/Rectangular/Invert clip] <Rectangular>:

Notes

See also

IMAGEATTACH · IMAGEADJUST · -IMAGE · Raster images

IMAGECROP — Crop image

Crops (frames) a raster image to a rectangle.

Crops (frames) a raster image to a rectangle. What is left outside is discarded in a new PNG file, next to the original (which is not touched), and the drawing image is relinked to that file.

Usage

  1. Enter IMAGECROP (or IREC) or click the button.
  2. Select the image.
Select the image to crop:
  1. Specify the first corner.
Specify first corner point:
  1. Specify the opposite corner.
Specify opposite corner point:

Notes

See also

IMAGEEDIT · IMAGECLIP · IMAGEPERSP · Raster images

IMAGEEDIT — Edit image

Edits the pixels of a raster image: invert, threshold, despeckle, rotate, mirror, colour depth and resample.

Edits the pixels of a raster image in the drawing. The edited image is saved to a new PNG file, next to the original (which is not touched), and the drawing image is relinked to that new file.

Usage

  1. Enter IMAGEEDIT (or IED) or click the button.
  2. Select the image.
Select the image to edit:
  1. Choose the operation.
Enter the operation [Invert/Threshold/despecKle/Rotate/Mirror/Depth/reSample] <Invert>:
  1. Depending on the operation, enter the value (threshold, degrees of rotation, axis, depth or resample factor).

Options

Notes

See also

IMAGECROP · IMAGEPERSP · IMAGEPAINT · IMAGEADJUST · Raster images

IMAGEPAINT — Draw on image

Draws and erases strokes on a raster image.

Draws and erases strokes on a raster image, for example to cover a blemish or mark something on a scanned plan. The stroke is burned into the pixels of a new PNG file, next to the original (which is not touched), and the drawing image is relinked to it.

Usage

  1. Enter IMAGEPAINT (or IPIN) or click the button.
  2. Select the image.
Select the image to draw on:
  1. Trace the polyline point by point. Press Enter to burn the stroke and finish.
Specify next point or [Colour/Width/Erase/Undo] or <finish>:

Options

Notes

See also

IMAGEEDIT · IMAGECROP · IMAGEADJUST · Raster images

IMAGEPERSP — Correct perspective

Corrects the perspective of an image (IFIX style) with 4 points and generates its world file.

Corrects the perspective of a raster image (IFIX style): with 4 points it straightens a quadrilateral into a rectangle, for example a façade or a plan photographed at an angle. The result is saved to a new PNG file with its world file (.wld), next to the original (which is not touched), and the drawing image is relinked to it.

Usage

  1. Enter IMAGEPERSP (or IFIX) or click the button.
  2. Select the image.
Select the image whose perspective to correct:
  1. Specify the 4 corners of what should become rectangular, in order: lower left, lower right, upper right and upper left.
Specify corner … of 4 (lower left, lower right, upper right, upper left):

Notes

See also

IMAGEEDIT · IMAGECROP · GEOIMAGE · GEOREFIMAGE · Raster images

IMPORTMAP — Import plan, orthophoto or map

Brings the cadastral plan, the PNOA orthophoto and a base map of the area you choose in one go.

Brings, for a single area of interest, the cadastral plan (parcels, buildings and labels), the IGN PNOA orthophoto and a base map in one go, with their layers already named and each source credited. It gathers in one dialog what used to take several steps: CADASTREDOWNLOAD and the map layers of MAPCONNECT.

Use

  1. Type IMPORTMAP (or IMPORTARPLANO). Import plan, orthophoto or map opens.
  2. 1. Area of interest: choose how to give the area. The default is the Cadastral reference (14 or 20 characters). The others: Address and Polygon and parcel (with the province and municipality from the Cadastre lists; if there are several parcels, the dialog lists them so you can pick one), Municipality (the CartoCiudad geocoder), Coordinates (geographic WGS84 or drawing), Current view and Window in the drawing (click Pick window… and mark two corners in the drawing).
  3. 2. What to import: Cadastral plan (Parcels, Buildings and, as an image from the Cadastre WMS, Sub-parcels), PNOA orthophoto (IGN) with its Resolution (automatic, 10, 25 or 50 cm, 1 m) and Base map (IGN as WMTS or WMS, MTN raster, OpenStreetMap).
  4. 3. Options: Margin around the area, Maximum area size (side), Maximum size of each image, Cadastral plan transparency (image), parcels as Entities or Map layer (WMS), Label the cadastral reference and the Layers: scheme.
  5. Click Import. Vectors are downloaded in the background in 200 m tiles (with a progress bar and Cancel); the images arrive by themselves, under the drawing, and show when finished. Everything is undone at once with UNDO.

What it leaves

LayerContent
CATASTRO-PARCELA, CATASTRO-EDIFICIO, CATASTRO-TEXTOParcels, buildings and references (LinceCAD scheme, as CADASTREDOWNLOAD)
parcela &lt;rc&gt;, construccion &lt;rc&gt;, parcela_near &lt;rc&gt;, construccion_near &lt;rc&gt;The same with the PV project scheme (CadFVTools): the area parcel and its surroundings
MAPA-ORTOFOTO, MAPA-BASE, MAPA-CATASTROThe images, stacked in that order (base, orthophoto, cadastral plan)
MAPA-FUENTEThe source of the vectors; each image source is labelled next to it

The command line summarises the area, what was drawn, the images requested, the sources and the warnings. If the drawing has no coordinate system, the one the area suggests is set (ETRS89 UTM 29, 30 or 31; WGS84 UTM 28 in the Canary Islands) or the one you pick; areas by view or window need it to be set already (GEOGRAPHICLOCATION).

Notes

See also

CADASTREDOWNLOAD · MAPCONNECT · ONLINEMAPS · GEOGRAPHICLOCATION

INSERT — Insert

Inserts a block or a drawing.

Inserts a block or a whole drawing. It opens the Blocks palette, with thumbnails of the blocks in the drawing, the most recently inserted ones and those in the library folders. Click a thumbnail (or drag it onto the drawing) and the block hangs from the cursor so you can place it.

Usage

  1. Enter INSERT (or I) or click the button: the palette opens (or closes).
  2. Choose the tab and, if needed, type part of the name in Search.
  3. Click a block. If it comes from another file, its definition is copied into the drawing first.
  4. Specify on screen whatever is missing, according to the palette's insertion options.
Specify insertion point or [Scale/Rotate]:
  1. If the block has attributes, enter their values (Enter keeps the default value).

Tabs

Insertion options

Notes

See also

-INSERT · BLOCK · ADCENTER · TOOLPALETTES · Blocks and attributes

INSERTOBJ — Insert OLE Object

Not available: LinceCAD has no Windows OLE objects.

AutoCAD uses INSERTOBJ to insert Windows OLE objects (a spreadsheet, a document). LinceCAD runs on Windows and Linux and does not support OLE: the command only explains this.

Alternatives

Insert OLE object:

See also

IMAGEATTACH · PDFATTACH · DATALINK

MAPCLIP — Clip map

Clips the map layer to the visible area or to a boundary.

Clips the chosen map layer without losing anything: it is the clipping boundary of its image, like IMAGECLIP.

Use

  1. Choose the layer in ONLINEMAPS or right-click the map in the drawing.
  2. Type MAPCLIP and choose: - View (Enter): to the visible area. - Manual: to a rectangle or a polygon you pick. - Remove: removes the clipping.

Notes

See also

ONLINEMAPS · IMAGECLIP

MAPCONNECT — Connect to map data

Connects to a WMS, WFS, WMTS or XYZ service and adds its layers as map layers.

Connects to a WMS, WFS, WMTS or XYZ map service and adds its layers to the drawing, like AutoCAD Map 3D Data Connect. Raster layers become live map layers: they are requested again for the visible area after panning or zooming, and are managed in ONLINEMAPS.

Use

  1. Type MAPCONNECT (or click Connect to data… in the manager). Connect to map data opens.
  2. Pick a connection from the list or type a new one: Name:, Type:, URL: and Version:. If the server needs it, expand Credentials and proxy (user, password and proxy). Save connection keeps it in the list.
  3. Click Connect: the layers are read in the background (the dialog does not freeze; Cancel stops waiting). Errors are explained: no network, timeout, invalid XML or credentials.
  4. Check the layers. For each one choose Format (PNG, JPG, TIF…), Server system (among those the server offers; by default the closest to the drawing system), Background (transparent or a colour) and Style. With several, Combine into one layer merges them into one layer in list order.
  5. Click Load. The layer arrives in the background and goes below the drawing.

WFS: feature classes and query

Notes

See also

ONLINEMAPS · MAPREFRESH · MAPCLIP · MAPSERVICE · GEOGRAPHICLOCATION

MAPEXPORT — GIS Export

Exports the selection to SHP, KML, KMZ or GeoJSON.

Exports the selected objects to a GIS format: SHP, KML or KMZ (for Google Earth) or GeoJSON.

Usage

  1. Enter MAPEXPORT or click the button.
  2. Select the objects and press Enter. Objects already selected are used.
Select objects:
  1. Choose the file in the dialog box or enter its path. The format comes from the extension.
Output file (.shp, .kml, .kmz or .geojson):

When it finishes, the files written are listed.

Notes

See also

MAPIMPORT · GEOGRAPHICLOCATION · GEOCOORD · Georeferencing

MAPIMPORT — GIS Import

Imports SHP, KML, KMZ or GeoJSON with their attributes.

Imports GIS data (SHP, KML, KMZ or GeoJSON files) as drawing objects, in the drawing's coordinates and with their attributes.

Usage

  1. Enter MAPIMPORT (or SHP2CAD) or click the button. The Import SHP, KML or GeoJSON dialog box opens and, at the same time, the command line asks.
  2. Choose the file with Browse… or enter its path. The number of features and fields is shown.
SHP, KML, KMZ or GeoJSON file:
  1. Optionally, choose the field whose value gives the layer name of each feature.
Field for the layer (…) or [None] <None>:
  1. Optionally, choose a block of the drawing for the points; otherwise each point is a point object.
Block name for the points <point object>:
  1. In the dialog box, check the File coordinate system and click OK.

Notes

See also

MAPEXPORT · GEOGRAPHICLOCATION · GEOIMAGE · Georeferencing

MAPREFRESH — Refresh map

Requests the map layers again for the visible area.

Requests the map layers again for the visible area, at screen resolution. It is the Refresh in this area of the ONLINEMAPS manager.

Use

Notes

See also

ONLINEMAPS · MAPCONNECT

MAPSERVICE — Map service

Loads web cartography (WMS, WFS, WMTS or XYZ) into the drawing.

Loads public cartography from OGC map services (WMS, WFS, WMTS or XYZ) as a background or as drawing vectors, reprojected to the drawing coordinate system (GEOGRAPHICLOCATION). It is a single command with the service as a sub-option; the direct commands WMS, WFS and WMTS also exist.

Use

  1. Type MAPSERVICE (or WEBMAP) or click the button. MAPCONNECT opens with every service type.
  2. Pick the connection from the list, click Connect to read its layers and check them (XYZ has no layers).
  3. Click Load.

Notes

Built-in Spanish servers

Public endpoints (verified against official documentation); if one changes, save a new connection in MAPCONNECT.

Attribution. Data from these services must be credited. LinceCAD automatically adds a "Source: …" text at the bottom-left corner of what it downloads (OpenStreetMap, IGN, Cadastre, CartoCiudad, ICGC); keep it in the drawing or move the credit to the title block. OpenStreetMap data (ODbL licence) can be used in commercial drawings as long as "OpenStreetMap (openstreetmap.org/copyright)" is credited.

Adding other servers

In MAPCONNECT, type a name and the URL and click Save connection: it is saved and stays in the list. Any WMS/WFS/WMTS endpoint works (the service base URL, without parameters) or an XYZ template with the z, x and y placeholders in braces. Respect each service's terms of use.

To work outside Spain, Map servers by country lists the official services of Europe, Latin America and North Africa (cadastre, mapping agency, orthophoto) with their URL, layer, licence and attribution, checked with LinceCAD.

See also

WMS · WFS · WMTS · GEOGRAPHICLOCATION · MAPIMPORT · Georeferencing · Map servers by country

OCRIMAGE — Recognise text (OCR)

Recognises the text in a raster image and creates text entities at its position.

Recognises (OCR) the text in a raster image already attached to the drawing and creates one text entity (TEXT) per recognised line, at its position, with the height measured from the pixels and the rotation of the line, on the current layer and text style.

The OCR engine is pure Rust (ocrs, on top of the rten inference engine), with no external binaries. It only recognises the Latin alphabet (Spanish and English) and is in preview, so it is worth reviewing the result.

Usage

  1. Enter OCRIMAGE (or RECOGNIZETEXT) or click the button.
  2. Select the image with the text, or press Enter to choose an image file (with FILEDIA=0 you type the path).
Select the image with the text to recognise or press Enter to choose a file:
  1. Press Enter.
Press Enter to recognise the text in the image.

The recognised text is created as standard TEXT entities, which you can move, edit or delete like any other text.

Models

Notes

See also

IMAGEATTACH · IMAGEEDIT · TEXT · Raster images

ONLINEMAPS — Online maps

Opens the map layer manager (on/off, transparency, order, refresh, clipping).

Opens the Online maps palette, the map layer manager (like the AutoCAD Map 3D Display Manager). Each layer added with MAPCONNECT has a row; the top one is drawn on top.

In each row

Notes

See also

MAPCONNECT · MAPREFRESH · MAPCLIP

PDFADJUST — Adjust PDF

Changes the fade, contrast or monochrome mode of PDF underlays.

Changes how PDF underlays look: more or less faded, with more or less contrast, or in monochrome. A faded underlay makes what you draw on top of it easier to see.

Usage

  1. Enter PDFADJUST or click the button.
  2. Select one or more PDF underlays and press Enter.
Select PDF underlays:
  1. Choose what to adjust; Enter, the fade.
Enter underlay option [Fade/Contrast/Monochrome] <Fade>:
  1. Enter the new value.

Options

Enter fade value (0-80) <25>:
Enter contrast value (0-100) <20>:
Monochrome? [Yes/No] <No>:

Notes

See also

PDFATTACH · PDFCLIP · PDFLAYERS · IMAGEADJUST · External references

PDFATTACH — Attach PDF

Attaches a page of a PDF file as an underlay.

Attaches a page of a PDF file as an underlay: a plan received as a PDF that serves as a background to draw on. The PDF is not copied into the drawing: its path is saved and the file is read again when the drawing is opened.

Usage

  1. Enter PDFATTACH (or PDFA), or click Attach PDF… in the XREF window.
  2. Enter the PDF path, or press Enter to choose it in a file dialog.
Enter path to PDF file to attach or [Browse] <Browse>:
  1. Enter the page number; Enter, the first one. ? lists the pages with their size in points.
Enter page number or [?] <1>:
  1. Specify the insertion point, which is the lower-left corner of the page (Enter: the origin).
Specify insertion point:
  1. Enter the scale, or specify a point: the distance to the insertion point is the width of the page.
Specify scale factor <1>:
  1. Enter the rotation angle, or specify a point in that direction.
Specify rotation <0>:

In the interface (not in scripts, SCRIPT or AutoLISP), after choosing the PDF the Attach PDF Underlay dialog box opens: the page (each one drawn with its proportions and its number) and the insertion point, scale and rotation; whatever you leave as Specify On-screen is specified afterwards, with the prompts of steps 4 to 6. The thumbnails do not show the page contents. The dialog box cannot be scripted in the AutoCAD console: it has a unit test; -PDFATTACH always asks on the command line.

Notes

See also

-PDFATTACH · XREF · IMAGEATTACH · External references

PDFCLIP — PDF Clip

Shows only part of a PDF underlay, inside or outside a boundary.

Shows only part of a PDF underlay: what lies inside a rectangular or polygonal boundary or, with the boundary inverted, what lies outside it. The PDF does not change: the boundary can be turned off or removed later.

Usage

  1. Enter PDFCLIP or click the button.
  2. Select the PDF underlay.
Select PDF underlay to clip:
  1. Choose the option; Enter creates a new boundary, which replaces any existing one.
Enter PDF clipping option [ON/OFF/Delete/New boundary] <New>:
  1. Choose the boundary type; Enter, rectangular.
Outside mode: objects outside the boundary will be hidden. Specify clipping boundary [Polygonal/Rectangular/Invert clip] <Rectangular>:
  1. For a rectangular one, specify two opposite corners.
Specify first corner point:
  1. For a polygonal one, specify the vertices and press Enter (or choose Close) when there are at least three.
Specify next point or [Close/Undo]:

Options

Inside mode: objects inside the boundary will be hidden. Specify clipping boundary [Polygonal/Rectangular/Invert clip] <Rectangular>:

Notes

See also

PDFATTACH · PDFADJUST · PDFLAYERS · External references

PDFIMPORT — Import PDF

Brings a PDF's vector geometry in as drawing entities.

Brings a PDF's vector geometry into the drawing as entities, like AutoCAD's PDFIMPORT. Unlike PDFATTACH, which links the rasterized page as an underlay, this reads the PDF's vector content and rebuilds it with standard entities.

Usage

  1. Type PDFIMPORT (or IMPORTPDF) or click Import PDF.
  2. Enter the file path (or press Enter to pick it in the browser).
Enter the path of the PDF file to import:
  1. If the PDF has several pages, enter which one to import.
  2. Adjust the options and press Enter to import.
Press Enter to import or change [Vectors/Fills/Text/Images/Geometry/Scale]:

What is imported

Options

Notes

See also

PDFATTACH · SVGIMPORT · IMAGEATTACH

PDFLAYERS — PDF Layers

Shows or hides the layers of a PDF underlay.

Shows or hides the layers of a PDF underlay. Many PDFs made with CAD programs keep the layers of the original drawing (in the PDF they are called optional content groups): with this command you can turn off, for example, the dimensions or the furniture of a plan received as a PDF.

Usage

  1. Enter PDFLAYERS or click the button.
  2. Select the PDF underlay.
Select PDF underlay:
  1. Choose the option; Enter or ? lists the PDF layers with their state.
Enter an option [?/ON/OFF] <?>:
  1. With ON or OFF, enter the layer names. Wildcards are accepted (* all, ? one character), as well as several names separated by commas.
Enter PDF layer name(s) <*>:

Options

Notes

See also

PDFATTACH · PDFADJUST · PDFCLIP · LAYER · External references

PDFSHXTEXT — PDF SHX Text

Converts the SHX-font geometry of a PDF into text (notice).

Converts the SHX-font geometry of an imported PDF into text, like AutoCAD PDFSHXTEXT (minimal scope).

Usage

Enter PDFSHXTEXT and select the geometry.

Notes

See also

PDFIMPORT · OCRIMAGE

REFCLOSE — Close Reference Edit

Saves or discards the in-place editing of REFEDIT.

Ends the in-place editing started with REFEDIT, like AutoCAD REFCLOSE.

Usage

  1. Enter REFCLOSE and choose whether to save the changes.
Enter option [Save/Discard reference changes] <Save>:

Options

In both cases the reference being edited becomes visible again.

See also

REFEDIT · BSAVE

REFEDIT — Edit Reference In-Place

Edits a block in place, with the rest of the drawing in view.

Edits a block in place, with the rest of the drawing in view, like AutoCAD REFEDIT: its contents go into the drawing, where the selected reference is, and can be changed with any command. REFCLOSE saves them to the block (and every insert of it is redrawn) or discards them.

Usage

  1. Enter REFEDIT and select a block reference.
Select reference:
  1. Accept the nesting level (the selected block).
Select nesting level [Ok/Next] <Next>:
  1. Choose the object selection method (All: the whole block).
Enter object selection method [All/Nested] <All>:
  1. Choose whether attribute definitions are shown for editing.
Display attribute definitions [Yes/No] <No>:
  1. Edit: whatever you draw while it lasts also goes into the block. Finish with REFCLOSE.

Notes

See also

REFCLOSE · BEDIT · XOPEN

REFSET — Edit Reference Working Set

Adds or removes objects of the REFEDIT working set.

Adds or removes objects of the working set of an in-place edit, like AutoCAD REFSET.

Usage

  1. Start with REFEDIT.
  2. Enter REFSET and choose Add or Remove.
  3. Select the objects and press Enter.
  4. Finish with REFCLOSE.

Options

It is only used during an in-place edit; otherwise the command line says so.

See also

REFEDIT · REFCLOSE

RESETBLOCK — Reset Block

Restores the selected dynamic blocks to the values of their definition.

Returns the selected dynamic blocks to the values of their definition: they lose the changes made to their custom properties (visibility state, flip, distances, angles, lookup values...).

Usage

  1. Enter RESETBLOCK (or RSB) or click the button. Objects already selected are used.
  2. Select the blocks and press Enter.
Select objects:

Notes

See also

BEDIT · PROPERTIES · INSERT · Blocks and attributes

SVGIMPORT — Import SVG

Brings an SVG file in as drawing geometry.

Brings an SVG file into the drawing as geometry. Each SVG outline becomes a polyline on the current layer.

Usage

  1. Type SVGIMPORT or click Import SVG.
  2. Enter the file path (or press Enter to pick it in the browser).
Enter the path of the SVG file to import:

Notes

See also

INSERT · IMAGEATTACH · PDFATTACH

TOOLPALETTES — Tool Palettes

Palettes with blocks ready to insert with their scale, rotation and layer.

Opens the Tool Palettes window: palettes with blocks ready to insert, each one with its own scale, rotation and layer. Enter the command again to close it.

Usage

  1. Enter TOOLPALETTES (or TP) or click the button. The first time, one palette is created for each drawing in the installed library, with all its blocks.
  2. Choose the palette in the tabs at the top.
  3. Click a tool and specify the insertion point; the scale, rotation and layer are those of the tool.
Specify insertion point or [Scale/Rotate]:

Organizing the palettes

Notes

See also

INSERT · ADCENTER · -INSERT · Blocks and attributes

TRANSPARENCY — Transparency

Turns the transparent pixels of images on or off.

Turns transparency of raster images on or off: with it, the transparent pixels of the file (for example, the background of a PNG) let the objects underneath show through.

Usage

  1. Enter TRANSPARENCY or click the button.
  2. Select the images and press Enter.
Select images:
  1. Choose the mode.
Enter transparency mode [ON/OFF] <OFF>:

Options

Notes

See also

IMAGEADJUST · IMAGEATTACH · IMAGECLIP · Raster images

VECTORIZAR — Vectorize image

Turns a monochrome/scanned image into drawing entities.

Turns a monochrome or scanned image, already attached with IMAGEADJUNTAR, into drawing entities: polylines, circles, arcs and lines. This is the RASTOOLS raster-to-vector step.

Usage

  1. Type VECTORIZAR or click Vectorize image.
  2. Select the image in the drawing, or press Enter to choose an image file (it is vectorized at the origin, 1 pixel = 1 unit; with FILEDIA=0 you type the path).
Select the image to vectorize or press Enter to choose a file:
  1. Adjust the parameters or press Enter to run with the current ones.
Set [Threshold/Fit/Minimum/Centerline/Join] or <Run> (centerline: …, join: …):

Parameters

Notes

See also

IMAGEATTACH · IMAGEEDIT · SVGIMPORT

WBLOCK — Write Block

Writes a block to a DWG or DXF drawing file.

Saves a block, the whole drawing or some objects as a new DWG or DXF drawing, to use it in other drawings or in a library folder.

Usage

  1. Enter WBLOCK (or W) or click the button. Objects already selected are used as a starting point.
  2. In the Write Block dialog box, choose the source: - Block: one of the blocks of the drawing. - Entire drawing: the whole model space. - Objects: the base point (coordinates or Specify On-screen) and the objects (the selected ones or, with Specify On-screen, those you select after OK), and whether they are retained, converted to a block (a block of the drawing named like the file) or deleted.
  3. Enter the file name and path (or browse with …) and click OK.

In scripts, SCRIPT and AutoLISP there is no dialog box: everything is asked on the command line, as in -WBLOCK.

Notes

See also

-WBLOCK · BLOCK · INSERT · ADCENTER · Blocks and attributes

WFS — WFS vectors

Imports entities from a WFS service (as GeoJSON).

Imports entities (vectors) from a WFS (Web Feature Service) as drawing objects with their attributes, reprojected to the drawing coordinate system. Like MAPIMPORT, but from the web.

Use

Notes

See also

MAPCONNECT · MAPIMPORT · WMS · GEOGRAPHICLOCATION

WMS — WMS map

Inserts a WMS map as a georeferenced image.

Adds a map from a WMS (Web Map Service) as a live map layer: a georeferenced image of the visible area, reprojected to the drawing system, requested again after panning or zooming.

Use

Notes

See also

MAPCONNECT · ONLINEMAPS · WMTS · WFS · GEOGRAPHICLOCATION

WMTS — WMTS tiles

Inserts WMTS/XYZ tiles (Web Mercator) stitched as an image.

Adds WMTS or XYZ tiles (Web Mercator, like OpenStreetMap) as a live map layer: the tiles covering the view are stitched into an image reprojected to the drawing system and requested again after panning or zooming.

Use

Notes

See also

MAPCONNECT · ONLINEMAPS · WMS · MAPSERVICE

XATTACH — Attach DWG

Attaches a DWG or DXF drawing as an external reference.

Attaches another DWG or DXF drawing as an external reference: it is shown in place inside the current drawing, but it is not copied. The drawing only stores the file path and reads the file again each time it is opened.

Usage

  1. Enter XATTACH (or XA), or click Attach DWG… in the XREF window.
  2. Enter the file path, or press Enter to choose it in a file dialog.
Enter name of file to attach or [Browse] <Browse>:
  1. Specify the insertion point (Enter: the origin).
Specify insertion point or [Overlay/pathType]:
  1. Enter the X scale; Enter keeps 1.
Enter X scale factor <1>:
  1. Enter the Y scale; Enter uses the same as X.
Enter Y scale factor <use X scale factor>:
  1. Enter the rotation angle, or specify a point in that direction.
Specify rotation angle <0>:

In the interface (not in scripts, SCRIPT or AutoLISP), after choosing the file the Attach External Reference dialog box opens: the reference type (attachment or overlay), the path type and the insertion point, X, Y and Z scale and rotation; whatever you leave as Specify On-screen is specified afterwards, with the prompts of steps 3 to 6. The dialog box cannot be scripted in the AutoCAD console: it has a unit test.

Options

Specify insertion point or [Attach/pathType]:
Path type [Full/Relative/No path] <Relative>:

Notes

See also

XREF · -XREF · XCLIP · INSERT · External references

XBIND — Bind Reference Symbols

Binds layers, linetypes, styles and blocks of an external reference to the drawing.

Binds single symbols of an external reference (blocks, dimension styles, layers, linetypes and text styles) to the drawing, like AutoCAD XBIND: the symbol REF|name is renamed REF$0$name and no longer depends on the reference, which stays attached. To bind the whole reference, use Bind in XREF.

Usage

  1. Enter XBIND (or XB). In the Xbind dialog box, tick the symbols of each type and click OK.

In scripts, SCRIPT and AutoLISP there is no dialog box: it asks as in -XBIND.

Notes

See also

-XBIND · XREF · XATTACH

XCLIP — Clip

Shows only part of an external reference or a block, inside or outside a boundary.

Shows only part of an external reference or a block: what lies inside a boundary or, with the boundary inverted, what lies outside it. The reference itself does not change: the boundary can be turned off or removed later.

Usage

  1. Enter XCLIP (or XC) or click the button.
  2. Select the external references or blocks and press Enter.
Select objects:
  1. Choose the option; Enter creates a new boundary.
Enter clipping option [ON/OFF/Clipdepth/Delete/Polyline/New boundary] <New>:
  1. If any of them was already clipped, confirm that its boundary is replaced.
Delete old boundary(s)? [Yes/No] <Yes>:
  1. Choose the boundary type; Enter, rectangular.
Outside mode: objects outside the boundary will be hidden. Specify clipping boundary [Select polyline/Polygonal/Rectangular/Invert clip] <Rectangular>:
  1. For a rectangular one, specify two opposite corners; for a polygonal one, the vertices and Enter (or Close) when there are at least three.
Specify first corner point:

Options

Specify front clip point or [Distance/Remove]:
Select polyline:
Inside mode: objects inside the boundary will be hidden. Specify clipping boundary [Select polyline/Polygonal/Rectangular/Invert clip] <Rectangular>:

Notes

See also

XATTACH · XREF · INSERT · External references

XOPEN — Open External Reference

Opens the drawing of an external reference in another tab.

Opens the drawing of an external reference in another tab, like AutoCAD XOPEN.

Usage

  1. Enter XOPEN and select an external reference.
Select Xref:

Notes

See also

XREF · XATTACH · REFEDIT

XREF — External References

Lists the external references of the drawing.

Opens (or closes) the External References palette: all the external references of the drawing (DWG or DXF drawings, PDF underlays and raster images) with their status, and the buttons to attach, reload, unload, detach, bind or change the path of each one.

Usage

  1. Enter XREF (or XR) or click the button.
  2. At the top, Attach DWG… opens XATTACH, Attach PDF… opens PDFATTACH and Reload All References reads all of them again from disk.
  3. Below, the tree of DWG references: each one with its nested references hanging from it, and the columns Reference Name, Status, Type (Attach or Overlay), Size, Date, Saved Path and Found At (the file that was read).
  4. The buttons of each row: Reload, Unload, Detach, Bind and Change Path…. Nested references are managed from the one that contains them.
  5. Further down, PDF Underlays (with their page) and Raster images, with their own buttons.

Reference status

Notes

See also

XATTACH · -XREF · XCLIP · PDFATTACH · IMAGEATTACH · External references

Layers

-LAYER — Layers (command line)

Manages layers from the command line.

Manages layers from the command line, without windows: useful in scripts and in LISP. It does the same as the LAYER: create layers, set the current one, rename them and change their properties.

Usage

  1. Enter -LAYER (or -LA).
Enter an option [?/Make/Set/New/Rename/ON/OFF/Color/Ltype/LWeight/TRansparency/MATerial/Plot/Freeze/Thaw/LOck/Unlock/stAte/Description/rEconcile]:
  1. Choose an option. Options that change a property ask for the value first and then for the layers:
Enter name list of layer(s) (wildcards allowed) <…>:
  1. After each option the first prompt comes back. Press Enter to finish.

Layer lists accept several names separated by commas and wildcards (*, ?, #, @, ~). Pressing Enter without typing anything applies the option to the current layer.

Options

Enter name list for new layer(s) (comma-separated):
Enter color (number from 1 to 255, standard name or R,G,B):
Enter transparency value (0-90):
Enter a layer state option [?/Save/Restore/Delete]:

Save saves the current setup under a name, Restore brings it back, Delete deletes it and ? lists the saved states.

Notes

See also

LAYER · LAYERSTATE · SCRIPT · Layers

CHECKSTANDARDS — Check Standards

Checks layers, linetypes and styles against the associated standards.

Checks the drawing against the standards files associated with STANDARDS: layers, linetypes, text styles and dimension styles. It lists what is not in the standard and what has the same name with other properties, and offers to fix the latter by copying the properties of the standard.

Usage

  1. Enter CHECKSTANDARDS. The report of each standard appears.
  2. If something can be fixed:
Fix the properties that differ from the standard? [Yes/No] <N>:

Notes

See also

STANDARDS · LAYTRANS · Layers

COPYTOLAYER — Copy to Layer

Copies the selected objects to another layer.

Copies the selected objects to another layer: the copies go on the destination layer and the originals stay as they were. The copies can be left in place or moved.

Usage

  1. Enter COPYTOLAYER.
Select objects to copy:
  1. Select the objects and press Enter.
Select object on destination layer or [Name] <Name>:
  1. Select an object on the destination layer, or press Enter and type the layer name.
… object(s) copied and placed on layer "…".
  1. Specify the base point and the second point to move the copies, or press Enter to leave them in place.
Specify base point or [Displacement/eXit] <eXit>:

Options

Specify displacement <0.0000, 0.0000, 0.0000>:

See also

LAYCUR · LAYMCH · COPY · Layers

LAYCUR — Change to Current Layer

Moves the selected objects to the current layer.

Moves the selected objects to the current layer, without changing their other properties. Use it to gather on the working layer objects drawn on another one.

Usage

  1. Enter LAYCUR.
Select objects to be changed to the current layer:
  1. Select the objects and press Enter. The program says how many changed.
… object(s) changed to layer "…" (the current layer).

Notes

See also

LAYMCUR · LAYMCH · COPYTOLAYER · Layers

LAYDEL — Delete

Deletes some layers with all their objects.

Deletes layers together with all their objects. Unlike the Delete Layer button of the LAYER, which only deletes empty layers, this command first erases whatever is on them.

Usage

  1. Enter LAYDEL or click Delete on the ribbon.
Select object on layer to delete or [Name]:
  1. Select objects on the layers to delete; the command line shows the chosen layers. Press Enter.
  2. Confirm. The default answer is No.
… objects and layers … will be deleted. Do you wish to continue? [Yes/No] <No>:

Options

Enter names of the layers to delete:

Notes

See also

LAYMRG · PURGE · LAYER · Layers

LAYER — Layers

Opens the Layer Properties Manager.

Opens and closes the Layer Properties Manager, a palette that lists every layer of the drawing in a table. From it you create, delete and rename layers, set the current layer and change layer properties. To do the same from the command line (scripts, LISP), use -LAYER.

Usage

  1. Enter LAYER (or LA) or click Layers on the ribbon. Run it again to close the window.
  2. Click a row to select that layer; Ctrl+click adds or removes rows and Shift+click selects a range.
  3. Click the icons or drop-down lists of the row. If the row is one of the selected ones, the change applies to all selected layers.

Columns

Click a column heading to sort by it; another click reverses the order.

Buttons and filters

Notes

See also

-LAYER · LAYERSTATE · LAYERP · LAYMCUR · LAYISO · Layers

LAYERP — Previous

Undoes the last change to layer settings.

Undoes the last change to layer settings: the layers return to how they were before (on, frozen, locked, color, linetype, lineweight...). Objects are not touched: an object that was moved or put on another layer stays as it is.

Usage

  1. Enter LAYERP or click Previous on the ribbon.
  2. The layers return to their previous settings and the command line confirms it. Repeat to go further back.

Notes

See also

LAYER · LAYERSTATE · UNDO · Layers

LAYERSTATE — Layer States

Opens the Layer States Manager.

Opens the Layer States Manager. A layer state saves under a name how all layers are set (on, frozen, locked, color, linetype, lineweight...) so that you can return to that setup later. Layer states are saved in the drawing.

Usage

  1. Enter LAYERSTATE (or LAS) or click Layer States… in the LAYER.
  2. To save the current setup, click New…, type the State name and, optionally, a Description, and click Save. A state with the same name is replaced.
  3. To return to a state, choose it in the list and click Restore (or double-click it).

Controls

Notes

See also

LAYER · -LAYER · LAYERP · Layers

LAYFRZ — Freeze

Freezes the layer of the selected object.

Freezes the layer of the objects you select. A frozen layer is neither displayed nor plotted, like a layer that is off, and it is also not regenerated, which makes large drawings lighter. The command keeps asking for objects until you press Enter.

Usage

  1. Enter LAYFRZ or click Freeze on the ribbon.
Select an object on the layer to be frozen or [Settings/Undo]:
  1. Select an object: its layer is frozen. Repeat with other objects.
  2. Press Enter to finish.

Options

In paper space viewport use [Vpfreeze/Freeze] <Vpfreeze>:

Notes

See also

LAYTHW · LAYOFF · LAYER · Layers

LAYISO — Isolate

Leaves only the layers of the selected objects visible.

Keeps only the layers of the selected objects visible: all other layers are turned off. Useful to work on one part of the drawing without the rest getting in the way. LAYUNISO returns the layers to how they were.

Usage

  1. Enter LAYISO or click Isolate on the ribbon.
Select objects on the layer(s) to be isolated or [Settings]:
  1. Select one or more objects and press Enter. Their layers stay on and all others are turned off.

Options

Enter setting for layers not isolated [Off/Lock and fade] <Off>:
Enter fade value (0-90) <…>:

Notes

See also

LAYUNISO · LAYOFF · ISOLATEOBJECTS · Layers

LAYLCK — Lock

Locks the layer of the selected object.

Locks the layer of the selected object. Its objects are still displayed, plotted and usable for object snaps, but they cannot be selected or modified. This is how you protect a base plan or a reference drawing while drawing on top of it.

Usage

  1. Enter LAYLCK or click Lock on the ribbon.
Select an object on the layer to be locked:
  1. Select an object. Its layer is locked and the command ends.

Notes

See also

LAYULK · LAYER · Layers

LAYMCH — Match Layer

Moves the selected objects to the layer of another object.

Moves the selected objects to the layer of another object (the destination layer). Use it to fix objects drawn on the wrong layer without having to look up the name of the right one.

Usage

  1. Enter LAYMCH or click Match Layer on the ribbon.
Select objects to be changed:
  1. Select the objects to change and press Enter.
Select object on target layer or [Name]:
  1. Select an object on the destination layer. The objects change layer and the command ends.

Options

Enter target layer name:

Notes

See also

MATCHPROP · LAYMCUR · LAYMRG · Layers

LAYMCUR — Make Current

Makes the layer of the selected object current.

Makes the layer of an object current: whatever you draw next goes on that layer. It is quicker than looking for the layer by name when an object on it is in view.

Usage

  1. Enter LAYMCUR or click Make Current on the ribbon.
Select object whose layer will become current:
  1. Select an object. Its layer becomes the current layer and the command ends.

Notes

See also

LAYMCH · LAYER · Layers

LAYMRG — Merge

Moves all the objects of some layers to another one and deletes the former.

Merges layers: moves all objects of some layers to another one (the destination layer) and deletes the first ones. Use it to clean up drawings with duplicated or badly named layers.

Usage

  1. Enter LAYMRG or click Merge on the ribbon.
Select object on layer to merge or [Name]:
  1. Select objects on the layers to merge; the command line shows the chosen layers. Press Enter.
Select object on target layer or [Name]:
  1. Select an object on the destination layer.
  2. Confirm. The default answer is No.
… objects will move to layer … and layers … will be deleted. Do you wish to continue? [Yes/No] <No>:

Options

Enter names of the layers to merge:

Notes

See also

LAYDEL · LAYMCH · PURGE · Layers

LAYOFF — Off

Turns off the layer of the selected object.

Turns off the layer of the objects you select: their objects are no longer displayed or plotted until the layer is turned on again. The command keeps asking for objects, so you can turn off several layers in a row.

Usage

  1. Enter LAYOFF or click Off on the ribbon.
Select an object on the layer to be turned off or [Settings/Undo]:
  1. Select an object: its layer is turned off. Repeat with other objects.
  2. Press Enter to finish.

Options

In paper space viewport use [Vpfreeze/Off] <Vpfreeze>:

Notes

See also

LAYON · LAYFRZ · LAYISO · LAYERP · Layers

LAYON — Turn All Layers On

Turns on all the layers.

Turns on all layers of the drawing at once. There are no prompts.

Usage

  1. Enter LAYON or click Turn All Layers On on the ribbon.

Notes

See also

LAYOFF · LAYTHW · LAYUNISO · Layers

LAYTHW — Thaw All Layers

Thaws all the layers.

Thaws all frozen layers of the drawing at once. There are no prompts.

Usage

  1. Enter LAYTHW or click Thaw All Layers on the ribbon.

Notes

See also

LAYFRZ · LAYON · Layers

LAYTRANS — Layer Translator

Translates the layers of the drawing to those of another drawing or standard.

Translates the layers of the drawing to those of another drawing or standard: objects move to the target layer, which takes the color, linetype and lineweight of the reference. LinceCAD does it on the command line, without the Layer Translator dialog box.

Usage

  1. Enter LAYTRANS.
Enter the drawing or standard with the target layers:
  1. Type source=target mappings; the source accepts wildcards (WAL*=A-WALL). Map same applies to the layers that already have the same name as in the reference.
Enter source=target, Map same or <Translate>:
  1. Enter (or Translate) translates: the source layer is deleted if it ends up empty (never 0 or the current one).

Notes

See also

STANDARDS · CHECKSTANDARDS · LAYMRG · Layers

LAYULK — Unlock

Unlocks the layer of the selected object.

Unlocks the layer of the selected object: its objects can be selected and modified again.

Usage

  1. Enter LAYULK or click Unlock on the ribbon.
Select an object on the layer to be unlocked:
  1. Select an object on the locked layer. The layer is unlocked and the command ends.

Notes

See also

LAYLCK · LAYER · Layers

LAYUNISO — Unisolate

Undoes the last LAYISO.

Undoes the last LAYISO: turns layers on and off as they were before they were isolated.

Usage

  1. Enter LAYUNISO or click Unisolate on the ribbon. There are no prompts.

Notes

See also

LAYISO · LAYON · LAYERP · Layers

LAYVPI — Isolate to Viewport

Freezes the selected layers in every viewport except the current one.

Freezes the layers of the selected objects in every viewport of the layout except the current one, so that those objects are only seen in it.

Usage

  1. In a layout, go into a viewport (MSPACE) and enter LAYVPI.
Select objects on the layer to be isolated in viewport or [Undo]:
  1. Select objects. Their layers are frozen in the other viewports at once; keep selecting or press Enter.
Layers … frozen in the other viewports.

Options

Notes

You must be in a layout, inside a viewport (MSPACE).

See also

VPLAYER · LAYISO · LAYER · Layers

LAYWALK — Layer Walk

Shows only the checked layers to see what each one holds.

Shows only the layers you check, to see what is on each one. The others are turned off while the dialog box is open.

Usage

  1. Enter LAYWALK.
Layer Walk: use the dialog box; Enter closes it.
  1. In the dialog box, type a filter (* and ? are accepted) and check the layers you want to see; the number of objects of each appears in brackets. With nothing checked, all are shown.
  2. Purge layer deletes the checked layer if it is empty (not 0 or the current one).
  3. Click Close or press Enter: the layers go back to how they were before opening the dialog box, except the purged ones.

See also

LAYER · LAYISO · Layers

SETBYLAYER — Set to ByLayer

Sets the color, linetype, lineweight and other properties of the objects to ByLayer.

Sets the properties of the selected objects to ByLayer, so that they take those of their layer: color, linetype, lineweight, material, plot style and transparency, according to SETBYLAYERMODE.

Usage

  1. Enter SETBYLAYER. The program says which properties it will change.
Current active settings: …
  1. Select the objects and press Enter.
Select objects or [Settings]:
  1. Say whether to change the ByBlock properties too.
Change ByBlock to ByLayer? [Yes/No] <Yes>:
  1. Say whether to change the objects inside the selected blocks too (their definition changes).
Include blocks? [Yes/No] <Yes>:

Options

Enter new value for SETBYLAYERMODE (1 color, 2 linetype, 4 lineweight, 8 material, 16 plot style, 128 transparency) <…>:

Notes

See also

MATCHPROP · PROPERTIES · Layers

STANDARDS — Standards

Associates standards files (.dws) with the drawing.

Associates standards files with the drawing so that CHECKSTANDARDS can check it later. A .dws file or any drawing (.dwg, .dxf, .dwt) will do.

Usage

  1. Enter STANDARDS.
Enter an option [Associate/Remove/List] <List>:
  1. Associate: give the file; it is checked that it opens.
Enter the standards file (.dws or drawing):
  1. Remove: give the number in the list or the path.
  2. List (Enter): writes the associated standards.

Notes

See also

CHECKSTANDARDS · LAYTRANS · Layers

VPLAYER — Viewport Layers

Freezes and thaws layers in some viewports, from the command line.

Freezes and thaws layers in some viewports of the layout, from the command line: the same as the "VP Freeze" column of the layer manager, but in several viewports at once.

Usage

  1. In a layout, enter VPLAYER.
Enter an option [?/Color/Ltype/LWeight/TRansparency/Freeze/Thaw/Reset/remOveoverrides/Newfrz/Vpvisdflt]:
  1. Choose an option, type the layer names (wildcards allowed; Enter to select objects on them) and choose the viewports.
Specify viewports [All/Select/Current/eXcept current] <Current>:
  1. Go on with another option or press Enter to finish.

Options

Enter a viewport visibility option [Frozen/Thawed] <Thawed>:

Notes

Per-viewport color, linetype, lineweight and transparency overrides are not available yet.

See also

LAYVPI · LAYER · MVIEW · Layers

Properties

-COLOR — Color (command line)

Sets the color of new objects from the command line.

Sets the color of new objects from the command line, like COLOR without the palette. Useful in scripts and AutoLISP.

Usage

  1. Enter -COLOR. The program says the current color.
Enter default object color [Truecolor] <BYLAYER>:
  1. Type ByLayer, ByBlock, an index number (1 to 255) or a standard name (red, yellow, green, cyan, blue, magenta, white).

Options

True Color (R,G,B):

Notes

See also

COLOR · -LWEIGHT · MATCHPROP

-LWEIGHT — Lineweight (command line)

Sets the lineweight of new objects from the command line.

Sets the lineweight of new objects from the command line, like LWEIGHT without the palette. Useful in scripts and AutoLISP.

Usage

  1. Enter -LWEIGHT. The program says the current lineweight.
Enter default lineweight for new objects or [?]:
  1. Type ByLayer, ByBlock, Default or one of the standard lineweights in millimetres (0.25, 0.35…).

Options

Standard lineweights (mm): …

Notes

Invalid lineweight: enter one of the standard lineweights in mm (e.g. 0.25) or Default.

See also

LWEIGHT · -COLOR · LWDISPLAY

COLOR — Color

Sets the color of new objects.

Sets the color of new objects with the Select Color dialog box, as in AutoCAD. From the command line use -COLOR.

Usage

  1. Enter COLOR (or COL) or click Color on the ribbon.
  2. In the dialog box, choose the tab and the color:
  1. Click OK.

Notes

See also

PROPERTIES · LINETYPE · LWEIGHT · LAYER

LINETYPE — Linetype

Loads and sets linetypes.

Opens the Linetype Manager: loads linetypes into the drawing, sets the current one (used by new objects), deletes unused ones and sets the pattern scales.

Usage

  1. Enter LINETYPE (or LT) or click Linetype on the ribbon.
  2. Choose a linetype in the list and click Set Current so that new objects use it.
  3. To add linetypes, click Load..., check the ones you want and click OK.

Controls

Notes

See also

PROPERTIES · COLOR · LWEIGHT · CELTYPE

LWEIGHT — Lineweight

Sets the lineweight of new objects.

Sets the lineweight of new objects with the Lineweight Settings dialog box, as in AutoCAD. From the command line use -LWEIGHT.

Usage

  1. Enter LWEIGHT (or LW) or click Lineweight on the ribbon.
  2. In the dialog box, choose one of the Lineweights:: ByLayer, ByBlock, Default or one of the standard lineweights.
  3. Adjust, if you wish:
  1. Click OK.

Notes

See also

PROPERTIES · COLOR · LINETYPE · LWDISPLAY

MATCHPROP — Match Properties

Copies the properties of one object to others.

Copies the properties of one object (the source) to others: color, layer, linetype, linetype scale, lineweight, transparency, thickness and plot style, and the type-specific ones (dimension style, text style, hatch, polyline). It is the quick way to make some objects look like another one that is already right.

Usage

  1. Enter MATCHPROP (or MA) or click Match Properties on the ribbon.
Select source object:
  1. Select the source object.
Select destination object(s) or [Settings]:
  1. Select the destination objects; you can select several times.
  2. Press Enter: the destination objects take the properties of the source and the command ends.

Notes

Properties to match (…); enter a number to change it or Enter:

See also

PROPERTIES · LAYMCH · Editing

PROPERTIES — Properties

Displays and edits the properties of the selection.

Opens and closes the Properties palette, which shows the properties of the selected objects and lets you change them by typing or choosing from a list. With nothing selected, it shows the current properties of the drawing, the ones that new objects will take.

Usage

  1. Enter PROPERTIES (or PR), press Ctrl+1 or click Properties on the ribbon. Doing it again closes the palette.
  2. Select objects, before or with the palette open: the palette updates by itself.
  3. Change a value: in text boxes, type and press Enter (or leave the box); in drop-down lists, choose.

The palette

Notes

See also

MATCHPROP · COLOR · LINETYPE · LWEIGHT · LIST · Editing

View

-LAYOUT — Layout (command line)

Creates, copies, deletes, renames and sets layouts from the command line.

Command-line version of LAYOUT, with the same options.

Usage

Enter layout option [Copy/Delete/New/Template/Rename/SAveas/Set/?] <Set>:

See also

LAYOUT

-VIEW — Preset Views

Sets a preset orthographic or isometric view.

Sets one of the AutoCAD preset orthographic or isometric views, with the target at the origin and zoom extents.

Usage

  1. Enter -VIEW (or -V).
Enter an option [?/Save/Restore/Delete] or a preset view [Top/Bottom/Left/Right/Front/BAck/SW iso/SE iso/NE iso/NW iso]:
  1. Choose the view.

Options

Notes

See also

3DORBIT · VPOINT · PLAN · VSCURRENT

-VPORTS — Viewports (command line)

In a layout, creates viewports like MVIEW.

In a layout, creates viewports like MVIEW.

Usage

Specify corner of viewport or [ON/OFF/Fit/Lock/Object/Polygonal/2/3/4] <Fit>:

3DCORBIT — Continuous Orbit

When the drag is released, the view keeps rotating.

Continuous orbit: drag and release; the view keeps rotating with the speed and direction of the last drag.

Usage

  1. Enter 3DCORBIT or click the button on the View tab.
Drag to rotate the view; Enter or Esc to end:
  1. Drag with the left button and release it while moving.
  2. A click stops the rotation; Enter or Esc end the command.

See also

3DORBIT · 3DFORBIT

3DFORBIT — Free Orbit

Rotates the view freely around the screen axes.

Free orbit: like 3DORBIT, but dragging rotates the view around the screen axes, so the view may end up twisted (the Z axis no longer has to look vertical).

Usage

  1. Enter 3DFORBIT or click the button on the View tab.
Drag to rotate the view; Enter or Esc to end:
  1. Drag with the left button: horizontally it rotates around the vertical screen axis and vertically around the horizontal one.
  2. Press Enter or Esc to end.

Notes

See also

3DORBIT · 3DCORBIT · PLAN

3DORBIT — 3D Orbit

Rotates the view around the target by dragging with the mouse (the Z axis stays vertical).

Rotates the view around its target by dragging with the mouse, like AutoCAD 3DORBIT. The Z axis of the drawing stays vertical on screen.

Usage

  1. Enter 3DORBIT (or 3DO) or click the button on the View tab.
Drag to rotate the view; Enter or Esc to end:
  1. Drag with the left button: horizontally the view rotates around the Z axis; vertically it tilts.
  2. Press Enter or Esc to end.

Notes

See also

3DFORBIT · 3DCORBIT · -VIEW · VSCURRENT · PLAN

CHSPACE — Change Space

Moves objects from paper space to model space, or back, keeping their appearance.

Moves objects from paper space to model space, or back, keeping their appearance.

Usage

  1. In a layout, type CHSPACE and select the paper space objects.
Select objects:
  1. Select the viewport through which they will be seen in model space.
Select the DESTINATION viewport:

Notes

See also

MSPACE · PSPACE · VPSYNC · Layouts

CLEANSCREENOFF — Clean Screen Off

Brings back the ribbon, toolbars and palettes after CLEANSCREENON.

Leaves the clean screen and brings back the ribbon, toolbars and palettes, like AutoCAD CLEANSCREENOFF.

Usage

Enter CLEANSCREENOFF.

Notes

See also

CLEANSCREENON · SHOWPALETTES

CLEANSCREENON — Clean Screen

Hides the ribbon, toolbars, file tabs and palettes.

Leaves only the drawing area, the status bar and the command line, like AutoCAD CLEANSCREENON.

Usage

Enter CLEANSCREENON. The ribbon (or the menus and toolbars of the Classic workspace), the file tabs and the palettes disappear.

Notes

See also

CLEANSCREENOFF · HIDEPALETTES

DDPTOVISTA — Punto de vista por ángulos

Fija la dirección de la vista con dos ángulos.

Fija la dirección de la vista con dos ángulos, como el cuadro de punto de vista predefinido (DDVPOINT) de AutoCAD, y hace zoom extensión.

Uso

  1. Escriba DDPTOVISTA (o DDVP).
Indique el ángulo en el plano XY desde el eje X:
  1. Indique el ángulo en el plano XY desde el eje X (en grados).
Indique el ángulo desde el plano XY:
  1. Indique el ángulo desde el plano XY (la altura del observador).

Notas

Véase también

VPOINT · -VIEW · 3DORBIT · PLAN

LUZDISTANTE — Luz distante

Crea una luz distante de rayos paralelos, como el sol.

Crea una luz distante de rayos paralelos, como DISTANTLIGHT de AutoCAD (y como el sol).

Uso

  1. Escriba LUZDISTANTE.
Indique el primer punto de la dirección:
  1. Indique dos puntos: la dirección de los rayos va del primero al segundo.

Notas

Véase también

POINTLIGHT · SPOTLIGHT · SUN · RENDER

HIDEOBJECTS — Hide Objects

Hides the selected objects.

Hides the selected objects until isolation ends. It is the opposite of ISOLATEOBJECTS: here you select what is in the way.

Usage

  1. Enter HIDEOBJECTS or choose Hide Objects on the ISOLATE button of the status bar.
  2. Select the objects you want to hide and press Enter. If they were already selected before starting the command, they are hidden without asking.
Select objects:
  1. To see them again, use UNISOLATEOBJECTS or End Object Isolation on the same button.

Notes

See also

ISOLATEOBJECTS · UNISOLATEOBJECTS · LAYOFF · Layers

HIDEPALETTES — Hide Palettes

Hides all palettes, docked or floating.

Hides all open palettes, like AutoCAD HIDEPALETTES.

Usage

Enter HIDEPALETTES. The docked and floating palettes disappear and the drawing area gets the room back.

Notes

See also

SHOWPALETTES · CLEANSCREENON

ISOLATEOBJECTS — Isolate Objects

Hides everything except the selected objects.

Leaves only the selected objects in view: everything else in the same space (model or layout) is hidden until isolation ends. It helps to work on a part of a busy drawing without changing layers.

Usage

  1. Enter ISOLATEOBJECTS or choose Isolate Objects on the ISOLATE button of the status bar.
  2. Select the objects you want to keep seeing and press Enter. If they were already selected before starting the command, they are isolated without asking.
Select objects:
  1. To see everything again, use UNISOLATEOBJECTS or End Object Isolation on the same button.

Notes

See also

HIDEOBJECTS · UNISOLATEOBJECTS · LAYISO · Layers

LAYOUT — Layout

Creates, copies, deletes, renames and sets layouts.

Creates, copies, deletes, renames and sets layouts, like AutoCAD's -LAYOUT. Each layout is stored as in AutoCAD: a LAYOUT object (with its page setup and tab order) and its *Paper_Space… block.

Usage

  1. Type LAYOUT.
Enter layout option [Copy/Delete/New/Template/Rename/SAveas/Set/?] <Set>:

Options

Notes

See also

MVIEW · PAGESETUP · PLOT

LAYOUTWIZARD — Layout Wizard

Creates a layout asking for name, paper, orientation and viewports.

Creates a new layout asking for its name, the paper, the orientation and the viewports.

Usage

Enter the name of the new layout <Layout>:
Enter the paper size (? for the list) <…>:
Enter the orientation [Landscape/Portrait] <Landscape>:
Enter the viewports [None/One/2/3/4] <One>:

Notes

See also

LAYOUT · MVIEW · PAGESETUP

MATBROWSER — Materials

Assigns a library material to the selected objects or to the current layer.

Assigns a library material (or one created with a texture image) to the selected objects or to the current layer, like AutoCAD's materials browser.

Usage

  1. Enter MATERIALES (or MAT).
Specify the material [?/Create] <…>:
  1. Enter the material name (? lists the library; a material already created in the drawing also works). Enter uses Global. Or choose Create to make (or change) a textured material: > Name of the new material (or of an existing one, to change it): > Texture image (path, or Madera/Ladrillo/Baldosa/Césped/Agua) or Enter for none: > Size of one texture repeat, in drawing units <1>:

The image is the path of a PNG, JPEG or BMP, or the name of a built-in texture (Madera = wood, Ladrillo = brick, Baldosa = tile, Césped = grass, Agua = water). The size is what one repeat of the image measures in the drawing (e.g. 2 = the image covers 2 × 2 units). Enter at the image prompt creates a plain material.

  1. Select the objects; Enter without selecting anything assigns it to the current layer.

Library

Notes

See also

RENDER · SUN · VSCURRENT

MSPACE — Model Space

Enters model space through a viewport.

In a layout, enters model space through a layout viewport: from then on you draw, edit and zoom in the model seen inside the viewport, not on the sheet.

Usage

  1. With a layout active, enter MSPACE (or MS) or click Model Space on the ribbon.
  2. The first viewport of the layout is entered. To go back to the sheet, use PSPACE.

Notes

See also

PSPACE · Layouts

MVIEW — Viewports

Creates layout viewports and turns them on, off or locks them.

Creates viewports in the current layout and turns them on, off or locks them. Each new viewport shows the model extents.

Usage

Specify corner of viewport or [ON/OFF/Fit/Lock/Object/Polygonal/2/3/4] <Fit>:

Options

Notes

See also

VPCLIP · VPMAX

PAN — Pan

Moves the view without changing the scale.

Will move the view of the drawing without changing the scale, by dragging with the mouse. As a command it is not available yet in this version.

Usage

Meanwhile, you can pan with the mouse at any time, also while another command is running:

  1. Press the middle mouse button (the wheel) and drag without releasing it: the view moves with the cursor.

Notes

See also

ZOOM · ZOOMEXTENTS · User interface

PLAN — Plan View

Displays an orthographic view of the XY plane of a UCS.

Shows the plan view of a UCS: it rotates the view so that the X axis of that UCS is horizontal on screen and does a zoom extents. With a UCS aligned with a rotated building, the building is shown straight.

Usage

  1. Enter PLAN or click the button.
  2. Choose which UCS; Enter, the current one.
Enter an option [Current ucs/Ucs/World] <Current>:

Options

Enter name of UCS to restore or [?]:

Notes

See also

UCS · UCSMAN · ZOOM · Coordinates and data entry

LUZPUNTUAL — Luz puntual

Crea una luz puntual que irradia en todas direcciones.

Crea una luz puntual que irradia en todas direcciones, como POINTLIGHT de AutoCAD.

Uso

  1. Escriba LUZPUNTUAL.
Indique la posición de la luz:
  1. Indique la posición de la luz.

Notas

Véase también

SPOTLIGHT · DISTANTLIGHT · SUN · RENDER

PSPACE — Paper Space

Returns to the paper space of the layout.

Leaves the layout viewport you are working in and returns to the paper space of the layout: you draw and edit on the sheet again.

Usage

  1. Inside a layout viewport, enter PSPACE (or PS) or click Paper Space on the ribbon.

Notes

See also

MSPACE · Layouts

REDRAW — Redraw

Repaints the current view.

Repaints the current view without recalculating the geometry.

Usage

Enter REDRAW. There are no further prompts.

Notes

See also

REDRAWALL · REGEN · REGENALL

REDRAWALL — Redraw All

Repaints all viewports.

Repaints all viewports, like AutoCAD REDRAWALL.

Usage

Enter REDRAWALL. There are no further prompts.

Notes

See also

REDRAW · REGENALL

REGEN — Regen

Recalculates the geometry on screen.

Recomputes the geometry displayed on screen (the segments that curves and texts are divided into) for the whole drawing, or for the space being shown (model or layout).

Usage

Enter REGEN or choose it in the View menu or on the ribbon (View › Navigate). The command line says "Regenerating drawing.".

Notes

See also

ZOOM · ZOOMEXTENTS · DRAWORDER · User interface

REGENALL — Regenerate All

Regenerates the drawing and all viewports.

Regenerates the drawing and all its viewports, like AutoCAD REGENALL.

Usage

Enter REGENALL. The command line says "Regenerating drawing.".

Notes

See also

REGEN · REDRAWALL

RENDER — Render

Shades the current 3D view into a PNG image with lights, shadows and ambient occlusion.

Shades the current 3D view into a photorealistic PNG image, with lighting, shadows, ambient occlusion, reflections and textures, like AutoCAD's RENDER.

Usage

  1. Enter RENDER (or RR).
Specify the PNG file <…> or [Size/Background/Ground] (…×… image):
  1. Specify the output PNG file (Enter uses render.png), or first choose an option: - Size: image width and height in pixels, 1920,1080 (also 1920x1080). Default 1920 × 1080. > Image size in pixels (width,height) <…,…>: - Background: Sky (gradient from horizon to zenith, the default), Light (very light grey) or Dark. > Background [Sky/Light/Dark] <current>: - Ground: an infinite ground below the scene (at its lowest Z) that receives shadows and fades into the horizon in the distance. Off by default. > Ground below the scene, with shadows? [Yes/No] <…>:

The options are remembered during the session.

Notes

See also

RENDERWIN · MATBROWSER · SUN · VSCURRENT

RENDERV — Ventana de render

Como RENDER: sombrea la vista 3D actual en una imagen PNG.

Como RENDER: sombrea la vista 3D actual en una imagen PNG. Equivale a RENDERWIN de AutoCAD.

Uso

  1. Escriba RENDERV.
Indique el archivo PNG <…> o [Tamaño/Fondo/Suelo] (imagen de …×…):
  1. Indique el archivo PNG de salida.

Véase también

RENDER · MATBROWSER · SUN

SHOWPALETTES — Show Palettes

Shows the palettes hidden with HIDEPALETTES again.

Shows again the palettes hidden with HIDEPALETTES, like AutoCAD SHOWPALETTES.

Usage

Enter SHOWPALETTES. The palettes return to their place.

Notes

See also

HIDEPALETTES · CLEANSCREENOFF

FOCO — Foco

Crea un foco (cono de luz) desde un punto hacia un objetivo.

Crea un foco (cono de luz) desde un punto hacia un objetivo, como SPOTLIGHT de AutoCAD.

Uso

  1. Escriba FOCO.
Indique el origen del foco:
  1. Indique el origen y luego el objetivo del foco.

Notas

Véase también

POINTLIGHT · DISTANTLIGHT · SUN · RENDER

SOL — Sol

Enciende o apaga el sol, que usa la geolocalización del dibujo.

Enciende o apaga el sol, cuya posición se calcula con la geolocalización del dibujo, como SUN de AutoCAD.

Uso

  1. Escriba SOL.
Indique opción del sol [Activar/Desactivar/Geolocalizar] <Activar>:
  1. Activar (Intro) enciende el sol, Desactivar lo apaga y Geolocalizar muestra la latitud y la longitud actuales.

Notas

Véase también

RENDER · DISTANTLIGHT · MATBROWSER

TEXTSCR — Text Window

Shows the text window with the command line history.

Shows the text window with the command line history, like AutoCAD TEXTSCR.

Usage

Enter TEXTSCR (or press F2). The text window opens, with everything typed and answered on the command line.

Notes

See also

Interfaz

UNISOLATEOBJECTS — End Object Isolation

Shows the isolated or hidden objects again.

Ends object isolation: shows again every object hidden by ISOLATEOBJECTS and HIDEOBJECTS.

Usage

  1. Enter UNISOLATEOBJECTS or choose End Object Isolation on the ISOLATE button of the status bar.
  2. It asks nothing: every hidden object shows again and the status bar button goes off.

Notes

See also

ISOLATEOBJECTS · HIDEOBJECTS · LAYUNISO

VISTA — Vistas con nombre

Guarda y restituye vistas con nombre.

Abre el administrador de vistas con nombre: guardar la vista actual, restituir o suprimir una guardada, y las vistas predefinidas, como VISTA (_VIEW) de AutoCAD. Las vistas se guardan en la tabla VIEW del dibujo.

Uso

  1. Escriba VISTA (o V).
  2. En el cuadro, pulse una vista predefinida, elija una vista con nombre y Restituir, escriba un nombre y Guardar actual, o suprima la elegida.

Notas

Véase también

-VIEW · VPOINT · DDVPOINT · 3DORBIT

VPCLIP — Clip Viewport

Clips a viewport with a closed object or a polygon.

Clips a viewport with a closed object or a polygon, or removes the clipping.

Usage

Select viewport to clip:
Select clipping object or [Polygonal/Delete] <Polygonal>:

See also

MVIEW

VPMAX — Maximize Viewport

Expands the current viewport to the whole drawing area to edit the model.

Expands the current viewport to the whole drawing area, with a red border. VPMIN returns to the layout.

VPMIN — Minimize Viewport

Returns to the layout from a maximized viewport.

Returns to the layout from a viewport maximized with VPMAX.

VPOINT — Viewpoint

Sets the viewing direction with a vector.

Sets the viewing direction with a vector from the target to the viewer, like AutoCAD VPOINT, and zooms to extents.

Usage

  1. Enter VPOINT (or -VP).
Specify a view point (x,y,z):
  1. Type the vector: 0,0,1 is the plan view, 0,-1,0 the front view and -1,-1,1 the SW isometric.

Notes

See also

-VIEW · 3DORBIT · PLAN

VPORTS — Viewports

Dialog to split the model into viewports or create viewports in a layout.

Splits the drawing area of the model into viewports, or creates viewports in a layout, choosing a standard configuration.

Usage

  1. Type VPORTS: the dialog opens.
  2. Choose a configuration (Single, two, three or four viewports) and click OK.

Notes

See also

MVIEW · -VPORTS · VPCLIP · Layouts

VPSYNC — Synchronize Viewports

Matches the view and scale of several viewports to those of one.

Matches the view and scale of several viewports to those of a reference viewport (AutoCAD Express tool).

Usage

  1. In a layout, type VPSYNC.
Select the reference viewport:
  1. Select the leading viewport and then the ones to synchronize; Enter ends.
Select the viewports to synchronize:

Notes

See also

MVIEW · VPCLIP · CHSPACE · Layouts

VSCURRENT — Visual Styles

Changes the visual style of the current viewport.

Changes the visual style of the current viewport, like AutoCAD VSCURRENT.

Usage

  1. Enter VSCURRENT (or VS), click the button on the View tab or choose the style in its list.
Enter an option [2dwireframe/Wireframe/Hidden/Realistic/Shaded/shaded with Edges/X-ray] <current>:
  1. Choose the style; Enter keeps the current one.

Options

Notes

See also

3DORBIT · -VIEW · PLAN

ZOOM — Zoom

Enlarges or reduces the view.

Enlarges or reduces the view of the drawing without changing the real size of the objects. The mouse wheel, which zooms in and out around the cursor, is usually more convenient; the command is for an exact window, a scale factor or going back to the previous view.

Usage

  1. Enter ZOOM (or Z) or click Zoom on the ribbon.
Specify corner of window, enter a scale factor (nX) or [All/Extents/Previous/Scale/Window] <real time>:
  1. Specify two opposite corners to zoom into that area, type a factor or choose an option.
Specify opposite corner:
  1. The command ends after changing the view. Enter on its own ends it without changing the view.

Options

Enter a scale factor (nX):
Specify first corner:

Notes

See also

ZOOMEXTENTS · PAN · User interface

ZOOMEXTENTS — Extents

Displays the whole drawing on screen.

Zooms to the whole drawing: enlarges or reduces the view so that all objects fit on the screen. It is the same as the Extents option of ZOOM.

Usage

  1. Enter ZOOMEXTENTS or click Extents on the ribbon. There are no prompts.

Notes

See also

ZOOM · PAN · User interface

3D modeling

BOX — Box

Creates a solid box.

Creates a solid box (cuboid) as an ACIS 3DSOLID, just like the ones AutoCAD writes.

Usage

  1. Enter BOX (CAJA) or click Box.
First base corner:
  1. Pick the first base corner and the opposite corner (they set the length and width).
Height:
  1. Type the height (or pick it as a distance). The box is created.

Notes

See also

WEDGE · CYLINDER · SPHERE · MESH

CONE — Cone

Creates a solid cone.

Creates a solid right cone as an ACIS 3DSOLID.

Usage

  1. Enter CONE (CONO) or click Cone.
Base center:
  1. Pick the base center.
Radius:
  1. Type the base radius.
Height:
  1. Type the height (the apex is over the base center).

Notes

See also

CYLINDER · SPHERE · PYRAMID

CONVTOMESH — Convert to mesh

Converts solids into meshes.

Converts 3D solids (or regions) into meshes.

Usage

  1. Enter CONVTOMESH (CONVAMALLA).
Select objects:
  1. Select the solids and press Enter. Each one is tessellated and replaced by a mesh.

See also

CONVTOSOLID · MESH

CONVTOSOLID — Convert to solid

Converts meshes into faceted solids.

Converts meshes into faceted (flat-faced) 3D solids.

Usage

  1. Enter CONVTOSOLID (CONVASOLIDO).
Select objects:
  1. Select the meshes and press Enter. Each closed mesh becomes a faceted 3DSOLID.

Notes

See also

CONVTOMESH · MESH

CYLINDER — Cylinder

Creates a solid cylinder.

Creates a solid right cylinder as an ACIS 3DSOLID.

Usage

  1. Enter CYLINDER (CILINDRO) or click Cylinder.
Base center:
  1. Pick the base center.
Radius:
  1. Type the radius.
Height:
  1. Type the height.

See also

CONE · SPHERE · BOX

MESH — Mesh

Creates a mesh primitive (box, cone, sphere…).

Creates a subdivision (SubD) mesh primitive: box, cone, cylinder, wedge, sphere, torus or pyramid.

Usage

  1. Enter MESH (MALLA) or click Mesh.
Mesh shape [Box/COne/CYlinder/Wedge/Sphere/Torus/Pyramid]:
  1. Choose the shape and enter its data just like the matching solid primitive.

Notes

See also

BOX · CONVTOMESH · CONVTOSOLID · MESHSMOOTHMORE

MESHREFINE — Refine mesh

Refines the selected meshes.

Refines the selected meshes, as AutoCAD does: the smoothed shape becomes the mesh, with more faces, and its smoothness level goes back to 0. Smooth them first with MESHSMOOTHMORE; meshes that are not smoothed do not change.

Usage

  1. Enter MESHREFINE (REFINARMALLA).
Select objects:
  1. Select the meshes and press Enter.

See also

MESHSMOOTHMORE · MESH

MESHSMOOTHMORE — Smooth more

Increases mesh smoothness.

Raises the smoothness (subdivision) of the selected meshes by one level.

Usage

  1. Enter MESHSMOOTHMORE (SUAVIZARMAS).
Select objects:
  1. Select the meshes and press Enter. Their smoothness level goes up by one (up to a maximum of 4).

See also

MESHREFINE · MESH

POLYSOLID — Polysolid

Creates a wall-shaped solid along a path.

Creates a wall-shaped solid (rectangular section) along a path, as an ACIS 3DSOLID.

Usage

  1. Enter POLYSOLID (POLISÓLIDO) or click Polysolid.
Start point or [Height/Width]:
  1. Pick the path points. Use Height and Width to change the section before you start.
Next point or [Height/Width] (Enter to finish):
  1. Press Enter to finish: the extruded solid is created.

Notes

See also

BOX · REGION

PYRAMID — Pyramid

Creates a solid pyramid with a square base.

Creates a solid pyramid with a square base as an ACIS 3DSOLID.

Usage

  1. Enter PYRAMID (PIRÁMIDE) or click Pyramid.
Base center:
  1. Pick the base center.
Base side:
  1. Type the side of the square base.
Height:
  1. Type the height (the apex is over the center).

Notes

See also

CONE · BOX · WEDGE

SPHERE — Sphere

Creates a solid sphere.

Creates a solid sphere as an ACIS 3DSOLID.

Usage

  1. Enter SPHERE (ESFERA) or click Sphere.
Center:
  1. Pick the center.
Radius:
  1. Type the radius.

Notes

See also

CYLINDER · CONE · TORUS

TORUS — Torus

Creates a solid torus.

Creates a solid torus as an ACIS 3DSOLID, with its axis along Z.

Usage

  1. Enter TORUS (TOROIDE) or click Torus.
Center:
  1. Pick the center.
Torus radius:
  1. Type the torus radius (center to tube center).
Tube radius:
  1. Type the tube radius.

Notes

See also

SPHERE · CYLINDER

VIEWBASE — Base view

Creates the drawing view of 3D solids and its projected views.

Creates in the current space (normally a layout) the drawing view of the 3D solids of the model and then its projected views, like AutoCAD's VIEWBASE.

Usage

  1. Type VIEWBASE. Select the solids and press Enter (Enter with no selection takes all 3D solids of the model).
Base view orientation [Top/Bottom/Front/Back/Left/Right/SW/SE/NE/NW/Current] <Front>:
  1. Give the scale (2, 1:2) and the style: Visible (visible lines only), Hidden (visible and hidden lines; the hidden ones go on the MD_Hidden layer with a dashed linetype) or Shaded.
  2. Specify where the base view goes.
  3. Each point you specify afterwards creates a projected view on the matching side of the base (third-angle projection): above, the top view; to the right, the right view, and so on. Enter finishes.

Result

Notes

VIEWDETAIL — Detail view

Creates an enlarged view of a circular or rectangular area of a drawing view.

Creates a detail view: a circular or rectangular area of a drawing view, enlarged to its own scale, like AutoCAD's VIEWDETAIL.

Usage

  1. Type VERDETALLE and pick the parent view.
Boundary shape [Circular/Rectangular] <Circular>:
  1. Specify the center and a point on the edge (circle) or the two corners (rectangle).
  2. Give the detail scale (twice the parent's by default) and place the view.

Result

VIEWSECTION — Section view

Creates a section view of a drawing view along a cutting line.

Creates a section view of a drawing view, like AutoCAD's VIEWSECTION.

Usage

  1. Type VERSECCION and pick the parent view (a view created with VIEWBASE).
  2. Specify the two points of the cutting line.
Specify the location of the section view (the side sets the direction of sight):
  1. The side of the line where you place the view is the direction of sight: what lies behind the cutting plane is kept.

Result

Notes

WEDGE — Wedge

Creates a solid wedge.

Creates a solid wedge (a box cut along a diagonal) as an ACIS 3DSOLID.

Usage

  1. Enter WEDGE (CUÑA) or click Wedge.
First base corner:
  1. Pick two opposite base corners (length and width).
Height:
  1. Type the height. The tall edge is over the first corner and the slope drops towards the opposite side.

Notes

See also

BOX · PYRAMID · MESH

Topography: terrain model and contours

CONTOUR — Contours

Generates the contour lines of a terrain or surface.

Generates the contour lines of a terrain or surface at a given interval, with index contours every N on their own layer, optional smoothing and elevation labels aligned with the contour, which is broken where the text goes.

Usage

  1. Enter CONTOUR (CURVASNIVEL) or click Contours.
Select the terrain points (points, blocks or a surface):
  1. Select the terrain points or a surface (SURFACE) and press Enter. The Contours dialog opens; you can also go on at the command line.
Contour interval <…>:
  1. Give the contour interval (elevation step between minor contours).
Index contour every (0 for none) <…>:
  1. Give how often a contour is an index contour (0 for none).
Smoothing [None/Polyline/Spline] <…>:
  1. Choose the smoothing: None (contours follow the triangles), Polyline (polyline with more vertices) or Spline (fit spline).
Distance between index contour labels (0 no labels) <…>:
  1. Give the distance between labels on index contours (0 no labels). The contours are drawn.

Notes

See also

SURFACE · CONTOURLABEL · SPOTELEVATION

CONTOURLABEL — Label contour

Labels the elevation of a contour at the given point.

Places an elevation label on a contour by hand, aligned with it, and breaks the contour where the text goes.

Usage

  1. Enter CONTOURLABEL (ROTULARCURVA) or click Label contour.
Pick a point on the contour:
  1. Pick a point on or next to the contour. The nearest contour is labelled. Repeat with other contours; Enter ends.

Notes

See also

CONTOUR · SPOTELEVATION

COORDTABLE — Coordinate table

Creates a table with the number, X, Y, Z and code of the selected points or vertices.

Creates a coordinate table: a table (AutoCAD TABLE object) with the number, X, Y, Z and, if any, the code of the selected points, blocks or polyline vertices. It is meant for setting-out and control-point drawings. It can label the numbers in the drawing and write the same rows to a CSV file.

Usage

  1. Enter COORDTABLE or click Coordinate table in the Terrain data panel of the Topography tab.
Select objects:
  1. Select points, blocks with attributes or polylines (2D, 3D or lightweight) and press Enter.
  2. In the Coordinate table dialog choose the format and, optionally, the CSV file, and click OK.
  3. Specify the upper-left corner of the table.
Specify insertion point:

What each row shows

The Code column only appears when some row has a code.

Options

Command line

While the dialog is open the same options can be typed; Enter accepts.

Table options [Decimals/Order/Start/Label/Csv] <Accept>:

Decimals (D), Order (O), Start (S), Label (L, toggles yes and no) and Csv (C, file path).

Notes

See also

TABLE · EXPORTPOINTS · IMPORTPOINTS · LANDXMLOUT

EDITSURFACE — Edit surface

Edits a terrain model: edges, points, triangles and constraints.

Edits a digital terrain model created with SURFACE: swap edges, add or delete points, delete triangles and add breaklines, boundaries or holes. After each change the surface is rebuilt and stored in the same mesh.

Usage

  1. Enter EDITSURFACE (EDITARMDT) or click Edit surface.
Select surface:
  1. Select the surface.
Option [Swap edge/Add point/Delete point/Erase triangle/Breakline/bOundary/Hole/Length/eXit] <eXit>:
  1. Choose what to do. After each change you return to the options (Enter, eXit): - Swap edge: pick a point next to the edge; it becomes the other diagonal of its two triangles. - Add point: pick the point and its elevation (or type x,y,z); the default is the interpolated elevation. - Delete point: the vertex nearest to the point given. - Erase triangle (E or T): deletes the triangle that contains the point (leaving a hole). - Breakline, bOundary, Hole: select polylines, as in SURFACE. - Length: the maximum edge length on the border.

Notes

See also

SURFACE · CONTOUR · SPOTELEVATION

EXPORTPOINTS — Export points

Writes the selected points to CSV, stake-out ASCII or Leica GSI.

Writes the selected survey points and point objects to a file for stake-out with the total station or for another program: CSV, ASCII with the column order of your choice, or Leica GSI.

Usage

  1. Enter EXPORTPOINTS or click Export points on the Survey tab.
Select objects:
  1. Select the points and press Enter.
Destination file (.csv, .txt or .gsi):
  1. Choose the file and its type: CSV (.csv), stake-out ASCII (.txt) or Leica GSI (.gsi).
Column order <…>:
  1. For ASCII, give the column order (P number, N northing, E easting, Z elevation, D code) and the separator.
GSI format [Gsi8/gsI16] <gsI16>:
  1. For GSI, choose GSI-8 or GSI-16.

Notes

See also

IMPORTPOINTS · RENUMBERPOINTS · POINTCLOUD

IGNDEM — IGN DEM

Downloads the DEM of the current view from the IGN WCS service (Spain).

Downloads the digital elevation model of the area shown on screen from the IGN elevation WCS service (Spain) and creates it as a surface, like IMPORTDEM. There is no need to download or unzip sheets.

Usage

  1. Give the drawing its coordinate system with GEOGRAPHICLOCATION and pan to the area.
  2. Enter IGNDEM or click IGN DEM in the Terrain data panel of the Topography tab.
Resolution in metres [5/25/200/500/1000/Auto] <Auto>:
  1. Press Enter for the automatic resolution or choose the DEM grid spacing (5, 25, 200, 500 or 1000 m).

Notes

See also

IMPORTDEM · CONTOUR · MAPSERVICE · GEOGRAPHICLOCATION

IMPORTDEM — Import DEM

Imports a digital elevation model (ASCII Grid or GeoTIFF) as a surface.

Imports a gridded digital elevation model (raster) and creates it as a surface, like SURFACE: a mesh of triangular faces on which CONTOUR works. It reads the DEMs of the Spanish CNIG download centre (MDT05, MDT25 and MDT200) and any other in ESRI ASCII Grid (.asc) or GeoTIFF (.tif).

Usage

  1. Enter IMPORTDEM or click Import DEM in the Terrain data panel of the Topography tab.
DEM file (.asc or .tif):
  1. Choose the file. The Import DEM dialog opens with the grid size and the coordinate system of the file.
  2. Check the Source coordinate system, choose the clip and the subsampling and click OK.
  3. With Window, specify the two corners; with Boundary, select a closed polyline.
Select a closed polyline as boundary:

Options

Command line

After the file, the same questions as in the dialog are asked; Enter accepts the proposed value.

Source EPSG <…>:
Subsample, one of every N cells [Auto] <Auto>:
Clip [All/Window/Boundary] <All>:

Notes

See also

IGNDEM · SURFACE · CONTOUR · LANDXMLIN · GEOGRAPHICLOCATION

IMPORTPOINTS — Import points

Imports a survey (CSV/ASCII, Leica GSI, Sokkia SDR, Topcon, Trimble JobXML or RW5) as labelled points or point objects.

Imports a total station or GNSS survey and creates survey points in the drawing with their number, elevation and code labelled, or point objects with their elevation. If asked, it also draws the lines and symbols from the field codes (PROCESSLINEWORK).

Usage

  1. Enter IMPORTPOINTS or click Import points on the Survey tab.
Points file (CSV, TXT, GSI, SDR, JobXML, RW5):
  1. Choose the file with Browse or enter its path. The format is recognised from the extension and the content.
Source EPSG or [Format/Order/Type/Codes] <none>:
  1. In the dialog, check the format and, for ASCII, the column order and the separator. Choose Create as (survey points or point objects), the label style, the layer by code and whether to draw by codes. Enter the source EPSG if needed and click OK.

On the command line (scripts), the Format, Order, Type and Codes options change the same as the dialog, and Enter imports.

Supported formats

The point coordinates are read (name, X or easting, Y or northing, Z and code or description):

FormatWhat is read
ASCII (CSV, TXT…)Columns by letters: P number, N northing (Y), E easting (X), Z elevation, D code and - to skip one (PNEZD, PENZD, NEZ, PXYZD…), or by header. Comma, semicolon, tab or space separator, and dot or comma decimal. With spaces, the last D column takes the rest of the line. With no header or order: number, X, Y, Z, code.
Leica GSI-8 and GSI-16Words 11 (number), 81, 82 and 83 (E, N, Z, in mm, 1/10 mm, 1/100 mm or feet) and 71 (code). A code block 41 gives the code of the following points.
Sokkia SDR33 / SDR2xCoordinate records 08, with 4 or 16-character names and 10 or 16-character numbers. The N-E or E-N order is taken from record 00.
Topcon GTSASCII coordinate dump: number, N, E, Z and code separated by commas.
Trimble JobXML (.jxl)The reduced coordinates in Reductions; if there are none, the non-deleted PointRecord entries with grid coordinates.
Carlson/TDS RW5Stored points (SP) and side shots (SS, TR, BD, FD) reduced from the station (OC), the backsight (BK) and the instrument and rod heights (LS). Angles in DDD.MMSS or gons.

Not read: raw observations in GSI, SDR and JobXML (only their coordinates), RW5 GPS records (latitude and longitude) and code attributes.

Notes

See also

EXPORTPOINTS · PROCESSLINEWORK · POINTLABELSTYLE · SURVEYCODES · POINTCLOUD · SURFACE

LANDXMLIN — Import LandXML

Imports the surfaces and points of a LandXML file.

Imports a LandXML 1.2 file, the exchange format of Civil 3D, MDT/TcpMDT, BricsCAD Civil and many field data collectors: each TIN surface is created as a surface (like SURFACE) and each COGO point (CgPoint) as a point object.

Usage

  1. Enter LANDXMLIN or click Import LandXML in the Terrain data panel of the Topography tab.
LandXML file:
  1. Choose the .xml file. Surfaces and points are created on the current layer.

Notes

See also

LANDXMLOUT · IMPORTDEM · SURFACE · CONTOUR · IMPORTPOINTS

LANDXMLOUT — Export LandXML

Exports the selected surfaces and points to LandXML.

Exports the selected surfaces and points to LandXML 1.2, to take them to Civil 3D, MDT/TcpMDT, BricsCAD Civil or a field data collector.

Usage

  1. Enter LANDXMLOUT or click Export LandXML in the Terrain data panel of the Topography tab.
Select objects:
  1. Select the surfaces created with SURFACE, IMPORTDEM or LANDXMLIN, and the points or blocks, and press Enter.
Target LandXML file:
  1. Enter the target .xml file.

What is written

Notes

See also

LANDXMLIN · EXPORTPOINTS · COORDTABLE · SURFACE

MOVEPOINTLABEL — Move labels

Moves the labels of survey points without moving the points.

Moves the labels of survey points (number, elevation and code) without moving the point, so that they do not overlap other lines or texts on the plan.

Usage

  1. Enter MOVEPOINTLABEL or click Move labels on the Survey tab.
Select objects:
  1. Select one or more points and press Enter.
Specify base point or [Reset]:
  1. Specify the base point of the displacement, or choose Reset to put the labels back where the default label style places them.
Specify second point:
  1. Specify the second point: the labels move by that distance.

Notes

See also

POINTLABELSTYLE · IMPORTPOINTS

POINTCLOUD — Import point cloud

Imports a LAS or LAZ point cloud (LiDAR).

Imports a LiDAR point cloud (LAS or LAZ files) and shows it in the drawing as point objects, in the drawing's coordinates.

Usage

  1. Enter POINTCLOUD or click the button on the Survey tab. The dialog box opens and the command line asks at the same time.
  2. Choose the LAS or LAZ file with Browse or enter its path. The number of points and how many remain after subsampling are shown.
  3. Choose the point colour (RGB, intensity, class or elevation) and, if needed, the file's coordinate system.
  4. Click OK.

Notes

See also

IMPORTPOINTS · EXPORTPOINTS · GEOGRAPHICLOCATION · Georeferencing

POINTLABELSTYLE — Label style

Creates and edits the point label styles and applies them.

Creates and edits the label styles of survey points and applies one to the points.

Usage

  1. Enter POINTLABELSTYLE or click Label style on the Survey tab. If points are selected, the style is applied to them; if not, to every point in the drawing.
  2. Choose a style from the list or click New to create a copy of the current one.
  3. Change what is shown (number, elevation, code), the label height (also the size of the point mark), the elevation decimals and the label position (right, left, above or below).
  4. Click OK to save the styles and apply the chosen one, or Apply to see it without closing the dialog.

On the command line only the style is chosen:

Label style to apply <…>:

Notes

See also

MOVEPOINTLABEL · IMPORTPOINTS · RENUMBERPOINTS

PROCESSLINEWORK — Draw by codes

Joins points with the same code into polylines and inserts the blocks, following the code table.

Draws by codes: joins the survey points with the same line code into 3D or 2D polylines and inserts the symbol of block codes, following the code table (SURVEYCODES).

Usage

  1. Enter PROCESSLINEWORK (alias LINEWORK) or click Draw by codes on the Survey tab.
Select the terrain points (points, blocks or a surface):
  1. Select the points and press Enter.

It is also done on import, with the Draw by codes check box of IMPORTPOINTS.

Notes

See also

SURVEYCODES · IMPORTPOINTS · SURFACE

PROFILEVIEW — Profile view

Draws the longitudinal profile of an alignment over the terrain and, optionally, the design grade.

Draws the longitudinal profile of an alignment over the terrain surface and, optionally, over a second design surface (grade), with an exaggerated vertical scale, the elevation grid, the stations and the data band.

Usage

  1. Enter PROFILEVIEW (PERFIL) or click Profile view on the Survey tab, Analysis panel.
Select the alignment (polyline or line):
  1. Select the alignment: a polyline (arcs are followed in short segments), a line, an arc or a 3D polyline.
Select the terrain surface (TIN):
  1. Select the terrain surface, a mesh created with SURFACE.
Select the design surface (grade) or [None] <None>:
  1. Select the design surface or press Enter for the terrain only.
Enter an option [Horizontal/Vertical/Station] or press Enter to draw <H 1:…, V 1:…, station every … m>:
  1. The Profile view dialog opens with the scales and the station interval. Click OK (or press Enter on the command line to accept the values).
Specify the profile origin (lower-left corner of the grid):
  1. Specify the origin: the lower-left corner of the grid. The data band goes below it.

Options

What it draws

LayerContents
PERFIL_CUADRICULAFrame, elevation lines (about 10 mm on paper) with their labels, station lines and title
PERFIL_TERRENOTerrain profile
PERFIL_RASANTEDesign surface profile
PERFIL_GUITARRAData band: station, existing ground, design grade and difference (grade − ground), and the datum

Notes

See also

PROFILEVIEWUPDATE · SURFACEVOLUME · SURFACE · CONTOUR

PROFILEVIEWUPDATE — Update profile

Redraws a profile view with the current alignment and surfaces.

Redraws one or more profile views created with PROFILEVIEW, reading the alignment and the surfaces as they are now. Use it after changing the TIN, the design grade or the alignment.

Usage

  1. Enter PROFILEVIEWUPDATE (ACTUALIZARPERFIL) or click Update profile.
Select objects of the profiles to update:
  1. Select any object of each profile (a grid line, a data band text…) and press Enter. If objects were already selected, they are updated without asking.

Notes

See also

PROFILEVIEW · SURFACE

RENUMBERPOINTS — Renumber points

Numbers the selected survey points from a start number with an increment.

Changes the number of the selected survey points: numbers them from a start number with an increment.

Usage

  1. Enter RENUMBERPOINTS or click Renumber points on the Survey tab.
Select objects:
  1. Select the points and press Enter.
Start number <1>:
  1. Give the start number. It may have a prefix and leading zeros: E100, P001.
Increment <1>:
  1. Give the increment (it may be negative).

Notes

See also

ZOOMTOPOINT · IMPORTPOINTS · POINTLABELSTYLE

SPOTELEVATION — Spot elevation

Queries the terrain elevation at a point, interpolated from the surface.

Queries the terrain elevation at a point, interpolated in the triangle of the surface that contains it, and optionally labels it.

Usage

  1. Enter SPOTELEVATION (COTAMDT) or click Spot elevation.
Select surface:
  1. Select the surface (SURFACE).
Pick a point or [Label] (label: …) <eXit>:
  1. Pick the point: its elevation is shown at the command line, as with ID. With the Label option (L) before the point, a point at that elevation and a text with it are also drawn. Enter repeats the command.

Notes

See also

SURFACE · EDITSURFACE · CONTOURLABEL

SURFACE — Surface (TIN)

Builds the digital terrain model by triangulating the selected points.

Builds the digital terrain model (TIN) by Delaunay-triangulating points with elevation, with breaklines forced as edges, an outer boundary, holes and a maximum edge length. The surface is stored as a 3D face mesh that the viewer draws and that the contour lines are generated from.

Usage

  1. Enter SURFACE (MDT) or click Surface (TIN).
Select the terrain points (points, blocks or a surface):
  1. Select the entities with elevation: points, blocks (their insertion point is used) or an existing surface. Press Enter.
Select breaklines <none>:
  1. Select the breaklines: 3D polylines, 2D polylines (at their elevation) or lines. Their segments become mesh edges: the surface folds along them (top and toe of a slope, edge of a wall, ditch line). Enter, none.
Select outer boundary <none>:
  1. Select the outer boundary (closed polyline): triangles outside it are discarded. Enter, the whole hull of the points.
Select holes <none>:
  1. Select the holes (closed polylines): areas with no surface inside the boundary, such as a building or a pond.
Maximum edge length (0 no limit) <…>:
  1. Give the maximum edge length: border triangles with an exposed edge longer than that are removed, so distant points are not joined. 0, no limit.

Notes

See also

EDITSURFACE · CONTOUR · SPOTELEVATION · POINT

SURFACEANALYSIS — Surface analysis

Colors a surface by slope, elevation bands or aspect, with a legend.

Colors a surface (TIN) by slope, by elevation bands (hypsometric map) or by aspect in 8 directions, and draws the legend with the area of each class.

Usage

  1. Enter SURFACEANALYSIS (ANALISISTERRENO) or click Surface analysis on the Survey tab, Analysis panel.
Select the terrain surface (TIN):
  1. Select the surface (a SURFACE mesh).
Analysis type [Slopes/Elevations/Aspects] <…>:
  1. The Surface analysis dialog opens: choose the map type, the slope unit and the range limits; the legend updates at once. Click OK. On the command line, the same questions:
Slope unit [Percent/Degrees] <…>:
Range limits, separated by spaces <…>:
Specify the legend point or press Enter to place it on the right:
  1. Specify where the legend goes or press Enter to place it to the right of the terrain.

Map types

TypeClassifiesDefault rangesLayer
Slopesthe slope of each triangle, in % or degrees3, 6, 12, 25 and 50 % (2, 5, 10, 20 and 30°)MDT_PENDIENTES
Elevationsthe elevation: each triangle is split exactly at the limit elevations6 round-step bands between the lowest and highest elevationMDT_ELEVACIONES
Aspectswhere each triangle faces downhill: N, NE, E, SE, S, SW, W, NW, and Flat(fixed)MDT_ORIENTACIONES

Notes

See also

SURFACE · CONTOUR · SURFACEVOLUME

SURFACEVOLUME — Earthwork volume

Computes cut and fill volumes between two surfaces or between a surface and an elevation.

Computes cut and fill volumes between the terrain surface and a design surface, or between the terrain and a reference elevation, inside an optional boundary. It draws the results table as a TABLE, the cut and fill map with its legend and, if asked, saves the report as CSV.

Usage

  1. Enter SURFACEVOLUME (CUBICACION) or click Earthwork volume on the Survey tab, Analysis panel.
Select the terrain surface (TIN):
  1. Select the terrain surface (a SURFACE mesh).
Select the design surface or [Elevation]:
  1. Select the design surface, or enter E to compare with an elevation.
Reference elevation:
  1. With Elevation: give the reference elevation (horizontal plane).
Select the boundary (closed polyline) or [None] <None>:
  1. Select a closed polyline that bounds the area, or press Enter to compute wherever both surfaces overlap.
Enter an option [Method/MAp/Csv] or press Enter to compute <…>:
  1. The Earthwork volume dialog opens: method, map and CSV. Click OK (or press Enter on the command line).
Specify the table insertion point:
  1. Specify where the results table goes.

Options

Results

Accuracy of the methods

See also

SURFACE · SURFACEANALYSIS · PROFILEVIEW · TABLE

SURVEYCODES — Code table

Edits the field code table: line, point or block, with its layer and colour.

Edits the field code table: what is drawn for each code the surveyor writes in the field book or the data collector.

Usage

  1. Enter SURVEYCODES or click Code table on the Survey tab.
  2. In the dialog, each row is a code with its type (line, point or block), its layer, its colour, the block and its scale (for block codes), whether the line is 3D, and a description. Add codes with Add code and remove them with Remove; Default values restores the initial table.
  3. Click OK to save it.

On the command line:

Code table … (… codes) [Reset] <Close>:

Field coding

The description of each point is the code followed, separated by spaces, by its modifiers:

ModifierWhat it does
I or SStarts a new line at that point.
F or EEnds the line at that point.
CEnds the line and closes it to its first point.
AThe point is the middle of an arc through the previous point, this one and the next.
P<d>Also draws an offset line at distance d (positive to the left of the direction of travel), for example P0.5.

A code with trailing digits (BOR1, BOR2) uses the row of the code without them (BOR), but each one is a separate line: this is how two kerbs are surveyed at the same time.

Notes

See also

PROCESSLINEWORK · IMPORTPOINTS

ZOOMTOPOINT — Zoom to point

Finds a survey point by its number and zooms the view to it.

Finds a survey point by its number, shows its coordinates and code and zooms the view to it.

Usage

  1. Enter ZOOMTOPOINT or click Zoom to point on the Survey tab.
Point number:
  1. Enter the point number (case-insensitive). The command line shows X, Y, Z and the code, and the view is centred on the point.

Notes

See also

RENUMBERPOINTS · ZOOM · ID

Utilities and Inquiry

-HYPERLINK — Hyperlink (command line)

Attaches a file or a URL to objects of the drawing.

Command-line version of HYPERLINK: Insert or Remove the hyperlink of the selected objects.

See also

HYPERLINK

-PURGE — Purge (command line)

Purges unused items from the command line.

Command-line version of PURGE: removes the unused items of one type, by name and optionally confirming each one. It is the way to purge from a script (SCRIPT).

Usage

  1. Enter -PURGE (or -PU).
  2. Choose the type of items.
Enter type of unused objects to purge [Blocks/Dimstyles/LAyers/LTypes/MUltileaderstyles/Plotstyles/textSTyles/SHapes/Mlinestyles/Tablestyles/Regapps/Zero-length geometry/Empty text objects/All]:
  1. Enter the names you want to purge. The wildcards * (any text) and ? (one character) and several patterns separated by commas are accepted; Enter purges all items of the type.
Enter name(s) to purge <*>:
  1. Say whether you want to confirm each item. With Yes, the program asks about each one; with No, it removes them all.
Verify each name to be purged? [Yes/No] <Y>:
Purge … "…"? [Yes/No] <N>:

Options

OptionType
Blocks (B)Blocks
LAyers (LA)Layers
LTypes (LT)Linetypes
textSTyles (ST)Text styles
SHapes (SH)Shapes
Dimstyles (D)Dimension styles
MUltileaderstyles (MU)Multileader styles
Tablestyles (T)Table styles
Mlinestyles (M)Multiline styles
Plotstyles (P)Plot styles
Regapps (R)Registered applications
Zero-length (Z)Zero-length geometry
Empty (E)Empty text objects
All (A)All named types

Notes

See also

PURGE · SCRIPT · -OVERKILL

-RENAME — Rename (command line)

Renames named objects from the command line.

Changes the name of a named object from the command line, like RENAME without the dialog. Useful in scripts and AutoLISP.

Usage

  1. Enter -RENAME (or -REN).
  2. Choose the object type.
Enter object type to rename [Block/Dimstyle/LAyer/LType/Material/multileadeRstyle/textStyle/Tablestyle/MLinestyle/Ucs/VIew/VPort/layOut]:
  1. Enter the old name and then the new one (they can contain spaces). Enter in either of them ends without changing anything.
Enter old name:

Notes

With an asterisk in the old name, put another in the new one (AB* to CD*).

See also

RENAME · -LAYER · SCRIPT

AREA — Area

Calculates area and perimeter.

Calculates the area and perimeter of a boundary defined by points or of a closed object. With the Add area and Subtract area modes it keeps a running total, for example to subtract openings from a surface. The drawing does not change.

Usage

  1. Enter AREA (or AA) or click its button.
Specify first corner point or [Object/Add area/Subtract area] <Object>:
  1. To measure by points, specify the corners of the boundary one after another. The figure closes by itself: there is no need to go back to the first point.
Specify next point or [Undo]:
Specify next point or [Undo/Total] <Total>:
  1. Press Enter (or type T) to calculate. The command line shows the area and the perimeter.
  2. To measure an object, press Enter at the first prompt (or type O) and select the object.
Select objects:

Options

Specify first corner point or [Object/Subtract area]:
(ADD mode) Select objects:
Specify first corner point or [Object/Add area]:
(SUBTRACT mode) Select objects:

In add and subtract modes, Enter at the object prompt goes back to the mode prompt; Enter at the mode prompt ends the command and shows the total.

Notes

See also

MEASUREGEOM · DIST · LIST · HATCH · BOUNDARY

CAL — Calculator

Evaluates a mathematical expression.

Evaluates a mathematical expression typed on the command line and shows the result. It does not change the drawing.

Use

  1. Type CAL or click its button.
  2. Type the expression and press Enter.
Expression to evaluate:
  1. The result appears on the command line with the drawing format (UNITS).

Expressions

Points and vectors

Notes

See also

DIST · AREA · ID · UNITS

COMPARE — Compare drawings

Compares the drawing with another DWG or DXF and highlights the differences.

Compares the open drawing with another DWG or DXF (for example, two revisions of the same sheet) and highlights the differences in model space.

Usage

  1. Type COMPARA or click Compare drawings.
  2. Enter the file to compare with (or press Enter to pick it in the browser).
Enter the DWG or DXF to compare with (or Enter to pick it):
  1. The current drawing is marked and a change summary is shown on the command line.
Markup: green = added, red = deleted, yellow = modified (UNDO to remove it).

How it matches

Notes

Differences from AutoCAD

See also

AUDIT · UNDO

DBLIST — List All

Displays the data of every object in the drawing.

Displays the data of every object in the drawing, one after another, as if all were selected with LIST: type, layer, space, handle and geometry.

Usage

  1. Enter DBLIST. The list is shown on the command line and in the text window (F2).

Notes

See also

LIST · STATUS

DIST — Distance

Measures the distance and angle between two points.

Measures the distance between two points and writes it on the command line, together with the angle of the line that joins them in the XY plane and the X, Y and Z deltas. The drawing does not change.

Usage

  1. Enter DIST (or DI) or click its button.
  2. Specify the first point with a click, an object snap or by typing its coordinates.
Specify first point:
  1. Specify the second point. While you move the cursor, the line being measured is shown.
Specify second point:
  1. The result appears on the command line and the command ends.

Notes

See also

MEASUREGEOM · AREA · ID · LIST · UNITS

DWGPROPS — Drawing Properties

Title, subject, author, keywords and other properties of the drawing.

Opens the Drawing Properties dialog box, with the data that describe the drawing, as in AutoCAD.

Usage

  1. Enter DWGPROPS.
  2. Choose the tab: - General: file name, location and size. - Summary: Title:, Subject:, Author:, Keywords:, Comments: and Hyperlink base:. - Statistics: creation and modification dates, who saved it and the editing time. - Custom: custom properties, with their name and value (Add, Delete).
  3. Click OK to keep the changes in the drawing or Cancel to discard them.

Notes

See also

TIME · STATUS · FIELD

FILTER — Filter

Selects with a filter of types and properties.

Selects the objects that match a filter: a list of conditions on the object type and its properties (layer, color, linetype, lineweight, length, radius, text height…), which can be grouped with AND, OR, XOR and NOT. It is AutoCAD's Object Selection Filters dialog.

Usage

  1. Enter FILTER (or FI). If objects are selected, the filter applies to them; otherwise, to the whole current space.
  2. Choose an object type or, with “(property)”, a property, an operator and a value, and click Add to List. Each condition is added below the selected one.
  3. To combine conditions, enclose them in Begin OR … End OR (or AND, XOR, NOT).
  4. Click Apply: what matches the filter is selected. If a command is asking for objects, it receives them.

Conditions

Named filters

Enter a name and click Save As: the filter is stored in the filtros.nfl file of the LinceCAD configuration folder and works in any drawing. Choose it in the list to load it; Delete Current Filter List removes it.

Notes

See also

QSELECT · SELECTSIMILAR · Selecting objects

HYPERLINK — Hyperlink

Attaches a file or a URL to objects of the drawing.

Attaches a file or a URL to objects of the drawing, as in AutoCAD. The link is stored in each object's PE_URL extended data, so other programs can read it. There is no dialog box: everything is done on the command line (HYPERLINK and -HYPERLINK are the same).

Usage

  1. Enter HYPERLINK.
Enter an option [Remove/Insert] <Insert>:
  1. Select the objects and press Enter.
  2. With Insert: enter the file or URL and, if you wish, a description.
Enter the file or URL of the hyperlink:
Enter a description <none>:
  1. With Remove: the link is removed from the selected objects.

Notes

See also

DWGPROPS · PROPERTIES

ID — ID Point

Displays the coordinates of a point.

Shows the coordinates of a point on the command line. Use it to check where a vertex, a center or any point of the drawing is. The drawing does not change.

Usage

  1. Enter ID or click its button.
  2. Specify the point, usually with an object snap (Endpoint, Center, Intersection…).
Specify point:
  1. The X, Y and Z coordinates appear on the command line and the command ends.

Notes

See also

DIST · LIST · Coordinates and input · Object snaps and precision

LIMITS — Limits

Sets the drawing limits and their checking.

Sets the model space limits, a rectangle that marks the working area (for instance, the sheet size), and whether drawing outside it is checked.

Usage

  1. Enter LIMITS.
Reset Model space limits:
  1. Specify the lower left corner (Enter keeps the current one).
Specify lower left corner or [ON/OFF] <…>:
  1. Specify the upper right corner.
Specify upper right corner <…>:

Options

Notes

The upper right corner must be above and to the right of the lower left one.

See also

STATUS · GRID · LIMCHECK

LIST — List

Displays property data for selected objects.

Shows the data of the selected objects: type, layer, space, handle and geometry. The listing is written on the command line and the text window (F2) opens so you can read all of it. The drawing does not change.

Usage

  1. Enter LIST (or LI) or click its button. If objects are already selected, they are listed at once.
  2. Select the objects and press Enter.
Select objects:
  1. Read the listing in the text window. Press F2 to close it or open it again.

What is listed

Notes

See also

PROPERTIES · DIST · AREA · ID

MASSPROP — Mass Properties

Calculates the mass properties of regions and solids.

Calculates the mass properties of the selected regions and 3D solids, with AutoCAD's density of 1, and writes them in the text window (F2).

Usage

  1. Enter MASSPROP.
Select objects:
  1. Select regions or solids and press Enter. The report is shown: - regions: Area:, Perimeter:, Bounding box:, Centroid:, Moments of inertia:, Product of inertia:, Radii of gyration: and the principal moments with their directions; - solids: Mass:, Volume:, Bounding box:, Centroid:, Moments of inertia:, Products of inertia:, Radii of gyration: and the principal moments.
  2. Say whether to save the analysis to a text file (.mpr).
Write analysis to a file? [Yes/No] <N>:

Notes

See also

AREA · REGION · LIST · MEASUREGEOM

MEASUREGEOM — Measure

Measures distances, radii and areas.

Brings the most common measurements together in one command: distance between two points, radius of an arc or circle, angle, area, volume and quick measurement of objects. Each option works like the equivalent command and writes the result on the command line.

Usage

  1. Enter MEASUREGEOM (or MEA) or click its button.
Enter an option [Distance/Radius/ANgle/ARea/Volume/Quick] <Distance>:
  1. Choose the option. Enter, or specifying a point straight away, starts measuring a distance.
  2. Follow the prompts of the chosen option. The command ends after the measurement.

Options

Select arc or circle:
Select arc, circle, line, or [Vertex] <Vertex>:
Specify first corner point of the base or [Object] <Object>:
Select an object or [Distance/Radius/ANgle/ARea/Volume/eXit] <eXit>:

Notes

See also

DIST · AREA · ID · LIST

PTYPE — Point Style

Sets how points are displayed and their size.

Chooses how point objects are drawn (the symbol) and their size. The change affects all the points in the drawing, including those created by DIVIDE and MEASURE.

Usage

  1. Enter PTYPE (or DDPTYPE) or click Point Style. The Point Style dialog box opens.
  2. Click one of the 20 symbols.
  3. Enter the Point Size and whether it is measured as a percentage of the screen size or in drawing units.
  4. Click OK. Cancel leaves the style as it was.

On the command line (for example, in a script) you can type the values of the variables:

Enter new value for PDMODE (or use the Point Style dialog box):
Enter new value for PDSIZE:

Notes

See also

POINT · DIVIDE · MEASURE · System variables

PURGE — Purge

Removes unused items from the drawing: blocks, layers, linetypes, styles…

Removes from the drawing what is not used: block definitions, layers, linetypes and styles that nothing refers to, plus zero-length geometry and empty text objects. It makes the file lighter and keeps the layer and style lists tidy.

Usage

  1. Enter PURGE (or PU) or click its button. The Purge dialog box opens with the Purgeable items: list, grouped by type and with the number of items in each group.
  2. Expand the groups and check what you want to remove.
  3. Click Purge Checked Items, or Purge All to remove everything in the list. The command line says how many items were purged.

Options

What can be purged

Blocks, Layers, Linetypes, Text styles, Shapes, Dimension styles, Multileader styles, Table styles, Multiline styles, Plot styles, Registered applications, Zero-length geometry and Empty text objects.

Notes

See also

-PURGE · AUDIT · OVERKILL · LAYER

QSELECT — Quick Select

Selects objects by type and by the value of a property.

Selects the objects that meet a condition on their type and the value of a property: all lines on a layer, circles with a radius greater than 5, texts of a certain height… The selection can then be edited with any command or with the Properties palette.

Usage

  1. Enter QSELECT or click its button. The Quick Select dialog box opens.
  2. Fill in the condition:
  1. Under How to apply: choose Include in new selection set or Exclude from new selection set, and check Append to current selection set to add the result to what was already selected.
  2. Click OK. The objects are selected.

Notes

See also

SELECTSIMILAR · AI_SELALL · PROPERTIES · Selecting objects

QUICKCALC — QuickCalc

Opens the calculator palette (QuickCalc).

Opens the calculator palette (QuickCalc): a floating window to evaluate expressions without leaving the drawing.

Use

  1. Type QUICKCALC (or QC) or click its button.
  2. Type an expression and press Enter or the = button.
  3. The result appears below the expression. The "To command line" button sends it: - if a command is running and asks for a value (a distance, a number), that command receives it; - otherwise it is left on the command line.
  4. The history remembers the last expressions; click one to reuse it.

Expressions

The same as CAL: + - * / ^, parentheses, constants (pi, e) and functions (sin, cos, tang, sqrt, ln, log, abs…), with angles in degrees.

Variables, units and scientific functions

See also

CAL · DIST · UNITS

RENAME — Rename

Changes the name of layers, blocks, styles and other named objects.

Changes the name of blocks, dimension styles, layers, linetypes, multileader, text, table and multiline styles, UCSs, views, viewport configurations and layouts. Everything that refers to them is updated: the inserts of a block, the entities of a layer or a style, the layers of a linetype and the current values of the drawing.

Usage

  1. Enter RENAME (or REN).
  2. In the Rename dialog, choose the type on the left and the item on the right (or type its name in Old name).
  3. Type the new name next to Rename to and click that button. You can rename several in a row; OK closes the dialog.

Notes

See also

-RENAME · LAYER · STYLE · DIMSTYLE · LAYOUT

SELECT — Select

Selects objects and keeps them selected for the next command.

Selects objects and keeps them selected: the next command uses them without asking again, as if they had been selected before starting it. It is the AutoCAD SELECT used by many scripts and AutoLISP routines.

Usage

  1. Enter SELECT (or DESIGNA).
Select objects:
  1. Select the objects (click, window, crossing or ALL for all) and press Enter.
  2. Start the command that will use them: ERASE, MOVE, COPY…

Notes

See also

QSELECT · SELECTSIMILAR · AI_SELALL · Selecting objects

SELECTSIMILAR — Select Similar

Selects objects similar to the selected ones.

Selects all objects similar to the ones already selected: of the same type, on the same layer and, for block references, texts and dimensions, with the same block or style name.

Usage

  1. Select one or more sample objects, with no command active.
  2. Enter SELECTSIMILAR or click its button.
  3. All objects similar to any of the samples are selected; the command line says how many.

Notes

See also

QSELECT · AI_SELALL · MATCHPROP · Selecting objects

STATUS — Status

Displays the drawing status: limits, extents and current settings.

Displays the drawing status in the text window (F2): how many objects it has, its limits, the area used by the model, the insertion base, the snap and grid spacing, the current layer, color and linetype, the elevation, the status bar modes and the running object snaps.

Usage

  1. Enter STATUS. The report is shown on the command line and in the text window.

Notes

See also

LIMITS · TIME · DBLIST · SETVAR

TIME — Time

Displays the dates and editing time of the drawing.

Displays the dates and times of the drawing: the current time, when it was created and last saved, the total editing time and the user elapsed timer.

Usage

  1. Enter TIME. The report is written on the command line:
Times for this drawing:
  1. Choose an option or press Enter to finish.
Enter option [Display/ON/OFF/Reset]:

Options

Notes

See also

STATUS · DBLIST

UNITS — Units

Sets the drawing units and precision.

Sets how the lengths and angles of the drawing are written and the unit used to scale inserted content. The choice is saved in the drawing and used by the command line, the status bar, the Properties palette and the inquiry commands (DIST, AREA, LIST…).

Usage

  1. Enter UNITS (or UN) or click its button. The Drawing Units dialog box opens.
  2. Choose the formats. The Sample Output box shows how a coordinate and an angle will look.
  3. Click OK. The change can be undone with UNDO.

The dialog box

Notes

See also

SETVAR · OPTIONS · Coordinates and input

Tools

AIACTIONS — AI Actions

Shows the changes requested by AI assistants (MCP) so you can accept or reject them, and the log of API calls.

Opens the AI Actions palette: the changes requested by AI assistants connected through MCP, so you can accept or reject them, and the log of API calls.

Usage

  1. Enable automation in OPTIONS, Automation tab, with Confirm the changes of AI assistants (AI Actions palette).
  2. When an assistant wants to change the drawing (create or delete entities, run a command, save…), the palette opens by itself and shows the client, the method and its data.
  3. Click Accept to run it or Reject to deny it; the assistant gets the answer. Accept all in this session accepts what is pending and whatever arrives until LinceCAD is closed; Ask again undoes that.

Enter AIACTIONS (or AIA) to show or hide the palette at any time.

Notes

See also

Automation (API and MCP) · OPTIONS · UNDO

ALIASEDIT — Edit Aliases

Edits the command aliases (lince.pgp file, with the acad.pgp syntax).

Edits the user command aliases: your own abbreviations, typed on the command line instead of the full name. They are saved in lince.pgp, with the same syntax as AutoCAD's acad.pgp, and an AutoCAD one can be imported as it is.

Usage

  1. Enter ALIASEDIT or click the button. Customize opens on the Aliases tab, with the file path at the top.
  2. To add one, type the alias and the command (its English or Spanish name; the suggestions complete it) and click Add. If the alias already existed, it now points to the new command.
  3. To remove one, click ✕ on its row.
  4. Import acad.pgp… adds the aliases of a .pgp file; existing ones with the same name are replaced.

Changes apply at once, without restarting the program.

The lince.pgp file

One line per alias, ALIAS, *COMMAND; whatever follows ; is a comment:

; my aliases
LL,      *LINE
CC,      *CIRCLE

The external command lines of acad.pgp (those without *) are ignored. If an alias is repeated, the last one wins.

Notes

See also

CUI · Command aliases · Keyboard shortcuts

APPLOAD — Load Application

Loads AutoLISP routines (.lsp) and chooses the ones loaded at startup.

Loads AutoLISP routines (.lsp) and manages the ones loaded at startup and the load security. Once loaded, a routine that defines C:NAME is used by entering NAME on the command line.

Usage

  1. Enter APPLOAD (or AP) or click its button. The Load Applications (APPLOAD) dialog box opens.
  2. Click Load a .lsp file… and choose the file. It is loaded at once.
  3. Close the dialog box. Changes to the lists and to the security are saved immediately.

The dialog box

Notes

See also

SCRIPT · OPTIONS · AutoLISP

CUI — Customize

Customizes the ribbon, toolbars, keyboard shortcuts and aliases.

Opens the Customize window, to adapt the interface: which commands each ribbon panel and each toolbar of the Classic workspace has, your own keyboard shortcuts and command aliases. It is a reduced version of AutoCAD's CUI editor.

Usage

  1. Enter CUI or click the button (it is also in the menu of the ⚙ gear on the status bar).
  2. Choose the tab and make the changes: they apply at once and are saved automatically.

Ribbon and Toolbars tab

Keyboard Shortcuts tab

Aliases tab

The same list that ALIASEDIT opens: the user aliases, saved in lince.pgp.

Notes

See also

ALIASEDIT · WORKSPACE · The user interface · Keyboard shortcuts

DSETTINGS — Drafting Settings…

Snap, grid, polar tracking, object snap and dynamic input.

Opens the Drafting Settings dialog box with the drafting aids, as in AutoCAD. Changes apply at once and are the same as those of the status bar and SETVAR.

Usage

  1. Enter DSETTINGS (or DS or SE) or click the button.
Drafting Settings: use the dialog box; Enter closes it.
  1. Choose the tab:
  1. Click Close or press Enter.

Notes

See also

GRID · SNAP · OSNAP · ORTHO · OPTIONS

ELEV — Elevación

Elevación y altura de objeto por defecto.

Fija la elevación (Z) y la altura de objeto por defecto de las entidades nuevas, como ELEV de AutoCAD.

Uso

  1. Escriba ELEV.
Precise la nueva elevación por defecto:
  1. Indique la nueva elevación (Intro deja la actual).
Precise la nueva altura de objeto por defecto:
  1. Indique la nueva altura de objeto (THICKNESS).

Notas

Véase también

CHANGE · UCS · -VIEW

ISODRAFT — Isometric Drafting

Turns isometric drafting on in an isoplane, or back to orthographic.

Turns on isometric drafting in one of its three planes, or goes back to orthographic drafting. In isometric mode you draw an axonometric view of an object in a flat drawing: edges run at 30°, 90° and 150°, depending on the plane (left, top or right) you draw in.

Usage

  1. Enter ISODRAFT (or ISOD) or click the button.
  2. Choose the plane; Enter, the top one.
Enter an option [Orthographic/Left/Top/Right] <Top>:

Options

With isometric drafting

Specify radius of isocircle or [Diameter]:

Notes

See also

ISOPLANE · ELLIPSE · ORTHO · SNAP · Object snaps and precision

ISOPLANE — Isoplane

Specifies the current isometric plane.

Chooses the current isometric plane: left, top or right. Ortho, the grid, snap and the crosshairs follow the axes of that plane. It is the same as pressing F5 or Ctrl+E.

Usage

  1. Enter ISOPLANE.
  2. Choose the plane; Enter switches to the next one.
Enter isometric plane setting [Left/Top/Right] <next>:
  1. The program shows the chosen plane.
<…>

Options

Notes

See also

ISODRAFT · ELLIPSE · Object snaps and precision

OPTIONS — Options…

Application preferences.

Opens the application preferences: the interface language, how numbers are written, the QNEW template and the start page. They belong to LinceCAD, not to the drawing: they apply to every drawing and are kept when the program closes.

Usage

  1. Enter OPTIONS (or OP) or click its button. The Options dialog box opens.
  2. Change what you need. The changes show at once in the whole window.
  3. Click OK (or Apply, which saves without closing). Cancel goes back to the previous preferences.

Interface tab

Open and Save tab

Display tab

Display lineweight (LWDISPLAY), Fill hatches and solids (FILLMODE), Quick text (QTEXTMODE), Show the control polygon of splines (SPLFRAME) and Display transparency (TRANSPARENCYDISPLAY).

Drafting tab

AutoSnap (AUTOSNAP): Marker, Magnet and Display AutoSnap tooltip. Selection: Select a group with one of its objects (PICKSTYLE) and Delete source objects when creating boundaries and regions (DELOBJ). For snap, grid and object snap modes use DSETTINGS.

Notes

See also

UNITS · SETVAR · APPLOAD · Options

SCRIPT — Run Script

Runs a command script (.scr).

Runs a script: a .scr text file whose lines are typed on the command line one after another, as if the user entered them. Use it to repeat tasks (setting up layers, purging, changing variables…) in one or more drawings.

Usage

  1. Enter SCRIPT (or SCR) or click its button.
  2. Choose the .scr file in the dialog box. (In a script that calls another one, its path is typed.)
Enter script file name:
  1. The lines run in order. Meanwhile the keyboard does not reach the command line.

How a script is written

; Current layer, linetype scale and purge
CLAYER Exterior wall
LTSCALE 50
-PURGE A * N

Notes

See also

SETVAR · APPLOAD · -PURGE · AutoLISP

SETVAR — System Variables

Lists or changes a system variable.

Shows or changes the value of a system variable of the drawing: units, current layer, linetype scale, fillet radius… The variable name can also be entered directly, as if it were a command.

Usage

  1. Enter SETVAR (or SET).
Enter variable name or [?]:
  1. Enter the variable name, or ? to see the list of all of them with their values (in the text window, F2).
  2. Enter the new value. Enter keeps the current value, shown between < >.
Enter new value for … <…>:

Shortcut: enter the variable name on the command line (for example LTSCALE) and go straight to step 3.

Variables

ANGBASE · ANGDIR · ATTMODE · AUNITS · AUPREC · CECOLOR · CELTSCALE · CELTYPE · CHAMFERA · CHAMFERB · CLAYER · CTABLESTYLE · DIMSCALE · DIMSTYLE · ELEVATION · FILLETRAD · FILLMODE · IMAGEFRAME · INSBASE · INSUNITS · LTSCALE · LUNITS · LUPREC · LWDISPLAY · MIRRTEXT · PDMODE · PDSIZE · PICKSTYLE · PLINEWID · SPLINESEGS · SPLINETYPE · TEXTSIZE · TEXTSTYLE · THICKNESS

Notes

See also

UNITS · OPTIONS · System variables

SHEETSET — Sheet Set

Groups layouts from several drawings as numbered sheets of a set.

Opens the Sheet Set palette, to group layouts from several drawings as numbered "sheets" of a set, open them and batch-plot them to PDF. It is the equivalent of the AutoCAD Sheet Set Manager.

Usage

  1. Type SHEETSET (or SSM) or click the button: the palette opens and can be docked to a side.
  2. Click Add drawings… to add other drawings (their Model and layouts are added) or Add current for the open drawing (it must be saved).
  3. Edit each sheet's number and title, reorder them with ▲ and ▼, or remove them with ✕.
  4. Number numbers the sheets from 1 to n in list order.
  5. Double-click a sheet to open its drawing and switch to its layout.
  6. Publish set to PDF… loads the sheets into PUBLISH to batch-plot them to PDF.

Saving the set

Notes

See also

PUBLISH · PAGESETUP · Layouts

UCS — UCS

Manages user coordinate systems.

Changes the user coordinate system (UCS): an origin and X and Y axes of your own, moved or rotated with respect to the world coordinate system (WCS). It is useful to draw aligned with a rotated building or to measure from a corner of the plot.

Usage

  1. Enter UCS or click the button.
  2. Specify the new origin, or choose an option. Enter goes back to the world system.
Specify origin of UCS or [NAmed/OBject/Previous/World/Z] <World>:
  1. Specify a point on the positive X axis; Enter keeps the axes as they were and only changes the origin.
Specify point on X-axis or <accept>:
  1. Press Enter (or specify any point) to accept.
Specify point on the XY plane or <accept>:

Options

Enter an option [Restore/Save/Delete/?]:
Enter name to save current UCS or [?]:
Select object to align UCS:
Specify rotation angle about Z axis <90>:
Specify rotation angle about X axis <90>:
Specify new origin point <0,0,0>:
Specify new origin point or [Zdepth] <0,0,0>:
Enter an option [Top/Bottom/Front/BAck/Left/Right] <Top>:

Notes

See also

UCSMAN · PLAN · UCSICON · Coordinates and data entry

UCSICON — UCS Icon

Controls the visibility and placement of the UCS icon.

Shows or hides the UCS icon (the X and Y axis arrows in the corner of model space) and decides whether it is drawn at the UCS origin.

Usage

  1. Enter UCSICON or click the button.
  2. Choose an option; Enter shows it.
Enter an option [ON/OFF/All/Noorigin/ORigin/Selectable/Properties] <ON>:

Options

Notes

See also

UCS · UCSMAN · Coordinates and data entry

UCSMAN — Named UCS

Manages defined user coordinate systems.

Opens the Named UCSs dialog box, which lists the world system and the drawing's named UCSs to make them current, rename them or delete them, and sets up the UCS icon.

Usage

  1. Enter UCSMAN (or UC) or click the button.
  2. At the top you see Current UCS: …. In the list, the current one is marked with ▶.
  3. Click a UCS in the list and use the buttons:
  1. At the bottom, Display the UCS icon and Display at UCS origin point change UCSICON.
  2. Click Close.

Orthographic UCSs and settings

Notes

See also

UCS · UCSICON · PLAN · Coordinates and data entry

WORKSPACE — Workspace

Sets, saves, renames or deletes workspaces.

Opens the Workspaces window, which switches workspaces and saves, renames or deletes user workspaces. A workspace remembers how the interface is laid out:

Usage

  1. Enter WORKSPACE or click the button. The window lists the workspaces; the current one is marked (current).
  2. Choose one and click Set Current (or double-click it): the interface changes at once.
  3. To save the current layout, type a name in Name: and click Save Current As… or press Enter.

Buttons

Notes

See also

WSSAVE · CUI · The user interface

WSSAVE — Save Current As…

Saves the current interface layout as a workspace.

Saves the current interface layout as a named workspace, so you can return to it whenever you need: the ribbon or the Classic workspace, the ribbon state, the command line and the open palettes with their place and size.

Usage

  1. Arrange the interface the way you want it: open palettes, dock them, minimize the ribbon, float the command line...
  2. Enter WSSAVE or choose Save Current As… in the menu of the ⚙ gear on the status bar. The Workspaces window opens with the cursor in Name:.
  3. Type the name and press Enter (or click Save Current As…).

The saved workspace becomes current, and the status bar says so:

Workspace saved: …

Notes

See also

WORKSPACE · The user interface

File

-PLOT — Plot (command line)

Plots the drawing to PDF, PNG or SVG asking at the command line.

Command-line version of PLOT, with the same questions and in the same order as AutoCAD. It is the one scripts use.

Usage

  1. Enter -PLOT.
Detailed plot configuration? [Yes/No] <No>:
  1. With No, it asks for the layout, a saved page setup, the output device if the layout has none, the file name, whether to save the changes to the page setup and whether to proceed.
  2. With Yes, it asks in addition for the paper, its units, the orientation, the area (with Window, the two corners; with View, the name of a view of the drawing), the scale, the offset, the plot style table, the lineweights and, in a layout, the paper space options.
Enter paper size or [?] <…>:
Enter plot scale (Plot …=Drawing Units) or [Fit] <…>:
Enter file name <…>:

Notes

See also

PLOT · PUBLISH · PAGESETUP · Layouts

-PLOTSTAMP — Plot Stamp (command line)

Sets the plot stamp on the command line.

Sets the plot stamp on the command line. It is the dialog-less version of PLOTSTAMP.

Usage

Enter an option [ON/OFF/Fields/User fields/loG file/Location/Text properties/Units] :

Enter ends and saves the stamp.

See also

PLOTSTAMP

-PUBLISH — Publish (command line)

Publishes a sheet list to a multi-page PDF.

Command-line version of PUBLISH. It only asks for the name of the sheet list, as AutoCAD does.

Usage

  1. Enter -PUBLISH.
Enter name of sheet list <>:
  1. Type the path of an AutoCAD sheet list (.dsd) or of a list saved by PUBLISH (.dsl). The sheets are plotted, with their page setups, to a single multi-page PDF.

Notes

See also

PUBLISH · -PLOT · Layouts

AUDIT — Audit

Evaluates the integrity of the drawing and fixes the safe errors.

Checks the integrity of the open drawing and, if asked, fixes the errors that can be repaired safely. Useful with drawings that come from other programs or that cause problems when saving.

Usage

  1. Enter AUDIT or click its button.
  2. Say whether you want the errors fixed.
Fix any errors detected? [Yes/No] <N>:
  1. The command line shows how many records were checked, the errors and warnings found and the first problems; with Yes, also how many repairs were made and how many errors remain.

Options

Notes

See also

RECOVER · PURGE · QSAVE

CLOSE — Close

Closes the current drawing.

Closes the current drawing and moves to the drawing in the next tab. If it is the only one open, an empty drawing takes its place.

Usage

  1. Enter CLOSE, click the × on its tab or choose Close in the tab's shortcut menu.
  2. If the drawing has unsaved changes (its tab shows *), the program asks:
Save changes to …?
  1. Answer Yes to save and close, No to close without saving or Cancel to keep working.

Notes

See also

CLOSEALL · QSAVE · QUIT

CLOSEALL — Close All

Closes all open drawings.

Closes all open drawings, one after another. At the end an empty drawing remains and LinceCAD stays open.

Usage

  1. Enter CLOSEALL or choose it in the Window menu.
  2. For each drawing with unsaved changes, the program moves to its tab and asks:
Save changes to …?
  1. Answer Yes (save), No (discard the changes) or Cancel.

Notes

See also

CLOSE · QUIT · QSAVE

CONVERTCTB — Convert CTB

Converts a color-dependent plot style table (.ctb) into a named one (.stb).

Converts a color-dependent plot style table (.ctb) into a named plot style table (.stb).

Usage

  1. Type CONVERTCTB.
Enter the color-dependent plot style table (.ctb) to convert:
  1. Choose the .ctb file (or type its path, or its name if it is in the LinceCAD plot styles folder).

Notes

See also

CONVERTPSTYLES · PAGESETUP · PLOT

CONVERTPSTYLES — Convert Plot Styles

Makes the drawing use named or color-dependent plot styles.

Makes the drawing use named or color-dependent plot styles, depending on the table you choose.

Usage

  1. Type CONVERTPSTYLES.
Enter the plot style table (.stb: named; .ctb: color-dependent):
  1. Choose an .stb (named styles) or a .ctb (color-dependent styles).

Notes

See also

CONVERTCTB · PAGESETUP · PLOT

DIGITALSIGN — Digital signature

Signs a drawing with an integrity stamp and validates it.

Signs a drawing with a digital integrity signature and later checks whether the file has changed since it was signed.

Usage

  1. Type FIRMADIG or click Digital signature.
  2. Choose Sign or Validate.
Sign or validate the signature? [Sign/Validate] <Validate>:
  1. Pick the DWG or DXF file in the file dialog box (with FILEDIA set to 0, type its path).
Drawing to sign or validate (DWG or DXF):
  1. When signing, type the signer name (or press Enter for the system user).
Signer name (or Enter for the system user):

How it works

Limitations

See also

ETRANSMIT · QSAVE

DRAWINGRECOVERY — Drawing Recovery

Opens the drawing recovery manager.

Opens the drawing recovery manager, like AutoCAD DRAWINGRECOVERY.

Usage

Enter DRAWINGRECOVERY. The list of drawings that LinceCAD saved when it closed after repeated errors appears.

Notes

See also

RECOVER · AUDIT

ETRANSMIT — eTransmit

Packages the drawing and its dependent files in a ZIP.

Packages the drawing with every file it needs to look the same on another computer: external references, images, PDF underlays, SHX and TTF fonts and plot style tables. The result is a ZIP file with a transmittal report.

Usage

  1. Save the drawing and enter ETRANSMIT. The eTransmit dialog lists the files in the package with the path they will have inside the ZIP; files that cannot be found show as (not found) and are left out.
  2. Check Keep the drawing paths as they are if the packaged drawing should keep its original paths. Unchecked, the packaged drawing points to its files with paths relative to the package, which is usually what you need to send it.
  3. Click Create Transmittal… and specify the ZIP name. The dialog shows the Transmittal Report.

What the package contains

Notes

See also

PUBLISH · XREF · SAVEAS · External references

EXPORT — Export

Exports the drawing to another format.

Exports model space or the current layout to vector PDF or SVG, or to a PNG image. It uses the same Plot dialog box as PLOT: paper, area, scale and plot styles are chosen the same way.

Usage

  1. Enter EXPORT (or EXP) or click its button. The Plot dialog box opens.
  2. Set the paper, area, scale and plot style table (see PLOT). For a PNG, set the resolution in PNG:.
  3. Click OK, enter the file name and choose its type. The extension decides the format:

Notes

See also

PLOT · SAVEAS · PREVIEW · File formats

EXPORTLAYOUT — Export Layout

Saves what the layout shows as a new drawing, in its model space.

Saves what the active layout shows as a new drawing, in its model space.

Usage

  1. In a layout, type EXPORTLAYOUT.
Enter the name of the new drawing:
  1. Choose or type the .dwg file.

Notes

See also

LAYOUT · CHSPACE · EXPORT

IMPORT — Import 3D mesh

Brings an STL, OBJ, glTF, DAE or FBX mesh into the drawing.

Brings a mesh from another program (STL, OBJ, glTF/GLB, COLLADA or FBX) into the drawing as mesh entities.

Usage

  1. Type IMPORTAR3D (or IMPORTARMALLA).
  2. Give the file; the format is detected from the extension.
Mesh file (STL, OBJ, glTF, DAE, FBX):

Formats

Notes

See also

STLOUT

NEW — New

Starts an empty drawing.

Starts a new drawing from a template (.dwt, or a .dwg used as a template), in a new tab. The drawings already open stay in their tabs.

Usage

  1. Enter NEW, press Ctrl+N or click the + button to the right of the file tabs.
  2. The Select template dialog box opens in the LinceCAD templates folder. Choose one and click Open.
  3. A tab opens with an unnamed drawing (Drawing1, Drawing2…) that has the layers, styles, units and layouts of the template. Save it with QSAVE; the first time it asks for a name and a folder.

On the command line (scripts) the prompt is:

Enter template file name or [. (for none)] <…>:

Enter the name of a template in the folder (with or without .dwt) or a full path; Enter takes the one shown between < > and . starts an empty metric drawing without a template.

Standard templates

TemplateContents
lince_iso.dwtLinceCAD metric template: millimetres, ISO-25 dimension style and a landscape A3 layout.
lince_imperial.dwtLinceCAD inch template: the acad.dwt dimension style and an ANSI B (17 × 11 in) layout.

They are installed with the program in the plantillas folder, next to the executable. Any drawing can be saved as a template with SAVEAS › DWT.

Notes

See also

QNEW · OPEN · SAVEAS · CLOSE · UNITS

OPEN — Open

Opens a DWG or DXF drawing.

Opens a DWG or DXF drawing in a new tab. The file is read in the background, with a progress bar, so the window keeps responding even with large files.

Usage

  1. Enter OPEN or press Ctrl+O.
  2. Choose the file in the dialog box. You can also drag the file onto the LinceCAD window.
  3. When it finishes, the status bar says how many entities it has and how long it took, and the view shows the drawing extents.

Notes

See also

NEW · RECOVER · QSAVE · XREF · File formats

PAGESETUP — Page Setup

Manages the page setups of the drawing.

Manages the page setups of the drawing: the one of each layout (and of model space) and the named page setups, which can be applied to several layouts or brought in from other drawings. They are saved in the drawing, as in AutoCAD, and are the ones PLOT uses.

Usage

  1. Enter PAGESETUP or click its button. The Page Setup Manager opens, showing Current layout: …
  2. In Page setups: choose the one of the current layout (between asterisks) or a named one.
  3. Use the buttons:
  1. At the bottom, Selected page setup details sums up the device, paper, plot size, scale and plot style table.

Notes

See also

PLOT · PREVIEW · Layouts

PDF3D — Export to 3D PDF

Plots the drawing to a PDF with the navigable 3D model embedded (U3D).

Plots the drawing to a PDF with the 3D model embedded as a navigable U3D object: opening it in Adobe lets you orbit, rotate and zoom the model inside the page itself.

Use

  1. Type 3DPDF (or click Export to 3D PDF).
  2. Give the output PDF file.
3D PDF file:

Notes

See also

STLOUT · PLOT

PLOT — Plot

Plots the drawing to PDF, to an image or to a printer.

Plots model space or the current layout to a vector PDF, PNG or SVG file, with the paper, area, scale and plot style table chosen in the Plot dialog box.

Usage

  1. Enter PLOT (or PRINT), press Ctrl+P or click its button. The dialog box says what is plotted: Plot: …
  2. Choose a saved Page setup:, or <None>, or <Previous plot> (the one of the last plot), and adjust what is needed.
  3. Click Preview… to check the sheet (PREVIEW).
  4. Click OK, enter the file name and choose its type: the extension (.pdf, .png or .svg) decides the format.

The dialog box

Specify first corner:
Specify opposite corner:

Custom paper sizes and printable area

Like AutoCAD's Plotter Configuration Editor (its "Custom Paper Sizes" and "Modify Standard Paper Sizes"), Properties… opens the Plotter Configuration Editor of the chosen plotter or printer:

  1. Paper sizes saved for this plotter: the custom sizes and the standard ones with a modified printable area (modified printable area). Click one to edit it.
  1. Paper size (media bounds): Name:, Units: (mm or inches), Width: and Height:. If the paper is a standard one of the plotter (Standard size of the plotter: only its printable area is changed.), only the margins change.
  2. Printable area (non-printable margins): Top:, Bottom:, Left: and Right:, in the paper units. The remaining printable area is shown below.
  3. Apply the changes, like AutoCAD's "Changes to a Printer Configuration File" prompt:
  1. Click OK: the edited paper goes to the settings being plotted.

Custom sizes appear in that plotter's paper list in PLOT and PAGESETUP, and PUBLISH plots them with each layout's page setup. The PDF uses the size and margins as they are; a Windows printer gets the custom size (if its driver supports it). When the drawing is saved, the layout keeps the name, size and margins, and AutoCAD opens it with that paper.

In a script, !traz medida width height left bottom right top name (in mm) sets a custom paper for that plot only.

Notes

See also

PREVIEW · PAGESETUP · EXPORT · Layouts · Tutorial: from drawing to PDF

PLOTSTAMP — Plot Stamp

Sets the plot stamp: a line of drawing data plotted in a corner of the sheet.

Sets the plot stamp: a line of drawing data plotted in a corner of the sheet.

Usage

  1. Type PLOTSTAMP: the Plot Stamp dialog opens.
  2. Turn the stamp on, tick the fields, type up to two own fields and choose the corner, the font and the units.

The command-line version is -PLOTSTAMP.

Enter an option [ON/OFF/Fields/User fields/loG file/Location/Text properties/Units] :

Notes

See also

PLOT · PAGESETUP

PLOTTERMANAGER — Plotter Manager

Lists the plotters and edits their paper sizes and margins.

Lists the plotters (the LinceCAD PDF and the system printers) and edits their paper sizes and margins.

Usage

  1. Type PLOTTERMANAGER: the manager opens.
  2. Choose a plotter and click Edit paper and margins.
  3. In the editor create a new size, copy one, adjust the dimensions and the non-printable margins (top, bottom, left and right) and choose whether the change is temporary or permanent.

Notes

See also

PLOT · PAGESETUP · STYLESMANAGER

PREVIEW — Preview

Shows the page as it will be plotted.

Shows the sheet full screen exactly as it will be plotted: the paper, the printable area and what is plotted, with the settings of the Plot dialog box (scale, area, orientation and plot style table included).

Usage

  1. Enter PREVIEW or click its button. It also opens from the PLOT dialog box with Preview….
  2. Inspect the sheet: Wheel: zoom · Drag: pan.
  3. Click Plot to plot to a file, Fit to see the whole sheet again or Close to leave.

Notes

See also

PLOT · PAGESETUP · EXPORT

PUBLISH — Publish

Batch-plots a sheet list to PDF.

Plots several sheets to PDF in one go: model space and the layouts of the open drawing and of other drawings, each sheet with its own page setup. The result is a single multi-sheet PDF or one PDF per sheet.

Usage

  1. Save the drawing and enter PUBLISH. The Publish dialog opens with the Sheet List: model space and the layouts of the current drawing.
  2. Check the sheets you want to plot; ✖ removes a sheet from the list.
  3. Use Add Drawings… to add model space and the layouts of other DWG or DXF files.
  4. Choose Single multi-sheet PDF or One PDF per sheet and, if you wish, Include layer information and PDF/A.
  5. Click Publish and specify the PDF file (or the folder, with one PDF per sheet). Plotting runs in the background with a progress bar; you can keep drawing meanwhile.

Sheet list

Notes

See also

PLOT · PAGESETUP · ETRANSMIT · Layouts and plotting

QNEW — Quick new

Starts a drawing with the template set in OPTIONS.

Starts a new drawing with the template chosen in OPTIONS › Open and Save › QNEW template, without asking. It is what the New button of the Quick Access toolbar and of the Standard toolbar does.

Usage

  1. Enter QNEW or click the New button of the Quick Access toolbar.
  2. A tab opens with an unnamed drawing made from that template.

Notes

See also

NEW · OPTIONS · SAVEAS

QSAVE — Save

Saves the current drawing.

Saves the current drawing to its file, in the same format and version it was opened with. A new drawing, which has no name yet, asks where to save it.

Usage

  1. Enter QSAVE, press Ctrl+S or click its button.
  2. If the drawing has no name, the SAVEAS dialog box opens with the DWG 2018 format.
  3. The status bar confirms the path, the version and the time taken. The * on the tab disappears.

Notes

See also

SAVEAS · OPEN · CLOSE · File formats

QUIT — Exit

Closes LinceCAD.

Closes LinceCAD. Before that it asks about every drawing with unsaved changes.

Usage

  1. Enter QUIT (or EXIT), press Ctrl+Q or close the window (X button or Alt+F4).
  2. For each drawing with unsaved changes, the program moves to its tab and asks:
Save changes to …?
  1. Answer Yes (save), No (discard the changes) or Cancel (do not quit).

Notes

See also

CLOSEALL · CLOSE · QSAVE

RECOVER — Recover

Opens a damaged drawing, recovering what can be read.

Opens a damaged DWG or DXF drawing, recovering everything that can be read. Records that cannot be understood are skipped instead of stopping the reading, and then the same safe repairs as AUDIT are applied.

Usage

  1. Enter RECOVER or click its button.
  2. Choose the file in the dialog box. It opens in a new tab.
  3. The command line shows the report: how many records were damaged or could not be read, the audit result and the repairs made.
  4. Check the drawing and save it with QSAVE or SAVEAS to keep what was recovered.

Notes

See also

AUDIT · OPEN · SAVEAS

SAVEAS — Save As

Saves with another name, format or version.

Saves the drawing under another name, in another folder, in another format (DWG or DXF) or in another version, so that older programs can open it. Afterwards, the open drawing becomes the new file.

Usage

  1. Enter SAVEAS or press Ctrl+Shift+S. The save dialog box opens with the DWG 2018 format.
  2. In the menus (application menu or File), Save As opens a list of target versions: choose one and then the file name.
  3. Enter the name and click Save. The status bar confirms the path and the version.

Target versions

TargetOpened by
DWG 2018 (AutoCAD 2018–2027)AutoCAD 2018 and later, up to 2027
DWG 2013AutoCAD 2013 to 2017
DWG 2010AutoCAD 2010 to 2012
DWG 2007AutoCAD 2007 to 2009
DWG 2004AutoCAD 2004 to 2006
DWG 2000AutoCAD 2000 to 2002
DWG R14AutoCAD R14 and older programs (proxies are left out)
DXF 2018Any program that reads AutoCAD 2018 DXF
DXF 2013, 2010, 2007 and 2004Programs that read the DXF of those AutoCAD versions
DXF 2000Programs that only read old DXF files
DXF R12Programs that only read R12 DXF (what R12 lacks is exploded or left out)
DWT (template)A drawing template for NEW (DWG 2018)

Saving as a template

With DWT (template) you choose the .dwt file and the Template Options dialog box opens: enter the Description (shown by the start page when the mouse is over the template) and choose the Measurement (Metric or English, the MEASUREMENT variable). They are saved in the file, where AutoCAD saves them, and AutoCAD shows them too.

Notes

See also

QSAVE · EXPORT · OPEN · File formats

STEPOUT — Export to STEP

Saves the 3D solids to a STEP file (AP214, millimetres) for other CAD programs.

Saves the drawing's 3D solids to a STEP file (ISO 10303, AP214 protocol, in millimetres), the exchange format that mechanical CAD programs read.

Usage

  1. Type STEPOUT (or STEP) or click Export to STEP.
  2. Select the 3D solids, or press Enter to export all of them.
Select 3D solids <all>:
  1. Give the output file (.step is added when it has no extension).
STEP file:

What is exact and what is faceted

Notes

See also

STLOUT · EXPORT

STLOUT — Export to STL/OBJ

Saves the drawing's 3D tessellation as STL or OBJ for 3D printing.

Saves the drawing's 3D tessellation (solids, surfaces, regions and meshes) to an STL or OBJ file, for 3D printing or to move it to another program.

Usage

  1. Type STLOUT (or 3DPRINT) or click Export to STL/OBJ.
  2. Give the output file; its extension picks the format.
STL or OBJ file:
  1. For STL, choose binary (more compact) or ASCII (text).
Binary STL? [Yes/No] <Yes>:

Formats

Notes

See also

IMPORT · EXPORT

STYLESMANAGER — Plot Style Manager

Edits the plot style tables (.ctb and .stb).

Edits the plot style tables (color-dependent .ctb and named .stb).

Usage

  1. Type STYLESMANAGER: the manager opens.
  2. Choose a table from the list and a pen (or style); change its fixed color, grayscale, screening or lineweight.
  3. Click Save.

Notes

See also

CONVERTCTB · CONVERTPSTYLES · PAGESETUP

Edit and Clipboard

AI_SELALL — Select All

Selects all visible objects.

Selects all visible objects in the current space (model or the open layout). The selection can then be edited with any command or with the Properties palette.

Usage

  1. Press Ctrl+A or enter AI_SELALL with no command active.
  2. All objects are selected.

Inside a command that asks to select objects, Ctrl+A (or typing ALL) adds all objects to the command's selection.

Notes

See also

QSELECT · SELECTSIMILAR · Selecting objects

COPYBASE — Copy with Base Point

Copies the selection to the clipboard with a specified base point.

Copies the selected objects to the clipboard with the base point you specify. When pasting with PASTECLIP, that point goes exactly to the insertion point, so the copy can be placed precisely.

Usage

  1. Press Ctrl+Shift+C or enter COPYBASE.
  2. Select the objects and press Enter.
Select objects:
  1. Specify the base point, usually with an object snap (a corner, a center…).
Specify base point:
  1. The command line says how many objects were copied.

Notes

See also

COPYCLIP · PASTECLIP · PASTEBLOCK · Object snaps and precision

COPYCLIP — Copy Clip

Copies the selection to the clipboard.

Copies the selected objects to the LinceCAD clipboard, without changing the drawing. They can then be pasted into this drawing or another open one with PASTECLIP, PASTEORIG or PASTEBLOCK.

Usage

  1. Select the objects and press Ctrl+C (or enter COPYCLIP). With objects already selected, they are copied at once.
  2. If nothing was selected, select the objects and press Enter.
Select objects:
  1. The command line says how many objects were copied.

Notes

See also

CUTCLIP · COPYBASE · PASTECLIP · COPY

CUTCLIP — Cut

Moves the selection to the clipboard and erases it.

Moves the selected objects to the LinceCAD clipboard and erases them from the drawing. They can then be pasted into this drawing or another one with PASTECLIP, PASTEORIG or PASTEBLOCK.

Usage

  1. Select the objects and press Ctrl+X (or enter CUTCLIP). With objects already selected, they are cut at once.
  2. If nothing was selected, select the objects and press Enter.
Select objects:
  1. The command line says how many objects were copied. The objects disappear from the drawing.

Notes

See also

COPYCLIP · PASTECLIP · COPYBASE · Editing objects

MREDO — Multiple redo

Redoes several undone operations.

Redoes several undone operations at once.

Usage

  1. Enter MREDO with no command active.
  2. Enter how many operations to redo, or choose an option.
Enter number of actions or [All/Last] <1>:

Options

Notes

See also

REDO · UNDO · U

OOPS — Oops

Restores the objects erased last.

Restores the objects erased by the last ERASE (or by the last BLOCK or WBLOCK that deleted the originals), without undoing what was done afterwards.

Usage

  1. Enter OOPS with no command active.
  2. The objects come back with the same properties and the same identifier (handle). The command line says how many were restored.

Notes

See also

ERASE · UNDO · U

PASTEBLOCK — Paste as Block

Pastes the clipboard contents as a block.

Pastes the copy as a single object: it creates a new block definition with it and inserts it at the point you specify. The pasted content can then be moved, copied or erased in one go.

Usage

  1. Copy the objects with COPYCLIP, CUTCLIP or COPYBASE.
  2. Press Ctrl+Shift+V or enter PASTEBLOCK.
  3. Specify the insertion point. While you move the cursor, the outline of the copy is shown.
Specify insertion point:
  1. The block is inserted at scale 1 with no rotation.

Notes

See also

PASTECLIP · BLOCK · EXPLODE · Blocks

PASTECLIP — Paste

Inserts the contents of the clipboard.

Pastes into the current drawing what was copied with COPYCLIP, CUTCLIP or COPYBASE. The pasted objects are ordinary, independent objects, with their layers and styles.

Usage

  1. Press Ctrl+V or enter PASTECLIP.
  2. Specify the insertion point. While you move the cursor, the outline of the copy is shown.
Specify insertion point:
  1. The objects are placed with their base point at the specified point.

Notes

See also

PASTEORIG · PASTEBLOCK · COPYCLIP · COPYBASE

PASTEORIG — Paste to Original Coordinates

Pastes the copied objects at their original coordinates.

Pastes the copy at the same coordinates it had in the source drawing, without asking for a point. Use it to move objects from one drawing to another without shifting them.

Usage

  1. Copy the objects in one drawing with COPYCLIP or CUTCLIP.
  2. Switch to the target drawing (its tab or Ctrl+Tab).
  3. Enter PASTEORIG or choose it in the Edit menu. The objects appear where they were.

Notes

See also

PASTECLIP · COPYCLIP · PASTEBLOCK

PASTESPEC — Paste Special

Pastes the clipboard choosing the format.

Pastes the clipboard choosing the format, like AutoCAD PASTESPEC: the Paste Special dialog lists the formats in the clipboard (LinceCAD objects, as a block, or system clipboard text as multiline text).

Usage

  1. Enter PASTESPEC (or PA), choose the format and press OK.

See also

PASTECLIP · PASTEBLOCK

REDO — Redo

Redoes the last undone action.

Redoes what was just undone with UNDO. It can be repeated to redo several steps, in the same order they were undone.

Usage

  1. Press Ctrl+Y, click Redo on the Quick Access toolbar or enter REDO with no command active.
  2. The command line says what was done. If there is nothing left to redo, it says so.

Notes

See also

UNDO · Editing objects

U — Undo one

Undoes the last operation.

Undoes the last operation: the last command that changed the drawing or, if UNDO BEgin and End were used, the whole group. It is the same as UNDO with 1, without asking.

Usage

  1. Enter U with no command active, press Ctrl+Z or click the Undo button of the Quick Access toolbar.
  2. The command line says what was done; if there is nothing left to undo, it says so.

Notes

See also

UNDO · REDO · MREDO · OOPS

UNDO — Undo

Undoes the last command.

Undoes one or more commands that changed the drawing, as in AutoCAD. Each command is undone as a whole (all the lines of a LINE, all the copies of a COPY…). Its options return to a mark, group several commands to undo them at once and limit or disable the history.

Usage

  1. Enter UNDO with no command active.
  2. Enter how many operations to undo and press Enter (Enter alone undoes one), or choose an option.
Enter the number of operations to undo or [Auto/Control/BEgin/End/Mark/Back] <1>:
  1. The command line says how many were undone. To get them back, use REDO (Ctrl+Y) or MREDO.

Ctrl+Z, the Undo button of the Quick Access toolbar and U undo one operation without asking.

Options

Enter UNDO Auto mode [ON/OFF] <ON>:
Enter an UNDO control option [All/None/One/Combine/Layer] <All>:

What is undone

Notes

See also

U · REDO · MREDO · OOPS · Editing objects

Status Bar

-OSNAP — Object Snap (command line)

Sets the running object snap modes from the command line.

Sets the running object snap modes from the command line, like the object snap settings but typing their short names. Useful in scripts and in LISP.

Usage

  1. Enter -OSNAP. If some modes are on, the program says which.
Current osnap modes: …
  1. Type the modes separated by commas and press Enter.
Enter list of object snap modes:

Modes

END (endpoint), MID (midpoint), CEN (center), NOD (node), QUA (quadrant), INT (intersection), INS (insertion), PER (perpendicular), TAN (tangent), NEA (nearest), GCE (geometric center), APP (apparent intersection) and EXT (extension). NON clears them all.

Notes

Invalid object snap modes.

See also

OSNAP · SNAP · Object snaps and precision

GRID — GRID

Displays the grid.

Shows or hides the grid of the drawing area, a reference mesh that helps to estimate distances at a glance, and sets its spacing. Also with F7 and the GRID button on the status bar.

Usage

  1. Enter GRID.
Specify grid spacing(X) or [ON/OFF/Snap/Major/aDaptive/Limits/Follow/Aspect] <…>:
  1. Type the spacing (the grid turns on with it), choose an option or press Enter to leave it as it is.

Options

Specify major line every (1-100):
Turn adaptive behavior on [Yes/No] <Yes>:
Display grid beyond Limits [Yes/No] <Yes>:
Follow Dynamic UCS [Yes/No] <No>:
Specify horizontal spacing(X):

Notes

See also

SNAP · ORTHO · LIMITS · Object snaps and precision

LWDISPLAY — LWT

Show lineweights.

Will show or hide the lineweight of objects on screen. It is not available yet as a toggle: it cannot be typed and it has no button on the status bar.

Notes

See also

LWEIGHT · PROPERTIES · LAYER

ORTHO — ORTHO

Ortho mode.

Turns ortho mode on and off: while a command asks for a point from another, the cursor is restricted to the horizontal or vertical of the last point. Use it to draw straight lines by hand without typing coordinates. Also with F8 or the ORTHO button on the status bar.

Usage

  1. Enter ORTHO, or press F8 or the ORTHO button.
Enter mode [ON/OFF] <…>:
  1. Choose ON or OFF; Enter leaves the state as it is.

Notes

See also

SNAP · POLAR · GRID · Object snaps and precision

OSNAP — OSNAP

Object snap.

Turns running object snaps on and off: while a command asks for a point, the cursor jumps to nearby key points (endpoints, midpoints, centers, intersections...) and a marker shows which one was found. It is not typed as a command: use the F3 key or the OSNAP button on the status bar.

Usage

  1. Press F3 or click the OSNAP button to turn them on or off.
  2. Right-click the button to choose the modes: Endpoint, Midpoint, Center, Intersection, Perpendicular, Tangent, Quadrant, Insertion, Node, Extension and Nearest. Select All and Clear All check or clear them all.

Temporary snaps

When a command asks for a point, type the first three letters of a mode to use it for that point only, even with running snaps off: END, MID, CEN, INT, PER, TAN, QUA, INS, NOD, EXT or NEA (the Spanish names FIN, MED, CUA, CER... also work).

Notes

See also

POLAR · ORTHO · SNAP · Object snaps and precision

POLAR — POLAR

Polar tracking.

Turns polar tracking on and off: while a command asks for a point from another one, when the cursor passes close to a direction that is a multiple of the increment angle, it snaps to it, a dashed alignment path is drawn and a tooltip shows the distance and the angle. It is not typed as a command: use the F10 key or the POLAR button on the status bar.

Usage

  1. Press F10 or click the POLAR button to turn it on or off.
  2. Right-click the button to choose the increment angle: 90, 45, 30, 22.5, 18, 15, 10 or 5 degrees.
  3. With the alignment path in view, click: the point lies on it.

Notes

See also

ORTHO · OSNAP · Object snaps and precision

QUICKPROPERTIES — Quick Properties

Turns the quick properties panel on or off (QPMODE).

Turns the quick properties panel on or off: a small floating panel that appears next to the cursor when you select objects with no command running, with the key editable properties of the selection.

Usage

  1. Enter QUICKPROPERTIES (or click its button) to turn it on or off. The state is kept in the variable QPMODE (1 on, 0 off), which can also be changed with SETVAR.
  2. With the panel on, select one or more objects with no command running: the panel appears next to the cursor.
  3. Edit the properties directly in the panel, as in the PROPERTIES palette.
  4. The panel closes when you deselect or start a command.

Properties shown

The general ones (layer and color) and the key properties of the selected type:

With objects of several types only the common (general) properties are shown.

Notes

It is a reduced, floating version of the PROPERTIES palette; it shares with it the logic for reading and editing properties by type. It does not appear in test scripts.

See also

PROPERTIES · QPMODE · SETVAR

SNAP — SNAP

Snap to grid.

Turns the snap on and off and sets its spacing: while a command asks for a point, the cursor jumps to the nodes of an invisible grid with that spacing. Also with F9 or the SNAP button on the status bar.

Usage

  1. Enter SNAP.
Specify snap spacing or [ON/OFF/Aspect/Style/Type] <…>:
  1. Type the spacing (snap turns on with it), choose an option or press Enter to leave it as it is.

Options

Specify horizontal spacing(X):
Enter snap grid style [Standard/Isometric] <S>:
Enter snap type [Polar/Grid] <Grid>:

Notes

See also

GRID · ORTHO · OSNAP · Object snaps and precision

Help

ABOUT — About

Version, credits and third-party licenses.

Opens the About LinceCAD window, with the installed version of LinceCAD, the copyright notice and the license notices of the third-party libraries included in the program.

Usage

  1. Enter ABOUT or choose it on the application menu or the Help menu.
  2. Expand Third-party notices to read the full licenses.
  3. Close the window with its close button.

Notes

See also

HELP · What's new

CHECKFORUPDATES — Check for updates

Checks whether a new version of LinceCAD is available and lets you download and install it.

Checks whether a new version of LinceCAD is available, shows what is new and, if you want, downloads and installs it.

Usage

  1. Type CHECKFORUPDATES or choose Check for updates on the application menu or on the Manage tab, Help group.
  2. The LinceCAD update dialog shows the Installed version and, if there is one, the New version, its date, size and release notes. If there is nothing new, it says LinceCAD is up to date.
  3. Choose an option: - Download and install: downloads the installer in the background, with a progress bar and Cancel. You can keep working meanwhile. - Later: closes the dialog; the notice stays on the status bar. - Skip this version: no more notices for that version (later ones are still announced). Mandatory versions cannot be skipped.
  4. When the download finishes, click Install and restart. If any drawing has unsaved changes, the button is Save all and install: it saves each one (with «Save as» if it has no name) and, if you cancel any, nothing is installed.
  5. LinceCAD closes, the installer updates the program without questions and LinceCAD opens again by itself.

Automatic check

License and maintenance

What is sent and how it is protected

Notes

See also

LICENSE · OPTIONS · License and maintenance

HELP — Help

Displays the LinceCAD help.

Opens the LinceCAD help viewer. If a command is running, it opens the page of that command directly.

Usage

  1. Press F1, enter HELP or choose Help on the Help menu.
  2. While a command is running, F1 opens its page; with the mouse over a button of the ribbon or of a toolbar, F1 opens the page of that button's command. Otherwise the general help opens.

The viewer

Command pages start with the command name, its English global name, its alias, its shortcut and where it is on the ribbon and in the menus. Prompt texts are the same ones the command line shows.

Notes

See also

ABOUT · User interface · Keyboard · Welcome

LICENSE — License

Shows the license status and lets you activate it, start a trial or release it on this machine.

Shows the LinceCAD license status and lets you buy the license, activate a seat, redeem an invitation, start a 30-day trial or release the license on this machine to move it to another one.

Usage

  1. Type LICENSE or click License.
  2. At the top, a badge sums up the status: Full license, Temporary license · until D, Trial · days left, Offline · grace days left or Read-only. Below it, the type (perpetual, temporary or trial), email, seats, expiry and the date of the last online validation.
  3. To buy it, click Buy license… (see below).
  4. To activate, paste the key you received by email when you bought it (or the one support gave you) and click Activate.
  5. If you have an invitation code, click I have an invitation…, enter it and click Redeem (see below).
  6. To try it, enter your email and click Start trial.
  7. To move the license to another machine, click Release on this machine… and confirm. Then activate it on the new machine with the same key.

Buying the license

Invitation

Start screen

With no license, a running trial or an expired trial, the start screen says so and waits for a button:

Moving to another machine

Online validation and grace period

Maintenance (updates)

Courtesy save

If the license is cut off or expires (trial or temporary) while you work, LinceCAD warns you and opens this dialog. Each drawing that had unsaved changes at that moment can be saved once (SAVE or SAVEAS) so you do not lose your work; after that it is read-only like the rest.

Evaluation mode (read-only)

Without a valid license, LinceCAD runs in evaluation mode: you can open, view, pan and zoom, query, plot and export to PDF, PNG or SVG and print, but you cannot edit or save the drawing. Drawing and editing commands and SAVE/SAVEAS are blocked, with a discreet notice in the status bar.

How it works

Limitations

See also

ABOUT · CHECKFORUPDATES · License and maintenance

System Variables

System variables

System variables hold drawing settings: the units, the current layer and color, the fillet radius, how points look… LinceCAD uses the same names and the same values as AutoCAD, and stores them in the drawing header: when the DWG or DXF file is opened in AutoCAD they are kept, and the other way round.

Reading and changing a variable

  1. Enter SETVAR (or SET).
Enter variable name or [?]:
  1. Enter the variable name, or ? to list all of them with their values in the text window.
Enter new value for … <…>:
  1. Enter the new value, or press Enter to keep the current one (shown between < >).

The variable name can also be typed directly on the command line, as if it were a command: LTSCALE asks for the new value of LTSCALE. The _ and . prefixes are accepted, as in AutoCAD.

Notes

Invalid value for …: …

List of variables

VariableWhat it controls
AFLAGSModes of the next attribute definition
ANGBASEDirection of angle 0
ANGDIRDirection of positive angles
ANNOAUTOSCALEScale added when the annotation scale changes
ATTDIAWhether INSERT asks for attributes in a dialog box
ATTMODEAttribute visibility
ATTREQWhether INSERT asks for attribute values
AUNITSAngle format
AUPRECAngle precision
BINDTYPENames when binding external references
CANNOSCALECurrent annotation scale
CECOLORColor of new objects
CELTSCALELinetype scale of new objects
CELTYPELinetype of new objects
CENTERCROSSGAPGap between the cross and the extensions of center marks
CENTERCROSSSIZESize of the cross of center marks
CENTEREXEOvershoot of center marks and centerlines
CENTERLAYERLayer of center marks and centerlines
CENTERLTSCALELinetype scale of center marks and centerlines
CENTERLTYPELinetype of center marks and centerlines
CENTERMARKEXEExtension lines of center marks
CETRANSPARENCYTransparency of new objects
CHAMFERAFirst chamfer distance
CHAMFERBSecond chamfer distance
CLAYERCurrent layer
CMLJUSTJustification of new multilines
CMLSCALEScale of new multilines
COORDSHow cursor coordinates are shown on the status bar
CTABLESTYLECurrent table style
DELOBJWhether commands that build objects from others
DIMASSOCAssociativity of new dimensions
DIMCENCenter mark of DIMCENTER, DIMRADIUS and DIMDIAMETER
DIMSCALEOverall dimension scale
DIMSTYLECurrent dimension style
DISPSILHSilhouette of solids in wireframe
DRAGMODEDragging of objects while points are picked
DYNMODEDynamic input on or off
ELEVATIONElevation of new objects
EXTMAXUpper right corner of the drawing extents
EXTMINLower left corner of the drawing extents
FACETRESSmoothness of the tessellation of solids and surfaces
FIELDDISPLAYGray background of fields
FILEDIAFile dialog box
FILLETRADFillet radius
FILLMODEFill of solids and wide polylines
HALOGAPGap left by objects hidden behind others, as a % of a unit
HIDETEXTWhether HIDE takes texts into account
HPGAPTOLHatch gap tolerance
IMAGEFRAMEImage frames
INDEXCTLLayer and spatial indexes saved with the drawing
INSBASEInsertion base point of the drawing
INSUNITSInsertion units
ISOLINESIsolines on the curved faces of solids
LAYOUTCREATEVIEWPORTViewport in new layouts
LENSLENGTHLens length of the perspective
LAYLOCKFADECTLFading of locked layers
LIMCHECKDrawing limits checking
LIMMAXUpper right corner of the limits
LIMMINLower left corner of the limits
LTSCALEGlobal linetype scale
LUNITSLength format
LUPRECLength precision
LWDISPLAYLineweight display
MAXACTVPMaximum number of viewports active at once in a layout
MEASUREMENTDrawing units for hatch patterns and linetypes
MIRRTEXTMirroring of text
PDFFRAMEFrame of PDF underlays
PDMODEPoint symbol
PDSIZEPoint size
PELEVATIONPaper space elevation
PELLIPSEWhether ELLIPSE creates true ellipses
PERSPECTIVEPerspective or parallel view
PICKSTYLEGroup selection
PLINEGENWhether the linetype of new polylines runs along the whole polyline
PLINEWIDDefault polyline width
POLYSIDESDefault sides of POLYGON
PROXYGRAPHICSWhether proxy object images are saved in the drawing
PSLTSCALEWhether linetype scaling in viewports follows each viewport scale
PSOLHEIGHTHeight of new polysolids
PSOLWIDTHWidth of new polysolids
PSTYLEMODEWhether the drawing uses color-dependent
QTEXTMODEQuick text
REFPATHTYPEPath type of new references
REGENMODEAutomatic regeneration of the drawing
SETBYLAYERMODEProperties SETBYLAYER sets to ByLayer
SHADEDGEHow faces and edges are shaded
SHADEDIFDiffuse versus ambient light when shading, in %
SKETCHINCSKETCH increment
SKPOLYSKETCH type
SKTOLERANCESKETCH fit tolerance
SNAPISOPAIRCurrent isometric plane
SNAPSTYLNormal or isometric snap
SORTENTSWhich operations follow the draw order of objects
SPLFRAMEWhether the control frames of spline-fit polylines and invisible faces are shown
SPLINESEGQSSegments of the surfaces of smoothed mesh polylines
SPLINESEGSSegments per span when spline-fitting polylines
SPLINETYPECurve type when spline-fitting polylines
SURFTYPESurface type when smoothing meshes
SURFUDensity of smoothed surfaces in the M direction
SURFVDensity of smoothed surfaces in the N direction
TARGETTarget of the view
TEXTQLTYResolution of TrueType texts when plotting, from 0 to 100
TEXTSIZEDefault text height
TEXTSTYLECurrent text style
THICKNESSThickness of new objects
TILEMODEWhether the Model tab
TRANSPARENCYDISPLAYDisplay transparency
UCSICONUCS icon
UNITMODEWhether fractional and feet-and-inches units are shown as typed
USRTIMERWhether the TIME user timer is running
VIEWCTRCenter of the view
VIEWDIRViewing direction
VIEWSIZEHeight of the view
VIEWTWISTView twist
VISRETAINChanges to reference layers
VSCURRENTVisual style of the current viewport
XCLIPFRAMEBoundary of clipped references
XFADECTLFading of external references

AFLAGS

Type: integer · Saved in: session · Initial value: 16

Modes the next attribute definition (ATTDEF) starts with; each definition leaves them as it used them. It is the sum of the values of the active modes:

ValueMode
1Invisible
2Constant
4Verify
8Preset
16Lock position

ANGBASE

Type: real · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 0

Direction of angle 0, from which the angles written by the program are measured (in LIST, DIST, the PROPERTIES palette…). It is entered in degrees or in any angle format (90, 90d0'0", 100g, 1.5708r); getvar returns it in radians, as in AutoCAD.

Notes

Typed polar coordinates (@50<30) are always measured in degrees from the X axis, counterclockwise.

See also

UNITS · ANGDIR · AUNITS

ANGDIR

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 0

Direction in which the angles written by the program increase, starting from ANGBASE.

ValueDirection
0Counterclockwise
1Clockwise

See also

UNITS · ANGBASE · AUNITS

ANNOAUTOSCALE

Type: integer · Stored in: session · Initial value: -4

When the annotation scale (CANNOSCALE) changes, adds the new scale to the annotative objects that supported the previous one, so that they keep their paper size.

ValueObjects the scale is added to
1All, except those on layers that are off, frozen or locked
2All, except those on layers that are off or frozen
3All, except those on locked layers
4All
0 or negativeNone: the scale is not added

Notes

It applies to the session: it is not saved in the drawing (in AutoCAD it is a program setting). A negative value turns the feature off while remembering which value would be used, as in AutoCAD.

See also

CANNOSCALE · OBJECTSCALE · Annotation scales

ATTDIA

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 0

Whether INSERT asks for attributes in a dialog box (1) or on the command line (0).

ATTMODE

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 1

Visibility of block attributes.

ValueAttributes
0All hidden
1Normal: visible ones shown, invisible ones hidden
2All shown, including invisible ones

Notes

When it changes, blocks are redrawn with the new value.

See also

ATTDEF · ATTEDIT · BATTMAN

ATTREQ

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 1

Whether INSERT asks for attribute values (1) or uses the defaults (0).

AUNITS

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 0

Format in which the program writes angles.

ValueFormatExample
0Decimal degrees45.5
1Degrees/minutes/seconds45d30'0"
2Grads50.5556g
3Radians0.7941r
4Surveyor's units (bearings)N 44d30' E

Angles can be typed in any of these formats whatever AUNITS is.

See also

UNITS · AUPREC · ANGBASE · angtos

AUPREC

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 0

Number of decimal places of the angles written by the program, from 0 to 8. In degrees/minutes/seconds it sets how far they go: 0 degrees only, 1-2 minutes, 3-4 seconds and higher, decimals of the seconds.

See also

UNITS · AUNITS

AUTOSNAP

Type: integer · Saved in: session · Initial value: 63

Cursor markers and tracking, as a sum of bits. LinceCAD uses 8 (polar tracking, the POLAR button and F10) and 16 (object snap tracking, F11); the other bits are accepted and change nothing.

See also

POLAR · POLARANG · Object snaps and precision

BINDTYPE

Type: integer · Stored in: session · Initial value: 0

How the layers, linetypes, styles and blocks of an external reference are named when it is bound to the drawing with the Bind option of -XREF (or the button in XREF).

ValueNames
0Bind: reference$0$name (the WALLS layer of the base reference becomes base$0$WALLS)
1Insert: the name they had in the reference (WALLS); if it already exists in the drawing, the drawing's own is used

Notes

It applies to the session: it is not saved in the drawing (in AutoCAD it is a program setting).

See also

-XREF · XREF · External references

CANNOSCALE

Type: text · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 1:1

Current annotation scale of model space: the name of a scale in the drawing's scale list (1:50). Annotative objects are shown with the representation of this scale and new ones are created with it: a 2.5 text at 1:50 measures 125 drawing units.

Notes

Scale … is not in the drawing scale list.

See also

OBJECTSCALE · ANNOAUTOSCALE · DIMSCALE · Annotation scales

CECOLOR

Type: text · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: BYLAYER

Color given to new objects.

See also

COLOR · PROPERTIES · CLAYER

CELTSCALE

Type: real · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 1

Linetype scale given to new objects. It multiplies LTSCALE: with 2, the dashes and gaps of new objects are twice as long as those of the rest. It must be greater than 0.

See also

LINETYPE · LTSCALE · CELTYPE

CELTYPE

Type: text · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: ByLayer

Linetype given to new objects: BYLAYER (the layer's), BYBLOCK (the block's) or the name of a linetype loaded in the drawing (CONTINUOUS, DASHED…). A linetype that is not loaded is rejected: load it first with LINETYPE.

See also

LINETYPE · CELTSCALE · LTSCALE

CENTERCROSSGAP

Type: string · Stored in: session · Initial value: 0.05x

Gap between the cross of the center mark and its extension lines. With a trailing x it is relative to the diameter of the circle or arc (0.05x, 5 %); without it, in drawing units.

See also

CENTERMARK · CENTERLINE

CENTERCROSSSIZE

Type: string · Stored in: session · Initial value: 0.1x

Length of the cross of the center mark. With a trailing x it is relative to the diameter (0.1x, 10 %); without it, in drawing units.

See also

CENTERMARK · CENTERLINE

CENTEREXE

Type: real · Stored in: session · Initial value: 3.5

How far the extension lines of a center mark go beyond the circle or arc, and how far a centerline goes beyond the ends of its lines.

See also

CENTERMARK · CENTERLINE

CENTERLAYER

Type: string · Stored in: session · Initial value: .

Layer on which center marks and centerlines are created; . is the current layer. It is also changed with the Layer option of both commands.

See also

CENTERMARK · CENTERLINE

CENTERLTSCALE

Type: real · Stored in: session · Initial value: 1

Linetype scale of new center marks and centerlines.

See also

CENTERMARK · CENTERLINE

CENTERLTYPE

Type: string · Stored in: session · Initial value: (empty)

Linetype of the extensions of center marks and of centerlines. Empty, CENTER2, which is loaded if it is not in the drawing.

See also

CENTERMARK · CENTERLINE

CENTERMARKEXE

Type: integer · Stored in: session · Initial value: 1

It is stored and read as in AutoCAD (1 on, 0 off). As in AutoCAD 2027, new center marks get their extension lines with either value.

See also

CENTERMARK · CENTERLINE

CETRANSPARENCY

Type: text · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: BYLAYER

Transparency given to new objects.

Notes

See also

PROPERTIES · TRANSPARENCYDISPLAY · CECOLOR

CHAMFERA

Type: real · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 0

First chamfer distance: the one trimmed from the first selected object. CHAMFER proposes it and stores it when it is changed. With both distances at 0, the objects are joined in a sharp corner.

See also

CHAMFER · CHAMFERB · FILLETRAD

CHAMFERB

Type: real · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 0

Second chamfer distance: the one trimmed from the second selected object.

See also

CHAMFER · CHAMFERA

CLAYER

Type: text · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 0

Current layer: new objects are created on it. Enter the name of an existing layer (case does not matter). A frozen layer cannot be made current.

See also

LAYER · LAYMCUR · LAYERP · CECOLOR

CMLJUST

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 0

Justification of new multilines: 0 top, 1 middle, 2 bottom.

CMLSCALE

Type: real · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 1

Scale of new multilines.

COORDS

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 1

How cursor coordinates are shown on the status bar (0 to 3).

CTABLESTYLE

Type: text · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: Standard

Current table style: the one TABLE uses for new tables. Enter the name of an existing style.

See also

TABLE · TABLESTYLE

DELOBJ

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 1

Whether commands that build objects from others (REGION, EXTRUDE…) delete the source ones.

DIMASSOC

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 2

Associativity of new dimensions.

ValueNew dimensions
0Exploded: separate lines, arrowheads and text, as in AutoCAD
1Not associated with the geometry
2Associative: they follow the objects they measure when these are moved, stretched or scaled

Notes

See also

DIMREASSOCIATE · DIMDISASSOCIATE · Dimensions

DIMCEN

Type: real · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 2.5 (ISO-25)

Size of the center mark of DIMCENTER and of radius and diameter dimensions: positive, a cross of that half size; negative, also the center lines; 0, no mark.

Notes

When a dimension style is made current, this variable takes its value.

See also

DIMCENTER · DIMSTYLE

DIMSCALE

Type: real · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 1

Overall dimension scale: it multiplies the text heights, arrow sizes and distances of the dimension style. A value of 0 or greater.

Notes

New dimensions use the DIMSCALE of their dimension style. When a style is made current, this variable takes its value; to rescale the dimensions, modify the style with DIMSTYLE.

See also

DIMSTYLE · DIMSTYLE

DIMSTYLE

Type: text · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: Standard

Current dimension style: the one used by new dimensions. When it changes, the dimension variables of the header (DIMSCALE, arrow size, text height…) take the values of the style, as in AutoCAD.

See also

DIMSTYLE · DIMSCALE · DIMLINEAR

DISPSILH

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 0

With 1, solids and surfaces (3DSOLID, BODY, SURFACE) show in wireframe the silhouette of their curved faces as seen from the viewing direction, besides their edges and isolines. With 0, only edges and isolines.

Notes

See also

ISOLINES · FACETRES

DRAGMODE

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 2

Dragging of objects while points are picked: 0 off, 1 on request, 2 always.

DYNMODE

Type: integer · Saved in: session · Initial value: 3

Whether dynamic input (F12) is on: a positive value turns it on and a negative one off, as in AutoCAD (from -3 to 3; 0 also turns it off).

Notes

LinceCAD does not tell pointer input from dimensional input: any positive value turns both on and, when read, the variable is 3 or -3.

See also

OSNAP · ORTHO

ELEVATION

Type: real · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 0

Elevation (Z coordinate) of new objects, in AutoCAD.

Notes

LinceCAD is a 2D program: it stores the value in the drawing for AutoCAD, but draws new objects at Z = 0.

See also

THICKNESS

EXTMAX

Type: 2D point · Stored in: drawing

Upper right corner of the drawing extents (read-only; updated on save).

EXTMIN

Type: 2D point · Stored in: drawing

Lower left corner of the drawing extents (read-only; updated on save).

FACETRES

Type: real · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 0.5

How finely the curved faces of solids, regions and surfaces are divided into triangles, from 0.01 (very coarse) to 10 (very fine). With 0.5 a circle or a cylinder is divided into 6° steps; doubling the value halves the steps. It affects how they look and what is computed on the tessellation (silhouettes).

Notes

See also

ISOLINES · DISPSILH

FIELDDISPLAY

Type: integer · Stored in: session · Initial value: 1

Background of fields (FIELD) on screen.

ValueFields
0No background: they look like any other text
1On a gray background, which is not plotted

Notes

It applies to the session: it is not saved in the drawing (in AutoCAD it is a program setting).

See also

FIELD · UPDATEFIELD · Text and styles

FILEDIA

Type: integer · Stored in: session · Initial value: 1

How commands ask for a file (GEOIMAGE, XREF, PDFIMPORT, MAPIMPORT, SCRIPT…).

ValueFile
0The path is typed on the command line; Enter, ~ or Browse open the dialog box
1The Windows file dialog box opens directly, with the formats of the command

Notes

See also

SCRIPT · FIELDDISPLAY

FILLETRAD

Type: real · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 0

Fillet radius. FILLET proposes it and stores it when it is changed with its Radius option. With 0, the objects are trimmed or extended until they meet in a sharp corner.

See also

FILLET · CHAMFERA

FILLMODE

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 1

In AutoCAD, whether solids, donuts and wide polylines are filled.

ValueFill
0Outline only
1Filled

Notes

With 0 no fill is drawn (solid and gradient hatches, solids and wide polylines): solids keep their outline and wide polylines their centreline. It also applies when plotting.

See also

SOLID · DONUT · PLINE

GRIDMODE

Type: integer · Saved in: session · Initial value: 1

1 shows the grid and 0 hides it, like F7, GRID and the status bar button.

See also

GRID · SNAPMODE

HALOGAP

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 0

Gap left by objects hidden behind others, as a % of a unit.

HIDETEXT

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 1

Whether HIDE takes texts into account.

HPGAPTOL

Type: real · Stored in: session · Initial value: 0

Hatch gap tolerance: when looking for the boundary with an internal point, HATCH closes gaps of up to this length between loose endpoints, as if they were joined. With 0, the boundary must be fully closed. It accepts 0 to 5000, in drawing units.

Notes

As in AutoCAD, it is not saved in the drawing. It only counts for boundaries found from an internal point, not for selected objects.

See also

HATCH · BOUNDARY · Hatches

IMAGEFRAME

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 1

Frame of the raster images in the drawing.

ValueFrame
0Hidden (images cannot be selected by their edge)
1Displayed and plotted
2Displayed but not plotted

Notes

With 2 the frame shows on screen but is not plotted or exported. The setting is stored in the image dictionary of the drawing, as in AutoCAD.

See also

IMAGEATTACH · IMAGECLIP · IMAGEADJUST

INDEXCTL

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 0

Layer and spatial indexes saved with the drawing (0 to 3).

INSBASE

Type: point · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 0,0

Base point of the drawing: the point placed at the insertion point when this file is inserted as a block into another drawing. It is entered as x,y coordinates.

Notes

WBLOCK stores the base point of the block as the INSBASE of the new file.

See also

INSERT · WBLOCK

INSUNITS

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 0

Unit in which the drawing is drawn. When an image is attached with IMAGEATTACH, LinceCAD uses it together with the resolution of the file to give the image its real size; AutoCAD also uses it to scale blocks and references inserted from drawings in another unit.

ValueUnitValueUnit
0Unitless11Angstroms
1Inches12Nanometers
2Feet13Microns
3Miles14Decimeters
4Millimeters15Decameters
5Centimeters16Hectometers
6Meters17Gigameters
7Kilometers18Astronomical units
8Microinches19Light years
9Mils20Parsecs
10Yards

See also

UNITS · INSERT · IMAGEATTACH

ISOLINES

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 4

Number of isolines per direction used to draw the curved faces of solids and surfaces in wireframe (0 to 2047): lines of constant parameter on the surface, such as the rulings of a cylinder or the meridians and parallels of a sphere. With 0 only the edges are shown.

See also

FACETRES · DISPSILH

LAYOUTCREATEVIEWPORT

Type: integer · Saved in: session · Initial value: 1

Whether new layouts get a viewport showing the model extents: 0 no, 1 yes.

See also

LAYOUT · MVIEW

LAYLOCKFADECTL

Type: integer · Saved in: session · Initial value: 50

Fading (0 to 90) of the objects on locked layers; LAYISO with Lock and fade sets it too.

Notes

LinceCAD keeps the value, but the view does not fade locked layers yet.

See also

LAYISO · LAYLCK

LIMCHECK

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 0

Whether drawing outside the drawing limits is checked.

ValueChecking
0Off
1On

See also

LIMITS · LIMMIN · LIMMAX

LIMMAX

Type: 2D point · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 420,297

Upper right corner of the model space limits.

See also

LIMITS · LIMMIN

LIMMIN

Type: 2D point · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 0,0

Lower left corner of the model space limits.

See also

LIMITS · LIMMAX

LTSCALE

Type: real · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 1

Global linetype scale: it multiplies the length of the dashes and gaps of all objects. For drawings in millimeters at 1:100, a value around 100 makes dashed lines look dashed. It must be greater than 0.

See also

LINETYPE · CELTSCALE

LUNITS

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 2

Format in which the program writes lengths and coordinates.

ValueFormatExample
1Scientific1.5500E+01
2Decimal15.5000
3Engineering1'-3.5000"
4Architectural1'-3 1/2"
5Fractional15 1/2

In the engineering and architectural formats the drawing unit is the inch, as in AutoCAD.

See also

UNITS · LUPREC · rtos

LUPREC

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 4

Number of decimal places of the lengths written by the program, from 0 to 8. In the fractional formats it sets the smallest denominator: 1 halves, 2 quarters, 3 eighths… up to 8 (1/256).

See also

UNITS · LUNITS

LWDISPLAY

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 0

Whether the lineweights of objects are displayed on screen.

ValueLineweights
0Not displayed: everything with the same width
1Displayed

Notes

LinceCAD stores the value in the drawing and the view follows it: the status bar toggle (LWDISPLAY) changes it too.

See also

LWEIGHT · LWDISPLAY

MAXACTVP

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 64

Maximum number of viewports active at once in a layout.

MEASUREMENT

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 1

Drawing units for hatch patterns and linetypes: 0 imperial, 1 metric.

MIRRTEXT

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 0

How MIRROR handles text, multiline text and attributes.

ValueText
0Moved, but still reads normally
1Mirrored like everything else (reads backwards)

See also

MIRROR · ALIGN

ORTHOMODE

Type: integer · Saved in: session · Initial value: 0

1 turns on Ortho mode (F8, ORTHO): the cursor moves horizontally or vertically from the last point. Turning it on turns polar tracking off, as in AutoCAD.

See also

ORTHO · AUTOSNAP

OSMODE

Type: integer · Saved in: session · Initial value: 4133

Running object snaps, as a sum: 1 endpoint, 2 midpoint, 4 center, 8 node, 16 quadrant, 32 intersection, 64 insertion, 128 perpendicular, 256 tangent, 512 nearest and 4096 extension. Adding 16384 turns them off without losing the modes (F3, OSNAP).

See also

OSNAP · Object snaps and precision

PDFFRAME

Type: integer · Stored in: session · Initial value: 1

Frame of the PDF underlays in the drawing.

ValueFrame
0Hidden (the frame of an underlay whose file is not found is shown anyway)
1Displayed and plotted
2Displayed but not plotted

Notes

With 2 the frame shows on screen but is not plotted or exported. The setting applies to the session (AutoCAD saves it in the drawing).

See also

PDFATTACH · PDFCLIP · IMAGEFRAME · XCLIPFRAME

PDMODE

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 0

Symbol used to draw point objects. It is the sum of a figure and, optionally, an outline.

ValueFigure
0A dot
1Nothing
2Cross (+)
3X
4Short vertical tick
AddOutline
32Circle
64Square

For example, 35 = an X inside a circle. Valid values: 0-4, 32-36, 64-68 and 96-100.

See also

PTYPE · POINT · DIVIDE · MEASURE · PDSIZE

PDSIZE

Type: real · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 0

Size of the point symbol (see PDMODE).

See also

PTYPE · POINT · PDMODE

PELEVATION

Type: real · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 0

Paper space elevation.

PELLIPSE

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 0

Whether ELLIPSE creates true ellipses (0) or polylines (1).

PICKSTYLE

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 1

Whether selecting a member of a group selects the whole group.

ValueSelection
0Single objects
1Whole groups (the selectable ones)
2Single objects (in AutoCAD, associative hatches with their boundary)
3Whole groups (in AutoCAD, associative hatches too)

Ctrl+Shift+A turns group selection on and off.

Notes

LinceCAD only uses the group part; values 2 and 3 are kept for AutoCAD.

See also

GROUP · GROUPEDIT · UNGROUP

PLINEGEN

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 0

Whether the linetype of new polylines runs along the whole polyline (1) or restarts at each vertex (0).

PLINEWID

Type: real · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 0

Default width of new polylines, in AutoCAD. A value of 0 or greater.

Notes

PLINE and POLYGON create polylines with this width, and the PLINE Width option proposes it.

See also

PLINE · PEDIT

POLYSIDES

Type: integer · Stored in: session · Initial value: 4

Number of sides that POLYGON proposes: the last one used (3 to 1024), as in AutoCAD.

See also

POLYGON

POLARANG

Type: real · Saved in: session · Initial value: 90

Polar tracking increment angle, in degrees (the one in the POLAR button menu).

See also

POLAR · AUTOSNAP

PROXYGRAPHICS

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 1

Whether proxy object images are saved in the drawing.

PSLTSCALE

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 1

Whether linetype scaling in viewports follows each viewport scale.

PSOLHEIGHT

Type: real · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 80

Height of new polysolids.

PSOLWIDTH

Type: real · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 5

Width of new polysolids.

PSTYLEMODE

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 1

Whether the drawing uses color-dependent (1) or named (0) plot styles (read-only).

QPMODE

Type: integer · Stored in: session · Initial value: 1

Whether the quick properties panel appears when objects are selected with no command running.

ValueQuick properties panel
0Off
1On

Notes

The panel is a reduced, floating version of the PROPERTIES palette: next to the cursor it shows the layer, the color and the key properties of the selected type (radius, length, contents…), and it closes when the selection is cleared or a command starts. With objects of several types it only shows the common properties. It does not appear in test scripts.

See also

QUICKPROPERTIES · PROPERTIES

QTEXTMODE

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 0

Quick text: whether texts are shown as rectangles.

REFPATHTYPE

Type: integer · Stored in: session · Initial value: 1

How the path of the external references and PDF underlays you attach is saved.

ValuePath
0No path: just the file name, which is looked for in the drawing's folder
1Relative to the drawing's folder
2Full

Notes

See also

XATTACH · -XREF · External references

REGENMODE

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 1

Automatic regeneration of the drawing.

SETBYLAYERMODE

Type: integer · Saved in: session · Initial value: 255

Which properties SETBYLAYER sets to ByLayer: the sum of 1 (color), 2 (linetype), 4 (lineweight), 8 (material), 16 (plot style) and 128 (transparency). Bits 32 (change ByBlock too) and 64 (include blocks) are kept, but the command asks for them every time.

See also

SETBYLAYER

SHADEDGE

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 3

How faces and edges are shaded (0 to 3).

SHADEDIF

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 70

Diffuse versus ambient light when shading, in %.

SKETCHINC

Type: real · Stored in: session · Initial value: 1

Distance between the points that SKETCH records when the mouse moves with the pen down (Increment option).

See also

SKETCH

SKPOLY

Type: integer · Stored in: session · Initial value: 0

What SKETCH creates: 0 lines, 1 polylines and 2 splines (Type option).

See also

SKETCH

SKTOLERANCE

Type: real · Stored in: session · Initial value: 0.5

How far the spline of SKETCH may deviate from the points of the stroke (fitTolerance option; only with SKPOLY = 2).

See also

SKETCH

SNAPISOPAIR

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 0

Current isometric plane, the one followed by ortho, the grid, snap and the crosshairs when isometric drafting is on.

ValuePlane
0Left (axes at 90° and 150°)
1Top (axes at 30° and 150°)
2Right (axes at 30° and 90°)

Notes

F5 and Ctrl+E switch to the next plane. It is saved in the drawing's current viewport, as in AutoCAD.

See also

ISOPLANE · ISODRAFT · SNAPSTYL

SNAPMODE

Type: integer · Saved in: session · Initial value: 0

1 snaps the cursor to the grid nodes (F9, SNAP).

See also

SNAP · GRIDMODE

SNAPSTYL

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 0

Snap and grid style: normal or isometric.

ValueStyle
0Rectangular: horizontal and vertical axes (or those of the UCS)
1Isometric, in the plane of SNAPISOPAIR

Notes

It is what ISODRAFT and the ISO button on the status bar change. It is saved in the drawing's current viewport, as in AutoCAD.

See also

ISODRAFT · ISOPLANE · SNAP · Object snaps and precision

SORTENTS

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 127

Which operations follow the draw order of objects (sum of bits).

SPLFRAME

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 0

Whether the control frames of spline-fit polylines and invisible faces are shown.

SPLINESEGQS

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 0

Segments of the surfaces of smoothed mesh polylines.

SPLINESEGS

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 8

Number of straight segments with which the Spline option of PEDIT approximates each span of the polyline. More segments give a smoother curve. From 1 to 32767.

See also

PEDIT · SPLINETYPE

SPLINETYPE

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 6

Curve type used by the Spline option of PEDIT.

ValueCurve
5Quadratic B-spline
6Cubic B-spline

See also

PEDIT · SPLINESEGS · SPLINE

SURFTYPE

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 6

Surface type when smoothing meshes: 5 quadratic B-spline, 6 cubic, 8 Bezier.

SURFU

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 6

Density of smoothed surfaces in the M direction.

SURFV

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 6

Density of smoothed surfaces in the N direction.

TEXTQLTY

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 50

Resolution of TrueType texts when plotting, from 0 to 100.

TEXTSIZE

Type: real · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 2.5

Default text height, when the current text style has no fixed height. TEXT, MTEXT and ATTDEF propose it and store here the last height chosen; it is also used by the attributes created by BATTMAN and by texts created with entmake without a height. It must be greater than 0.

See also

ATTDEF · TEXT · STYLE · TEXTSTYLE

TEXTSTYLE

Type: text · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: Standard

Current text style: the one used by new text and attributes. Enter the name of an existing style.

See also

STYLE · TEXT · MTEXT · TEXTSIZE

THICKNESS

Type: real · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 0

Extrusion thickness (in Z) of new objects, in AutoCAD.

Notes

LinceCAD is a 2D program: it stores the value in the drawing for AutoCAD, but creates objects without thickness.

See also

ELEVATION

THUMBSAVE

Type: integer · Stored in: session · Initial value: 1

Whether saving a DWG includes the drawing's preview (thumbnail).

ValuePreview
0Not updated: the DWG keeps the one it had
1Redone on save from the model view

Notes

The thumbnail is shown by the Open dialog and by the file explorer. It is only written in DWG version 2013 or later (in earlier ones LinceCAD cannot write it). It is a picture of the whole model on white paper, 256 × 256 px.

TILEMODE

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 1

Whether the Model tab (1) or a layout (0) is active (read-only: change it with the tabs).

TRANSPARENCYDISPLAY

Type: integer · Stored in: session · Initial value: 1

Whether the transparency of objects and layers is displayed on screen.

ValueTransparency
0Not displayed: everything is drawn opaque
1Displayed

Notes

See also

CETRANSPARENCY · PROPERTIES · LAYER

UCSICON

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 3

UCS icon in model space. It is the sum of these values:

ValueIcon
0Hidden
1Displayed
2At the UCS origin, if it is visible on screen (otherwise, at the lower left)

With 3, displayed and at the origin.

See also

UCSICON · UCSMAN · UCS

UNITMODE

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 0

Whether fractional and feet-and-inches units are shown as typed (1) or with spaces (0).

USRTIMER

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 1

Whether the TIME user timer is running.

VISRETAIN

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 1

What happens to the layers of external references (reference|layer) when they are reloaded.

ValueLayers
0They take again the color, linetype and state they have in the reference file
1They keep what has been changed in this drawing (color, on, frozen...)

See also

XREF · LAYER · External references

XCLIPFRAME

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 2

Boundary of the external references and blocks clipped with XCLIP.

ValueBoundary
0Hidden
1Displayed and plotted
2Displayed but not plotted

Notes

With 2 the boundary shows on screen but is not plotted or exported. It is drawn on the layer and in the color of the insert.

See also

XCLIP · PDFFRAME · IMAGEFRAME

XFADECTL

Type: integer · Stored in: session · Initial value: 70

How much the content of external references (what is on reference|layer layers) is faded on screen, from 0 (not at all) to 90 %, to tell it apart from what is drawn in this drawing.

Notes

See also

XREF · XATTACH · External references

LENSLENGTH

Type: real · Stored in: drawing · Read-only · Initial value: 50

Lens length in millimeters of the perspective view of the current viewport (with a 35 mm film).

See also

PERSPECTIVE · 3DORBIT

PERSPECTIVE

Type: integer · Stored in: drawing · Initial value: 0

ValueView
0Parallel
1Perspective (zooming moves the viewer towards the target)

See also

LENSLENGTH · 3DORBIT · -VIEW

TARGET

Type: 3D point · Stored in: drawing · Read-only · Initial value: 0,0,0

Target of the view of the current viewport, in the WCS: the point 3DORBIT rotates around.

VIEWCTR

Type: 3D point · Stored in: drawing · Read-only

Center of the view of the current viewport, on the XY plane along the viewing direction, as AutoCAD gives it.

VIEWDIR

Type: 3D vector · Stored in: drawing · Read-only · Initial value: 0,0,1

Viewing direction of the current viewport, from the target to the viewer. It is changed with VPOINT, -VIEW, 3DORBIT or PLAN.

VIEWSIZE

Type: real · Stored in: drawing · Read-only

Height of the view of the current viewport, in drawing units.

VIEWTWIST

Type: angle · Stored in: drawing · Read-only · Initial value: 0

Twist of the view of the current viewport (set by PLAN with a rotated UCS and by 3DFORBIT).

VSCURRENT

Type: text · Stored in: drawing (in the viewport) · Initial value: 2dWireframe

Name of the visual style of the current viewport; changing it does the same as VSCURRENT.

OFFSETDIST

Type: real · Stored in: session · Initial value: -1

Distance for OFFSET. A negative value means "Through" (the default option): the offset passes through the point you give. OFFSET remembers it and offers it between < >.

See also

OFFSET · OFFSETGAPTYPE

OFFSETGAPTYPE

Type: integer · Stored in: session · Initial value: 0

How OFFSET closes the gaps between polyline segments: 0 extends, 1 fillets, 2 chamfers. It is stored, but offset always applies "extend".

See also

OFFSET · OFFSETDIST

SELECTSIMILARMODE

Type: integer · Stored in: session · Initial value: 130

Properties that must match in SELECTSIMILAR, besides the object type: the sum of 1 color, 2 layer, 4 linetype, 8 linetype scale, 16 lineweight, 32 plot style, 64 object style (text, dimension or table style) and 128 name (of a block). 130 is layer and name, as in AutoCAD.

See also

SELECTSIMILAR

ARRAYASSOCIATIVITY

Type: integer · Stored in: session · Initial value: 1

Whether new arrays of ARRAY, ARRAYRECT and ARRAYPOLAR are associative (1) or separate objects (0). The Associative option of those prompts changes it, as in AutoCAD.

See also

ARRAY · ARRAYEDIT

TRIMEXTENDMODE

Type: integer · Stored in: session · Initial value: 1

Mode of TRIM and EXTEND: 1 quick (every object is an edge, none to select) and 0 standard (edges are selected).

See also

TRIM · EXTEND · EDGEMODE · PROJMODE

EDGEMODE

Type: integer · Stored in: session · Initial value: 0

Edges of TRIM and EXTEND in standard mode: 0 does not extend them and 1 extends them (Edge > Extend option).

See also

TRIM · TRIMEXTENDMODE

PROJMODE

Type: integer · Stored in: session · Initial value: 1

Projection of TRIM and EXTEND: 0 none, 1 UCS and 2 view. In 2D it does not change the result.

See also

TRIM · TRIMEXTENDMODE

TRIMMODE

Type: integer · Stored in: session · Initial value: 1

Whether FILLET and CHAMFER trim the objects (1) or only add the arc or the chamfer (0).

See also

FILLET · CHAMFER · CHAMMODE

CHAMMODE

Type: integer · Stored in: session · Initial value: 0

Method of CHAMFER: 0 two distances and 1 length and angle.

See also

CHAMFER · CHAMFERC · CHAMFERD

CHAMFERC

Type: real · Stored in: session · Initial value: 0

Chamfer length on the first line when the method is angle.

See also

CHAMFER · CHAMMODE · CHAMFERD

CHAMFERD

Type: real · Stored in: session · Initial value: 0

Chamfer angle with the first line (in radians) when the method is angle. CHAMFER asks for it in degrees.

See also

CHAMFER · CHAMMODE · CHAMFERC

COPYMODE

Type: integer · Stored in: session · Initial value: 0

Mode of COPY: 0 multiple (keeps asking for points) and 1 single (one copy and it ends).

See also

COPY · MOVE

AutoLISP

AutoLISP

LinceCAD has its own AutoLISP interpreter to run routines written for AutoCAD or progeCAD: the same functions, the same data types and the same error messages ("; error: bad argument type…", as in AutoCAD, because many routines compare them in their *error*). Routines ask for points and select objects like any command, with object snaps, rubber band and typed coordinates.

Typing expressions on the command line

When no command is active, anything that starts with ( is evaluated as AutoLISP and the result is written below. If parentheses or quotes are left open, the program shows (_> and waits for more lines.

(setq r (* 2 pi))
6.28319

Loading .lsp files

New commands with c:

A function whose name starts with c: becomes a command: type its name on the command line like any other.

(defun c:area2 (/ e)
  (setq e (car (entsel "\nSelect a circle: ")))
  (princ (strcat "\nArea: " (rtos (* pi (expt (cdr (assoc 40 (entget e))) 2)) 2 2)))
  (princ))

Data types

32-bit integers (which overflow as in AutoCAD), reals, strings, symbols, lists and dotted pairs, entity names, selection sets, files and functions. Angles are in radians; points are lists of two or three numbers. Comments go from ; to the end of the line or between ;| and |;. Strings accept \n, \t, \", \\ and \e.

Limits

Functions by family

Special forms and control: quote · function · lambda · setq · defun · defun-q · if · cond · while · repeat · foreach · progn · and · or · t · pi · pause · error

Arithmetic: + · - · * · / · 1+ · 1- · abs · fix · float · rem · gcd · min · max · sqrt · expt · exp · log · sin · cos · atan · ~ · logand · logior · lsh

Comparison and predicates: = · /= · < · > · <= · >= · eq · equal · not · null · atom · listp · vl-consp · numberp · zerop · minusp · boundp · type · vl-symbolp

Lists: car · cdr · cadr and the other c…r · cons · list · append · reverse · length · vl-list-length · nth · member · assoc · subst · last · vl-remove · vl-position · vl-sort · vl-remove-if · vl-remove-if-not · vl-some · vl-every · vl-member-if · acad_strlsort · mapcar · apply

Evaluation and symbols: eval · set · read · vl-symbol-name · vl-symbol-value

Strings: strcat · strlen · substr · strcase · itoa · atoi · atof · chr · ascii · wcmatch · vl-string-trim · vl-string-left-trim · vl-string-right-trim · vl-string-search · vl-string-subst · vl-string-translate · vl-string-position · vl-string->list · vl-list->string · vl-string-elt · vl-princ-to-string · vl-prin1-to-string

Units: rtos · distof · angtos · angtof

Geometry: distance · angle · polar · inters · trans

User input: initget · getpoint · getcorner · getdist · getangle · getorient · getreal · getint · getstring · getkword · entsel

Messages: princ · prin1 · print · terpri · prompt · alert · textscr · graphscr

Commands: command · command-s · vl-cmdf

Entities: entlast · entnext · entget · entmod · entmake · entdel · entupd · handent

Selection sets: ssget · ssname · sslength · ssadd · ssdel · ssmemb

Tables, variables and display: tblsearch · tblnext · getvar · setvar · redraw · regen

Files and loading: open · close · read-line · write-line · findfile · getenv · load · vl-filename-base · vl-filename-directory · vl-filename-extension

Errors and system: exit · quit · vl-catch-all-apply · vl-catch-all-error-p · vl-catch-all-error-message · vl-load-com · ver · gc

quote

(quote expression) or 'expression

Returns the expression without evaluating it.

'(1 2 3)          ; (1 2 3)
(quote a)         ; A

function

(function symbol-or-lambda)

Like quote, but tells that the argument is a function. Used with mapcar and the like.

(mapcar (function (lambda (x) (* x x))) '(1 2 3))   ; (1 4 9)

lambda

(lambda (arguments [/ locals]) expression...)

Creates an unnamed function. Returns the function.

((lambda (a b) (+ a b)) 2 3)   ; 5

setq

(setq symbol expression [symbol expression]...)

Evaluates each expression and assigns it to the symbol before it, which is not evaluated. Returns the last value assigned.

(setq a 10 b (* a 2))   ; 20

defun

(defun name (arguments [/ locals]) expression...)

Defines a function. The arguments and the local variables (after /) get their previous value back on exit; other variables are global. Returns the name. If the name starts with C:, the function becomes a command.

(defun double (x) (* 2 x))
(double 4)   ; 8

defun-q

(defun-q name (arguments [/ locals]) expression...)

Same as defun.

Differences with AutoCAD

In AutoCAD the function is kept as a list and can be modified with defun-q-list-set; in LinceCAD it is a normal function.

if

(if test then [else])

Evaluates the test; if it is not nil, evaluates and returns then; if it is nil, else (or nil if missing).

(if (> a 0) "positive" "zero or negative")

cond

(cond (test expression...) ...)

Evaluates the tests in order and, for the first one that is not nil, its expressions. Returns the last one evaluated (or the test, if the clause has no expressions). T as the last test gives the default case.

(cond ((< x 0) "negative") ((= x 0) "zero") (T "positive"))

while

(while test expression...)

Repeats the expressions while the test is not nil. Returns the value of the last expression evaluated.

(setq i 0)
(while (< i 3) (setq i (1+ i)))   ; 3

repeat

(repeat integer expression...)

Evaluates the expressions the given number of times. Returns the value of the last one.

(setq n 1)
(repeat 4 (setq n (* n 2)))   ; 16

foreach

(foreach symbol list expression...)

Gives the symbol each element of the list and evaluates the expressions. Returns the value of the last one; the symbol gets its value back at the end.

(foreach c '("A" "B") (princ c))   ; prints AB

progn

(progn expression...)

Evaluates the expressions in order and returns the last one. Used to put several where one is expected, as in if.

(if ok (progn (princ "Done") (setq n (1+ n))))

and

(and expression...)

Evaluates the expressions until one is nil. Returns T if none is nil (also with no arguments) and nil otherwise.

(and (> 3 1) "text")   ; T

or

(or expression...)

Evaluates the expressions until one is not nil. Returns T if it finds one and nil if all are nil.

(or nil 5)   ; T

t

T

Symbol whose value is T: the "true" value of tests. Predicates that hold return it.

(= 1 1)   ; T

pi

pi

Variable holding the number π (3.14159…). It can be changed with setq, as in AutoCAD, though it is not a good idea.

(* 2 pi)   ; 6.28319

pause

pause

Variable whose value is "\\". In command it makes the command wait for the user to give that input.

(command "_circle" pause 10)

error

(defun *error* (message) ...)

Function the program calls when a routine fails, with the error message, before unwinding the stack: the local variables of the running functions still have their values. Used to restore variables and close files. Without *error*, the program writes ; error: message.

(defun *error* (msg)
  (if (/= msg "Function cancelled") (princ (strcat "\nError: " msg)))
  (princ))

+

(+ [number number]...)

Adds the numbers. Integer if all are integers (32-bit, overflowing as in AutoCAD); real if any is real. With no arguments, 0.

(+ 1 2 3)     ; 6
(+ 1 2.5)     ; 3.5

-

(- [number number]...)

Subtracts the others from the first. With a single number, changes its sign. With no arguments, 0.

(- 10 3 2)   ; 5
(- 4)        ; -4

*

(* [number number]...)

Multiplies the numbers. Integer if all are integers. With no arguments, 0.

(* 2 3 4)   ; 24

/

(/ [number number]...)

Divides the first by the others. Between integers, the result is an integer and is truncated; with any real, real. Dividing by zero gives the error divide by zero.

(/ 7 2)     ; 3
(/ 7 2.0)   ; 3.5

1+

(1+ number)

Adds 1 to the number.

(1+ 5)   ; 6

1-

(1- number)

Subtracts 1 from the number.

(1- 5)   ; 4

abs

(abs number)

Absolute value, of the same type as the number.

(abs -2.5)   ; 2.5

fix

(fix number)

Integer part of the number, truncated toward zero, as an integer. If it does not fit in 32 bits, returns a truncated real.

(fix 3.7)    ; 3
(fix -3.7)   ; -3

float

(float number)

The number as a real.

(float 3)   ; 3.0

rem

(rem number number...)

Remainder of dividing the first by the others, from left to right. Integer if all are integers.

(rem 17 5)     ; 2
(rem 7.5 2)    ; 1.5

gcd

(gcd integer integer)

Greatest common divisor of two integers.

(gcd 12 18)   ; 6

min

(min number...)

The smallest of the numbers. If any is real, the result is real.

(min 3 1 2)     ; 1
(min 3 1.0)     ; 1.0

max

(max number...)

The largest of the numbers. If any is real, the result is real.

(max 3 1 2)   ; 3

sqrt

(sqrt number)

Square root, as a real. A negative number is an error.

(sqrt 16)   ; 4.0

expt

(expt base exponent)

Power. Integer if both are integers and the exponent is not negative; otherwise real.

(expt 2 10)    ; 1024
(expt 2 0.5)   ; 1.41421

exp

(exp number)

e raised to the number, as a real.

(exp 1)   ; 2.71828

log

(log number)

Natural logarithm of a positive number, as a real.

(log 10)   ; 2.30259

sin

(sin angle)

Sine of an angle in radians.

(sin (/ pi 2))   ; 1.0

cos

(cos angle)

Cosine of an angle in radians.

(cos 0)   ; 1.0

atan

(atan y [x])

Arctangent in radians. With one number, between -π/2 and π/2; with two, the angle of y/x in the right quadrant, between -π and π.

(atan 1)      ; 0.785398
(atan 1 -1)   ; 2.35619

~

(~ integer)

Bitwise NOT of the integer.

(~ 5)   ; -6

logand

(logand [integer]...)

Bitwise AND of the integers. Useful to test a bit of a value such as OSMODE.

(logand 7 12)   ; 4

logior

(logior [integer]...)

Bitwise inclusive OR of the integers.

(logior 1 4)   ; 5

lsh

(lsh integer bits)

Shifts the bits of the integer to the left (or to the right, if bits is negative).

(lsh 1 4)    ; 16
(lsh 16 -2)  ; 4

=

(= value value...)

T if all the values are equal. Compares numbers (an integer and a real are equal if their values are) or strings.

(= 2 2.0)       ; T
(= "a" "A")     ; nil

/=

(/= value value...)

T if each value is different from the next one. Numbers or strings.

(/= 1 2)   ; T

<

(< value value...)

T if each value is less than the next one. Numbers or strings (by character order).

(< 1 2 3)       ; T
(< "abc" "abd") ; T

>

(> value value...)

T if each value is greater than the next one.

(> 3 2 1)   ; T

<=

(<= value value...)

T if each value is less than or equal to the next one.

(<= 1 1 2)   ; T

>=

(>= value value...)

T if each value is greater than or equal to the next one.

(>= 2 2 1)   ; T

eq

(eq expression expression)

T if both are the same object: the same symbol, the same number or the same list (not an equal copy). To compare contents, use equal.

(setq a '(1 2) b a)
(eq a b)          ; T
(eq a '(1 2))     ; nil

equal

(equal expression expression [fuzz])

T if both have the same contents. With a fuzz, numbers may differ by up to that amount (useful to compare points).

(equal '(1 2) '(1 2))                  ; T
(equal '(1.0 2.0) '(1.0 2.0001) 0.001) ; T

not

(not expression)

T if the expression is nil; nil otherwise. Same as null.

(not nil)   ; T

null

(null expression)

T if the expression is nil (or the empty list).

(null '())   ; T

atom

(atom expression)

T if the expression is not a list with elements (nil is an atom too).

(atom 'a)      ; T
(atom '(1))    ; nil

listp

(listp expression)

T if the expression is a list or nil.

(listp nil)   ; T

vl-consp

(vl-consp expression)

T if the expression is a list with elements (not nil).

(vl-consp nil)    ; nil
(vl-consp '(1))   ; T

numberp

(numberp expression)

T if the expression is an integer or a real.

(numberp 3.5)   ; T

zerop

(zerop number)

T if the number is 0.

(zerop 0.0)   ; T

minusp

(minusp number)

T if the number is negative.

(minusp -1)   ; T

boundp

(boundp symbol)

T if the symbol has a value other than nil.

(boundp 'pi)   ; T

type

(type expression)

Type of the expression as a symbol: INT, REAL, STR, SYM, LIST, SUBR (built-in function), USUBR (user function), ENAME, PICKSET, FILE or VL-CATCH-ALL-APPLY-ERROR. For nil, nil.

(type 1.5)     ; REAL
(type "a")     ; STR

vl-symbolp

(vl-symbolp expression)

T if the expression is a symbol (nil is not).

(vl-symbolp 'a)   ; T

car

(car list)

First element of the list. For nil, nil. In a dotted pair, the first part.

(car '(1 2 3))   ; 1
(car '(8 . "0")) ; 8

cdr

(cdr list)

The list without its first element. In a dotted pair, the second part.

(cdr '(1 2 3))    ; (2 3)
(cdr '(8 . "0"))  ; "0"

caar

(caar list)

First element of the first element: the first number of a point at the start of the list. Same as (car (car list)). If any step is not a list, it is an error.

(caar list)   ; = (car (car list))

caaar

(caaar list)

A combination of car and cdr: the letters between c and r are applied from right to left (a = car, d = cdr). Same as (car (car (car list))). If any step is not a list, it is an error.

(caaar list)   ; = (car (car (car list)))

cdaar

(cdaar list)

A combination of car and cdr: the letters between c and r are applied from right to left (a = car, d = cdr). Same as (cdr (car (car list))). If any step is not a list, it is an error.

(cdaar list)   ; = (cdr (car (car list)))

caaaar

(caaaar list)

A combination of car and cdr: the letters between c and r are applied from right to left (a = car, d = cdr). Same as (car (car (car (car list)))). If any step is not a list, it is an error.

(caaaar list)   ; = (car (car (car (car list))))

cadaar

(cadaar list)

A combination of car and cdr: the letters between c and r are applied from right to left (a = car, d = cdr). Same as (car (cdr (car (car list)))). If any step is not a list, it is an error.

(cadaar list)   ; = (car (cdr (car (car list))))

cdaaar

(cdaaar list)

A combination of car and cdr: the letters between c and r are applied from right to left (a = car, d = cdr). Same as (cdr (car (car (car list)))). If any step is not a list, it is an error.

(cdaaar list)   ; = (cdr (car (car (car list))))

cddaar

(cddaar list)

A combination of car and cdr: the letters between c and r are applied from right to left (a = car, d = cdr). Same as (cdr (cdr (car (car list)))). If any step is not a list, it is an error.

(cddaar list)   ; = (cdr (cdr (car (car list))))

cadr

(cadr list)

Second element of the list. Of a point, the Y coordinate. Same as (car (cdr list)). If any step is not a list, it is an error.

(cadr list)   ; = (car (cdr list))

caadr

(caadr list)

A combination of car and cdr: the letters between c and r are applied from right to left (a = car, d = cdr). Same as (car (car (cdr list))). If any step is not a list, it is an error.

(caadr list)   ; = (car (car (cdr list)))

cdadr

(cdadr list)

A combination of car and cdr: the letters between c and r are applied from right to left (a = car, d = cdr). Same as (cdr (car (cdr list))). If any step is not a list, it is an error.

(cdadr list)   ; = (cdr (car (cdr list)))

caaadr

(caaadr list)

A combination of car and cdr: the letters between c and r are applied from right to left (a = car, d = cdr). Same as (car (car (car (cdr list)))). If any step is not a list, it is an error.

(caaadr list)   ; = (car (car (car (cdr list))))

cadadr

(cadadr list)

A combination of car and cdr: the letters between c and r are applied from right to left (a = car, d = cdr). Same as (car (cdr (car (cdr list)))). If any step is not a list, it is an error.

(cadadr list)   ; = (car (cdr (car (cdr list))))

cdaadr

(cdaadr list)

A combination of car and cdr: the letters between c and r are applied from right to left (a = car, d = cdr). Same as (cdr (car (car (cdr list)))). If any step is not a list, it is an error.

(cdaadr list)   ; = (cdr (car (car (cdr list))))

cddadr

(cddadr list)

A combination of car and cdr: the letters between c and r are applied from right to left (a = car, d = cdr). Same as (cdr (cdr (car (cdr list)))). If any step is not a list, it is an error.

(cddadr list)   ; = (cdr (cdr (car (cdr list))))

cdar

(cdar list)

The first element without its first element. Same as (cdr (car list)). If any step is not a list, it is an error.

(cdar list)   ; = (cdr (car list))

cadar

(cadar list)

Second element of the first element. Same as (car (cdr (car list))). If any step is not a list, it is an error.

(cadar list)   ; = (car (cdr (car list)))

cddar

(cddar list)

A combination of car and cdr: the letters between c and r are applied from right to left (a = car, d = cdr). Same as (cdr (cdr (car list))). If any step is not a list, it is an error.

(cddar list)   ; = (cdr (cdr (car list)))

caadar

(caadar list)

A combination of car and cdr: the letters between c and r are applied from right to left (a = car, d = cdr). Same as (car (car (cdr (car list)))). If any step is not a list, it is an error.

(caadar list)   ; = (car (car (cdr (car list))))

caddar

(caddar list)

A combination of car and cdr: the letters between c and r are applied from right to left (a = car, d = cdr). Same as (car (cdr (cdr (car list)))). If any step is not a list, it is an error.

(caddar list)   ; = (car (cdr (cdr (car list))))

cdadar

(cdadar list)

A combination of car and cdr: the letters between c and r are applied from right to left (a = car, d = cdr). Same as (cdr (car (cdr (car list)))). If any step is not a list, it is an error.

(cdadar list)   ; = (cdr (car (cdr (car list))))

cdddar

(cdddar list)

A combination of car and cdr: the letters between c and r are applied from right to left (a = car, d = cdr). Same as (cdr (cdr (cdr (car list)))). If any step is not a list, it is an error.

(cdddar list)   ; = (cdr (cdr (cdr (car list))))

cddr

(cddr list)

The list without its first two elements. Same as (cdr (cdr list)). If any step is not a list, it is an error.

(cddr list)   ; = (cdr (cdr list))

caddr

(caddr list)

Third element of the list. Of a 3D point, the Z coordinate. Same as (car (cdr (cdr list))). If any step is not a list, it is an error.

(caddr list)   ; = (car (cdr (cdr list)))

cdddr

(cdddr list)

The list without its first three elements. Same as (cdr (cdr (cdr list))). If any step is not a list, it is an error.

(cdddr list)   ; = (cdr (cdr (cdr list)))

caaddr

(caaddr list)

A combination of car and cdr: the letters between c and r are applied from right to left (a = car, d = cdr). Same as (car (car (cdr (cdr list)))). If any step is not a list, it is an error.

(caaddr list)   ; = (car (car (cdr (cdr list))))

cadddr

(cadddr list)

Fourth element of the list. Same as (car (cdr (cdr (cdr list)))). If any step is not a list, it is an error.

(cadddr list)   ; = (car (cdr (cdr (cdr list))))

cdaddr

(cdaddr list)

A combination of car and cdr: the letters between c and r are applied from right to left (a = car, d = cdr). Same as (cdr (car (cdr (cdr list)))). If any step is not a list, it is an error.

(cdaddr list)   ; = (cdr (car (cdr (cdr list))))

cddddr

(cddddr list)

A combination of car and cdr: the letters between c and r are applied from right to left (a = car, d = cdr). Same as (cdr (cdr (cdr (cdr list)))). If any step is not a list, it is an error.

(cddddr list)   ; = (cdr (cdr (cdr (cdr list))))

cons

(cons element list-or-atom)

With a list, returns it with the element in front. With an atom, creates a dotted pair, like those of entget.

(cons 0 '(1 2))   ; (0 1 2)
(cons 8 "Walls")  ; (8 . "Walls")

list

(list [expression]...)

List with the values of the expressions. With no arguments, nil.

(list 1 "a" 2.5)   ; (1 "a" 2.5)

append

(append [list]...)

Joins the lists into one.

(append '(1 2) '(3) '(4 5))   ; (1 2 3 4 5)

reverse

(reverse list)

The list with its elements in reverse order.

(reverse '(1 2 3))   ; (3 2 1)

length

(length list)

Number of elements of the list.

(length '(1 2 3))   ; 3

vl-list-length

(vl-list-length list)

Number of elements of the list, same as length.

(vl-list-length '(a b))   ; 2

nth

(nth index list)

Element at the given position, starting at 0. Outside the list, nil.

(nth 1 '(a b c))   ; B

member

(member expression list)

Looks for the expression in the list (with equal) and returns the rest of the list from it, or nil if it is not there.

(member 2 '(1 2 3))   ; (2 3)

assoc

(assoc key list)

In a list of pairs, the first one whose first part is the key (with equal), or nil. It is the way to read a code from an entget list.

(cdr (assoc 8 (entget (entlast))))   ; layer name

subst

(subst new old list)

Copy of the list with every element equal to old replaced by new. Used to change a pair of an entget list before entmod.

(subst '(8 . "New") (assoc 8 e) e)

Differences with AutoCAD

Only the elements of the top level of the list are replaced, not those inside sublists.

last

(last list)

Last element of the list.

(last '(1 2 3))   ; 3

vl-remove

(vl-remove element list)

The list without the elements equal to the given one.

(vl-remove 2 '(1 2 3 2))   ; (1 3)

vl-position

(vl-position element list)

Position (from 0) of the first occurrence of the element, or nil.

(vl-position "b" '("a" "b"))   ; 1

vl-sort

(vl-sort list function)

The list sorted with the comparison function, which receives two elements and returns non-nil if the first one goes first.

(vl-sort '(3 1 2) '<)   ; (1 2 3)

Differences with AutoCAD

The sort is stable and keeps repeated elements (AutoCAD may remove them).

vl-remove-if

(vl-remove-if function list)

The list without the elements for which the function returns non-nil.

(vl-remove-if 'minusp '(1 -2 3))   ; (1 3)

vl-remove-if-not

(vl-remove-if-not function list)

Only the elements for which the function returns non-nil.

(vl-remove-if-not 'numberp '(1 "a" 2))   ; (1 2)

vl-some

(vl-some function list [list]...)

Applies the function to the elements of the lists, in parallel, and returns the first result that is not nil (or nil).

(vl-some '> '(1 5) '(2 3))   ; T

vl-every

(vl-every function list [list]...)

T if the function returns non-nil for all the elements of the lists.

(vl-every 'numberp '(1 2.5))   ; T

vl-member-if

(vl-member-if function list)

The rest of the list from the first element for which the function returns non-nil, or nil.

(vl-member-if 'minusp '(1 -2 3))   ; (-2 3)

acad_strlsort

(acad_strlsort list-of-strings)

The list of strings sorted alphabetically, ignoring case.

(acad_strlsort '("b" "A" "c"))   ; ("A" "b" "c")

mapcar

(mapcar function list [list]...)

List with the result of applying the function to each element (with several lists, to the elements at the same position, up to the shortest one).

(mapcar '+ '(1 2) '(10 20))   ; (11 22)

apply

(apply function list)

Calls the function with the elements of the list as arguments.

(apply 'max '(3 7 2))   ; 7

eval

(eval expression)

Evaluates the value of the expression: used to run a list built by the routine.

(eval '(+ 1 2))   ; 3

set

(set symbol expression)

Like setq, but the symbol is evaluated too: the variable can be chosen at run time.

(set (read "radius") 5)   ; radius is 5

read

(read [string])

Reads the first expression of the string and returns it without evaluating it. With no argument, nil.

(read "(1 2)")   ; (1 2)
(read "abc")     ; ABC

vl-symbol-name

(vl-symbol-name symbol)

Name of the symbol as a string, in uppercase.

(vl-symbol-name 'radius)   ; "RADIUS"

vl-symbol-value

(vl-symbol-value symbol)

Value of the symbol.

(vl-symbol-value 'pi)   ; 3.14159

strcat

(strcat [string]...)

Joins the strings. With no arguments, "".

(strcat "Layer " "0")   ; "Layer 0"

strlen

(strlen [string]...)

Number of characters of the string (with several, the sum).

(strlen "Lince")   ; 5

substr

(substr string start [length])

Part of the string from position start (the first one is 1), with the given length or up to the end.

(substr "LinceCAD" 6)     ; "2D"
(substr "LinceCAD" 1 5)   ; "Lince"

strcase

(strcase string [lowercase])

The string in uppercase; if the second argument is not nil, in lowercase.

(strcase "Wall")     ; "WALL"
(strcase "Wall" T)   ; "wall"

itoa

(itoa integer)

The integer as a string.

(itoa 25)   ; "25"

atoi

(atoi string)

Integer written at the start of the string (0 if there is none).

(atoi "12abc")   ; 12

atof

(atof string)

Real written at the start of the string (0.0 if there is none). The decimal separator is the point.

(atof "2.5 m")   ; 2.5

chr

(chr code)

Character with that (Unicode) code, as a string.

(chr 65)   ; "A"

ascii

(ascii string)

Code of the first character of the string (0 if it is empty).

(ascii "A")   ; 65

wcmatch

(wcmatch string pattern)

T if the string matches the pattern. Wildcards: * (any text), ? (one character), # (one digit), @ (one letter), . (one non-alphanumeric character), [abc] and [a-z] (one of them), [~abc] (none of them), ~ at the start negates the pattern, , separates several patterns and the reverse quote makes the next character literal. It is case-sensitive.

(wcmatch "DIM-12" "DIM-##")   ; T
(wcmatch "Wall" "W*,P*")      ; T

vl-string-trim

(vl-string-trim characters string)

The string without the given characters at the start and at the end.

(vl-string-trim " " "  hello  ")   ; "hello"

vl-string-left-trim

(vl-string-left-trim characters string)

The string without the given characters at the start.

(vl-string-left-trim "0" "0042")   ; "42"

vl-string-right-trim

(vl-string-right-trim characters string)

The string without the given characters at the end.

(vl-string-right-trim ".0" "2.500")   ; "2.5"

vl-string-subst

(vl-string-subst new pattern string [start])

The string with the first occurrence of the pattern (from start) replaced by new.

(vl-string-subst "B" "A" "AXA")   ; "BXA"

vl-string-translate

(vl-string-translate from to string)

Replaces each character of from found in the string by the one at the same position in to.

(vl-string-translate "," "." "2,5")   ; "2.5"

vl-string-position

(vl-string-position code string [start [from-end]])

Position (from 0) of the character with that code, or nil. With a non-nil fourth argument, finds the last occurrence.

(vl-string-position (ascii "\\") "C:\\dwg\\a.dwg" nil T)   ; 6

vl-string->list

(vl-string->list string)

List with the codes of the characters of the string.

(vl-string->list "AB")   ; (65 66)

vl-list->string

(vl-list->string list-of-codes)

String with the characters of those codes.

(vl-list->string '(76 50))   ; "L2"

vl-string-elt

(vl-string-elt string position)

Code of the character at that position (from 0).

(vl-string-elt "AB" 1)   ; 66

vl-princ-to-string

(vl-princ-to-string expression)

The expression as princ writes it, in a string.

(vl-princ-to-string '(1 "a"))   ; "(1 a)"

vl-prin1-to-string

(vl-prin1-to-string expression)

The expression as prin1 writes it (strings in quotes), in a string.

(vl-prin1-to-string "a")   ; "\"a\""

rtos

(rtos number [mode [precision]])

The number as text. Modes: 1 scientific, 2 decimal, 3 engineering, 4 architectural, 5 fractional. Without mode or precision, the drawing's LUNITS and LUPREC are used. It follows DIMZIN (extra zeros) and uses the decimal point.

(rtos 15.5 2 2)   ; "15.50"
(rtos 15.5 4 2)   ; "1'-3 1/2\""

distof

(distof string [mode])

Reads a distance written in any of the rtos formats. Returns a real, or nil if it cannot be read.

(distof "1'-3 1/2\"")   ; 15.5

angtos

(angtos angle [mode [precision]])

An angle in radians as text. Modes: 0 degrees, 1 degrees/minutes/seconds, 2 grads, 3 radians, 4 surveyor's units. Without mode or precision, AUNITS and AUPREC are used.

(angtos (/ pi 4) 0 2)   ; "45.00"
(angtos (/ pi 4) 1 4)   ; "45d0'0\""

angtof

(angtof string [mode])

Reads an angle written in any angtos format (the d, g and r marks and bearings are recognized on their own; without a mark, according to the mode, degrees by default). Returns radians, or nil.

(angtof "90")   ; 1.5708

distance

(distance point point)

Distance between two points (2D or 3D).

(distance '(0 0) '(3 4))   ; 5.0

angle

(angle point point)

Angle in radians of the line from the first point to the second, measured from the X axis counterclockwise (from 0 to 2π).

(angle '(0 0) '(0 5))   ; 1.5708

polar

(polar point angle distance)

Point at that distance from the given one, in the direction of the angle (radians).

(polar '(0 0) 0 10)   ; (10.0 0.0 0.0)

inters

(inters p1 p2 p3 p4 [on-segments])

Intersection point of line p1-p2 with line p3-p4, or nil if they are parallel. If the fifth argument is nil, the lines are extended; if it is missing or not nil, the point must lie on both segments.

(inters '(0 0) '(10 10) '(0 10) '(10 0))   ; (5.0 5.0 0.0)

trans

(trans point from to [displacement])

Converts a point from one coordinate system to another. Systems are given as a number: 0 the world system (WCS), 1 the current UCS and 2 the display system (in 2D, the same as the UCS). With a non-nil fourth argument, the point is treated as a displacement: it is only rotated, without taking the UCS origin into account.

(trans '(0 0) 1 0)      ; the UCS origin, in world coordinates
(trans '(10 0) 1 0 T)   ; 10 units along the UCS X direction, in the WCS

Differences with AutoCAD

An entity name (object coordinate system) or 3 (paper space) return the point unchanged.

initget

(initget [bits] [keywords])

Sets up the next get… function, entsel or ssget. Bits that can be added: 1 disallows Enter, 2 disallows zero, 4 disallows negatives, 128 accepts any text (returned as a string). Keywords are separated by spaces; their capitals are the abbreviation. After _ the global names can be given.

(initget 1 "Yes No")
(getkword "\nContinue? [Yes/No]: ")

Differences with AutoCAD

Bits 8, 16, 32 and 64 do nothing.

getpoint

(getpoint [base-point] [prompt])

Asks for a point: a click (with object snaps) or typed coordinates. With a base point, shows a rubber band from it. Returns the point, nil on Enter, or the initget keyword.

(setq p (getpoint "\nSpecify center: "))

getcorner

(getcorner base-point [prompt])

Asks for the opposite corner of a rectangle starting at the base point.

(getcorner p "\nOpposite corner: ")

getdist

(getdist [base-point] [prompt])

Asks for a distance: typed (in any length format) or with two points. Returns a real.

(setq d (getdist "\nDistance: "))

getangle

(getangle [base-point] [prompt])

Asks for an angle: typed (in any angle format) or with two points. Returns radians.

(setq a (getangle "\nAngle: "))

Differences with AutoCAD

It does not take ANGBASE or ANGDIR into account (with the initial values the result is the same).

getorient

(getorient [base-point] [prompt])

Same as getangle.

Differences with AutoCAD

In AutoCAD it always measures from east, even when ANGBASE is not 0; in LinceCAD getangle does not use ANGBASE either, so both give the same result.

getreal

(getreal [prompt])

Asks for a real number (with a decimal point; the comma separates coordinates).

(setq k (getreal "\nFactor: "))

getint

(getint [prompt])

Asks for an integer between -32768 and 32767.

(initget 7)
(setq n (getint "\nNumber of copies: "))

getstring

(getstring [spaces] [prompt])

Asks for a text. If the first argument is not nil, Space is part of the text and only Enter ends it. Returns "" on Enter.

(setq name (getstring T "\nLayer name: "))

getkword

(getkword [prompt])

Asks for one of the initget keywords. Returns the whole keyword (or its global name) and nil on Enter.

(initget "Line Arc")
(getkword "\n[Line/Arc]: ")

entsel

(entsel [prompt])

Asks to select one object with a click. Returns a list with the entity name and the picked point, or nil.

(setq s (entsel "\nSelect a line: "))
(entget (car s))

princ

(princ [expression [file]])

Writes the expression on the command line (or to the file), strings without quotes. Returns the expression. (princ) with no arguments writes nothing: at the end of a routine it hides the last value.

(princ "\nDone.")
(princ)

prin1

(prin1 [expression [file]])

Like princ, but strings are written in quotes and with their escape characters.

(prin1 "a")   ; writes "a"

print

(print [expression [file]])

Like prin1, with a line break before and a space after.

(print 42)

terpri

(terpri)

Writes a line break. Returns nil.

prompt

(prompt string)

Writes the string on the command line. Returns nil.

(prompt "\nSelect the walls: ")

alert

(alert string)

Shows the string in a message box with an OK button (and writes it on the command line). In scripts, it only writes it.

(alert "There is no WALLS layer.")

textscr

(textscr)

In AutoCAD, switches to the text window. In LinceCAD it does nothing. Returns nil.

graphscr

(graphscr)

In AutoCAD, goes back to the graphics window. In LinceCAD it does nothing. Returns nil.

command

(command [argument]...)

Types the arguments on the command line, like a script: strings as they are ("" is Enter), numbers and points as text, entity names and selection sets as a selection, and pause for the user to give that input. nil is skipped. (command) with no arguments cancels the active command. Returns nil.

(command "_line" '(0 0) '(100 0) "")
(command "_circle" pause 25)

Notes

Use global names (_line) so that the routine works with the interface in any language. With CMDECHO set to 0 the command line does not repeat the prompts or what command types (results are still shown).

command-s

(command-s [argument]...)

Same as command.

Differences with AutoCAD

In AutoCAD, command-s does not accept pause and can be used inside *error*; in LinceCAD it behaves like command.

vl-cmdf

(vl-cmdf [argument]...)

Like command, but returns T.

Differences with AutoCAD

AutoCAD checks the arguments before typing them; LinceCAD types them directly.

entlast

(entlast)

Name of the last main entity created in the drawing, or nil if it is empty.

(command "_circle" '(0 0) 5)
(setq c (entlast))

entnext

(entnext [entity])

With no argument, the first entity of the drawing; with an entity, the next one (or nil at the end). It goes through model space and then the layouts; after an INSERT with attributes come its ATTRIBs and the SEQEND, as in AutoCAD.

(setq e (entnext))
(while e (setq e (entnext e)))

entget

(entget entity [applications])

List of DXF pairs of the entity: (-1 . name), (0 . "LINE"), (8 . "layer"), (10 x y z)… Angles are in radians. Returns nil if the entity does not exist.

(cdr (assoc 10 (entget (car (entsel)))))   ; start point or center

Differences with AutoCAD

Applications (extended data) are accepted but not returned. For types other than LINE, CIRCLE, ARC, LWPOLYLINE, TEXT, MTEXT, POINT, INSERT, ATTRIB and DIMENSION only the common codes are returned.

entmod

(entmod list)

Changes the entity of code -1 with the values of the list (the others stay the same). If the layer does not exist, it is created. Returns the list, or nil if it cannot.

(setq e (entget (entlast)))
(entmod (subst '(62 . 1) (assoc 62 e) e))

Differences with AutoCAD

Only for LINE, CIRCLE, ARC, LWPOLYLINE, TEXT, MTEXT, POINT, INSERT and ATTRIB.

entmake

(entmake list)

Creates an entity from the list of DXF pairs: LINE, CIRCLE, ARC, POINT, LWPOLYLINE, TEXT, MTEXT or INSERT (of an existing block), or a layer with (0 . "LAYER"). Without code 8 it goes on the current layer; texts without a height take TEXTSIZE. Returns the list, or nil if it cannot.

(entmake '((0 . "CIRCLE") (10 0.0 0.0 0.0) (40 . 5.0)))

Differences with AutoCAD

INSERTs are created without attributes (there are no ATTRIB/SEQEND sequences) and blocks are not created.

entdel

(entdel entity)

Erases the entity. If it had already been erased with entdel in this session, it is restored. Returns the name, or nil.

(entdel (entlast))

entupd

(entupd entity)

In AutoCAD, redraws the entity after changing it. In LinceCAD the drawing updates on its own: it returns the name and does nothing.

handent

(handent handle)

Name of the entity with that handle (code 5, in hexadecimal), or nil if it does not exist. The handle is kept when the drawing is saved.

(handent "2F")

ssget

(ssget [mode] [point [point]] [filter])

Selection set, or nil if it is empty. Without a mode, the user selects (with ":S", only once). Modes: "X" or "A" (the whole drawing), "I" (what was selected before the routine), "P" (the previous one of ssget), "L" (the last entity), "W" and "C" with two points (window and crossing) or a single point. The filter is a list of DXF pairs, with wildcards in strings and the -4 operators ("<AND", "<OR", "<XOR", "<NOT", "<", ">=", "*"…).

(ssget "X" '((0 . "CIRCLE") (8 . "AXES")))
(ssget '((0 . "LINE,LWPOLYLINE")))

ssname

(ssname set index)

Name of the entity at that position (from 0) of the set, or nil.

(ssname ss 0)

sslength

(sslength set)

Number of entities in the set.

(sslength (ssget "X"))

ssadd

(ssadd [entity [set]])

With no arguments, an empty set; with an entity, a set holding it; with both, adds the entity to the set (if it was not there) and returns the set.

(setq ss (ssadd))
(ssadd (entlast) ss)

ssdel

(ssdel entity set)

Removes the entity from the set. Returns the set, or nil if the entity was not in it.

ssmemb

(ssmemb entity set)

Returns the entity if it is in the set, or nil.

tblsearch

(tblsearch table name [set-tblnext])

DXF list of the name record of the table, or nil. Tables: "LAYER", "LTYPE", "STYLE", "BLOCK" and "DIMSTYLE". With a non-nil third argument, the next tblnext continues after this record.

(if (not (tblsearch "LAYER" "WALLS")) (princ "\nThe WALLS layer is missing."))

Differences with AutoCAD

The VIEW, UCS, VPORT and APPID tables are not available.

tblnext

(tblnext table [rewind])

Next record of the table, or nil at the end. With a non-nil second argument, goes back to the first one.

(setq r (tblnext "LAYER" T))
(while r (princ (strcat "\n" (cdr (assoc 2 r)))) (setq r (tblnext "LAYER")))

getvar

(getvar name)

Value of a system variable, or nil if it is unknown. It reads those of the drawing (CLAYER, LUNITS, TEXTSIZE, DIMZIN…; ANGBASE in radians) and those of the program: OSMODE, ORTHOMODE, SNAPMODE, CMDACTIVE, CMDECHO, DWGNAME, DWGPREFIX, SECURELOAD, ACADVER, PRODUCT and PLATFORM.

(getvar "CLAYER")   ; "0"
(getvar "OSMODE")

Notes

Variables such as PICKBOX, FILEDIA, CMDDIA, ATTREQ or EXPERT exist with their usual value so that routines do not fail, but they change nothing. See System variables.

setvar

(setvar name value)

Changes a system variable and returns the value. Those of the drawing can be undone; OSMODE, ORTHOMODE and SNAPMODE change the program's object snaps, ortho and snap. An invalid value gives the error AutoCAD variable setting rejected.

(setq old (getvar "OSMODE"))
(setvar "OSMODE" 0)
(setvar "OSMODE" old)

redraw

(redraw [entity [mode]])

In AutoCAD, redraws the screen or an entity. In LinceCAD it is not needed: it returns nil and does nothing.

regen

(regen)

Regenerates the whole drawing, like REGEN. Returns nil.

open

(open file mode)

Opens a text file: "r" to read, "w" to write (emptying it) or "a" to append. Returns the file, or nil if it cannot be opened.

(setq f (open "C:/data/points.txt" "r"))

close

(close file)

Closes the file (and saves what was written). Returns nil.

(close f)

read-line

(read-line file)

Next line of the file, without the line break, or nil at the end.

(while (setq l (read-line f)) (princ l))

Differences with AutoCAD

Without a file it does not read from the keyboard: use getstring.

write-line

(write-line string [file])

Writes the string and a line break to the file (or on the command line). Returns the string.

(write-line "X;Y" f)

findfile

(findfile name)

Path of the file if it exists as given, in the drawing folder or in the APPLOAD trusted folders; otherwise nil.

(findfile "blocks.lsp")

getenv

(getenv name)

Value of an environment variable of the operating system, or nil.

(getenv "TEMP")

Differences with AutoCAD

It does not read the AutoCAD variables stored in the Windows registry.

load

(load file [on-failure])

Loads a .lsp file (the extension can be omitted), looking for it as given, in the drawing folder and in the trusted folders, and evaluates its expressions. Returns the value of the last one. If it is not found, returns on-failure or gives the error LOAD failed. Outside the trusted folders it may ask first, depending on the APPLOAD security setting.

(load "tools" nil)

vl-filename-base

(vl-filename-base path)

File name without folder or extension.

(vl-filename-base "C:/job/plan.dwg")   ; "plan"

vl-filename-directory

(vl-filename-directory path)

Folder of the path, without the file name.

(vl-filename-directory "C:/job/plan.dwg")   ; "C:/job"

vl-filename-extension

(vl-filename-extension path)

Extension of the file, with the dot, or nil if it has none.

(vl-filename-extension "plan.dwg")   ; ".dwg"

exit

(exit)

Ends the routine with the error quit / exit abort (which reaches error).

quit

(quit)

Same as exit.

vl-catch-all-apply

(vl-catch-all-apply function list)

Like apply, but an error neither stops the routine nor calls *error*: it returns an error object, which is checked with vl-catch-all-error-p.

(setq r (vl-catch-all-apply '/ '(1 0)))
(if (vl-catch-all-error-p r) (princ (vl-catch-all-error-message r)))

vl-catch-all-error-p

(vl-catch-all-error-p value)

T if the value is an error object of vl-catch-all-apply.

vl-catch-all-error-message

(vl-catch-all-error-message error)

Message of the error object.

(vl-catch-all-error-message (vl-catch-all-apply '/ '(1 0)))   ; "divide by zero"

vl-load-com

(vl-load-com)

In AutoCAD, loads the ActiveX functions. LinceCAD does not have them: it returns nil so that routines that call it at the start do not fail.

ver

(ver)

Version of the interpreter, such as "LinceCAD LISP 0.x.y".

gc

(gc)

In AutoCAD, frees memory. In LinceCAD it is not needed: it returns nil.